\ REESE LIBRARY 
 
 1 i >]- 111 I. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNiA. 
 ■i 
 
 ///OCT ~(^^1f 
 
 Accessions No. (sLiIp i^O. (y.iss\(>. CUU. . ( 
 
 J — u — u — VI — u-rjj — ir*v — w—u—u—u—u 
 
T. MACCI PLAVTI 
 AVLYLAKIA 
 
 WITH KOTES CRITICAL AND EXEGETICAL 
 AND AN INTRODUCTION 
 
 BY THE LATE 
 
 WILHELM WAGNEE, Ph. D. 
 
 PROFESSOR AT THE JOHANNEUM, HAMBURG. 
 
 SECOND EDITION, RE-WRITTEN. 
 
 [1876] 
 
 CAMBRIDGE 
 DEIGHTON BELL AND CO. 
 
 LONDON G. BELL AND SONS 
 1892. 
 
Cambridge : 
 
 PRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M.A. & SONS, 
 AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 
 
PKEFACE 
 
 TO THE FIRST EDITION. 
 
 PA 
 
 As the present work is intended to supply the wants 
 of more than one class ^f^fead*rs, I think that on its 
 completion a few words will not be superfluous in order 
 to explain its origin and purpose. 
 
 In pursuance of my studies on the Aulularia, a first 
 specimen of which I had given in my dissertation de 
 Plauti Aulularia (Bonn, Marcus, 1864), I had as well 
 as I could emended the text and collected much ma- 
 terial towards an exegetical commentary. Easter 1865 
 I visited London to collate the MS. J in the British 
 Museum. On my return to Manchester, I went over 
 the text again, and in this way a critical commentary 
 was at last produced which appeared to give a clearer 
 idea of the textual history of this play than could be 
 had from any former edition. In June, I went again 
 to London, and there it was that Professor Key kindly 
 encouraged me to publish my labours. Now, although 
 I had at first planned nothing more than a critical 
 edition of the Aulularia, I soon found that my book 
 would be more useful and perhaps agreeable to a larger 
 range of readers, if an exegetical commentary should 
 
 1—2 
 
4 PREFACE. 
 
 be added. It may be that only a few scholars will care 
 for the critical notes, but surely many students will 
 desire to have explanatory notes, withoiit which the 
 edition would to them be quite useless. As it is my 
 opinion that no Latin author can be advantageously 
 explained in the same language, I have written my 
 notes in English, though I am well aware that in so 
 doing I must rely on the forbearance and kindness of 
 my readers, who will, I hope, not be very strict in the 
 case of a foreigner whose acquaintance with the English 
 language is not of very long standing. I may say that 
 I have read and studied all the commentaries ever 
 written on the Aulularia, and there scarcely can be any- 
 thing of importance in them which would not be found 
 in my notes. But at the same time, I have tried to 
 avoid all unnecessary and superfluous erudition which 
 seemed to have no connexion with the explanation of 
 the text. On the whole I venture to hope that a stu- 
 dent will after the perusal of my notes be suiSiciently 
 prepared for a critical study of the Plautine comedies. 
 I have not thought my commentary to be a place 
 wherein to mention the names of former commentators 
 whenever I am indebted to them for explanations or 
 quotations ; there is indeed a great deal of exegetical 
 matter running through all commentaries, and well- 
 known to every scholar; special mention has, however, 
 been thought necessary in exceptional cases where pe- 
 culiar honour seemed due to the discovery of difficult 
 explanations or happy quotations. Whether the original 
 additions and illustrations given in the present com^ 
 mentary will be thought an improvement or not, I must 
 , leave to my readers to decide. 
 
PREFACE. 5 
 
 In tlie Introduction I have chiefly endeavoured to 
 give a brief, but clear and sufficient summary of the 
 laws of Plautine prosody. This seemed the more neces- 
 sary as the results of the investigations of Ritschl and 
 other German scholars on this subject are either totally 
 unknown or, at best, but partially known in this country, 
 and are moreover not easily accessible to the English 
 student, they being scattered through Ritschl's Plautus 
 and prooemia, and many volumes of German philological 
 periodicals. 
 
 In concluding this preface, it gives me great pleasure 
 publicly to acknowledge the manifold obligations which 
 I owe to Dr Ernest Adams, who has not only kindly 
 touched my English style in many a sore part, but to 
 whose hints and suggestions both the Introduction and 
 notes are greatly indebted. 
 
 Thus I dismiss my book, though I feel that it stands 
 in need of much indulgence and forbearance — I venture 
 to say that it would be better if I could have written 
 it at a place more favourable to philological studies than 
 Manchester. 
 
 EUSHOLME, NEAR MANCHESTER, 
 
 May, 1866. 
 
 The present work will be found to differ from the 
 first edition in not a few respects. In the first place I 
 have omitted the critical commentary which will appear 
 in an amended shape in a critical edition to be published 
 shortly. 1 have, however, revised the text with much 
 
t) PREFACE. 
 
 care and have endeavoured to keep pace with th-e pro- 
 gress of Plautine studies, though I have found it im- 
 possible to quote all the treatises and works I have 
 consulted. Let me hope that the re-issiie of my Aulularia 
 (which has been out of print for some time) will meet 
 with the same favour as was so largely accorded to the 
 first edition. If the second edition proves to be superior 
 to the first, this should be mainly attributed to the 
 greater facility I enjoy at my present place of residence 
 for procuring more philological works, indispensable to 
 the author of a work like this, than were within my 
 reach at Cottonopolis. By more than one of my country- 
 men I have been accused of ignoring some treatise or 
 some passage of a grammarian bearing upon the matter 
 I treated of, when in reality the fault lay with the im- 
 possibility of procuring certain works at that time. In 
 conclusion I may be allowed to observe that I have en- 
 deavoured to preserve calmness of tone and impartiality 
 of judgment in discussing the various theories of Plau- 
 tine prosody and the multifarious problems of Plautine 
 criticism. 
 
 Hambueg, 
 Easter, 1876. 
 
f ^ CFTHE '^ \ 
 
 (universitt) 
 INTEODUCTION. 
 
 ON LATIlSr PRONUNCIATION AS SEEN IN p. xiii 
 
 THE YERSES OF THE COMIC WRITERS. 
 
 Anyone who undertakes the reading of Plaiitus and 
 Terence on the sole strength of his acquaintance with the 
 rules of prosody and versification observed by Virgil and 
 Horace, will be sorely puzzled to scan the verses of the 
 two comic poets: he will indeed find it no less difficult 
 than Horace himself whose metrical principles are im- 
 plied in the line legithnumque sonum digitis callemus et 
 aure (A. P. 274). But the ears of those Romans for 
 whom Plautus wrote his plays, were by no means the 
 same as those of the contemporaries of Horace, and it 
 would be more than an anachronism, it would be the 
 greatest injustice to the old poets, if we were to measure 
 their versification by the standard of the refined laws of 
 the Augustan period, or to blame them for not having 
 adapted their prosody to rules unknown to them. The 
 principle which should guide us in our judgment of the 
 verses of the comic poets, is pointed out by Cicero, Orator 
 55, 184 ^comicorum senarii propter similitudinem ser- 
 monis sic saepe sunt abiecti \ ut non numquam vix in eis 
 numerios et versus intellegi possit^j and in another passage, 
 
 ^ This adjective involves no ^ priscian, who lived in the 
 
 blame at all, being simply an sixth century of our era, states 
 
 equivalent to humilis, see Or. in the commencement of his 
 
 57, 192 Hta neque humilem et treatise de vietris fabularuvi 
 
 dbiectam orationem nee nimis Terentii that some of his con- 
 
 altam et exaggeratam probat.^ temporaries vcl ahnegant esse in 
 
 first ed. 
 
» INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Or. 20, 67 ^ ajpud quos \i. e. comicos poetas], nisi quod 
 ve7'siculi sunt, nihil est aliud quotidiani dissimile ser- 
 monisK^ These two passages should teach us how to deal 
 with Plautine verses and language. Nevertheless, the 
 truth was not found out for nearly two centuries after 
 p. xiv the publication of the first edition of Plautus, and the 
 earlier editors did not hesitate to recognise Greek forms 
 and imitations of Greek constructions in the style of 
 Plautus ; and as to metre and prosody, they either had 
 no idea at all of their laws and did not greatly trouble 
 themselves about them, or, at best, their notions were 
 very vague and rather like presentiment than the full 
 possession of truth itself. Frangois Guyet, a French 
 scholar of the 17th century, was the first to study the 
 versification of the comic poets, and though his results 
 were intermixed with a great many errors (as, indeed, it 
 could not be otherwise), his works seem to have given _ 
 the first impulse to Bentley, if we may argue from the 
 fact that many of Bentley's emendations in Terence are 
 already to be met with in Guyet's Commentarii, and that 
 even some of his caprices occur there ^. It is difficult to 
 
 Terentii comoediis metra vel ea noted down most of his emend- 
 quasi arcana quaedam et ah ations ; years afterwards, when 
 omnibus semota sibi solis esse he published his own Terence, 
 cognitaconJirmant{ipA18'H.eTiz). he appears to have forgotten 
 Priscian's own conceptions of the real author of a great many 
 the Terentian metres and pro- of the conjectures he found 
 sody are, however, far from scattered over the margin of 
 correct, thus bearing out Ci- his copy, and as he approved of 
 cero's words that even the an- them, he imagined them to be 
 cients themselves found it diffi- his own. It would be interest- 
 cult to understand the metrical ing to possess Guyet's treatise 
 laws of archaic versification. de prosodia versuum Terentii et 
 
 ^ Comp. Schuchardt, vokalis- Plauti, which his sudden death 
 
 mus des vulgdrlateins i 50: in did not allow him to finish. 
 
 der komischen poesie spiegeln Guyet died in April 1655. His 
 
 sich alle freiheiten der vuJgdren Commentarii in P. Terentii Go- 
 
 aussprache ah. — ibid. p. 57: das moedias vi were pubUshed at 
 
 alterthiimliche latein ist weiter Strasburg, a. 1657; the text of 
 
 nichts als vulgdres. his Plautus appeared at Paris 
 
 2 It would seem that Bentley 1658,in 4 vols., with the French 
 
 had read Guyet's work and translation of M. de MaroUes. 
 
INTRODUCTION. \) 
 
 speak too highly of Bentley's merits with regard to 
 Plautus and Terence ; but like most of his works, even 
 his Terence was merely an extempore performance and 
 bears the traces of haste : though for all this, it will con- 
 tinue to be one of the foremost works of classical philo- 
 logy. It would, however, be totally preposterous to 
 think that Bentley's famous Schediasma furnishes the 
 real key to the full understanding of Plautine prosody 
 and metres. Gottfried Hermann, whom his excellent 
 teacher Reiz^ had early made familiar with Bentley's 
 Terence, adopted and refined his views both in his 
 editions of the Trinummus and the Bacchides, and in 
 his Elementa doctrinae metricae (1816), where he has 
 often occasion to speak of Plautine passages and to emend p. xv 
 them. F. Kitschl, whose name will always be connected 
 with that of Plautus, declares in his dedication of the 
 Prolegomena to the Trinummus, that, next to the great 
 Bentley, he considers Gottfried Hermann (whose pupil 
 he was at Leipzig) as his sole guide in the criticism 
 of Plautus. This admits, however, of many restrictions. 
 Bitschl does not adhere to the same principles through- 
 out his edition of Plautus. Many facts which he did 
 not acknowledge in his Prolegomena, were admitted in 
 the prefaces to the different parts of the second and 
 third volumes, some even were tacitly given up. After 
 the appearance of the Mercator (the ninth of the plays 
 edited by Bitschl), his views underwent so radical a 
 change that he was obliged to discontinue his work until 
 further materials had been collected towards the history 
 of archaic Latin. What he now holds as to Plautine 
 prosody, etc. is developed in an excellent paper in the 
 Eheinisches Museum vol. xiv p. 400 ss., and most of the 
 proofs of his views are contained in the numerous jp?*ooemm, 
 which it was his duty to write twice every year while 
 
 1 Reiz himself edited the Ku- der, Breslau 1824. — Gottfried 
 
 dens in accordance with Bent- Hermann edited the Trinum- 
 
 ley's principles, Lipsiae 1789 ; mus, Lipsiae 1800, and the Bac- 
 
 this was reprinted with a criti- chides, ibid. 1845. 
 cal commentary by C. E. Sclmei- 
 
10 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 professor at Bomi\ In the following sketch, Ritschrs 
 theories have been duly weighed, though not adopted to 
 the exclusion of all others, and proper regard has been 
 paid to the discussions of Gorssen, whose elaborate work 
 on Latin pronunciation we have always quoted from the 
 second edition. 
 
 But to return to the two passages quoted from Cicero, — 
 we need not dwell upon the fact that for a full appre- 
 ciation of Plautine metres and prosody it is indispensable 
 to obtain a just idea of the earliest pronunciation of Latin. 
 A search after this will not fail to throw much light on 
 the earliest history of the Latin language ; it will, at the 
 same time, show that many forms now found in the so- 
 called Romance languages were already anticipated in the 
 popular speech of the epoch of Plautus and Terence. 
 This accounts for the otherwise surprising fact that many 
 of the latest forms of the Latin language are either per- 
 fectly identical with the earliest forms or must at least 
 be traced back to the working of the same laws. This 
 point is of great importance, but it has been greatly over- 
 valued in the late Prof. Key's paper ' On the metres of 
 Plautus and Terence' appended to his treatise on the 
 Alphabet^ 
 
 1 In 1865, Eits'chl accepted cond edition of the Trinummus, 
 
 a professorship at the Univer- but without the Prolegomena of 
 
 sity of Leipzig. His views on the first, which are now out of 
 
 Plautine prosody underwent print and have become rather 
 
 some further change in 1869, a scarce book. — G. F. W. Mill- 
 
 when he published his Neue ler^s work on Plautine Prosody 
 
 Plautinische Excurse, in which (Berlin 1869, with an appendix 
 
 he attempts to remove many — Nachtrdge — 1871) is valuable 
 
 cases of hiatus in the verses of on account of the materials col- 
 
 Plautus by means of the as- lected with great industry : but 
 
 sumption that an ablatival D Eitschl himself (in his new ed. 
 
 was still employed in the Latin of the Trinummus) speaks ra- 
 
 language at the time of the ther contemptuously of the au- 
 
 second Punic war. See, for thor's critical sagacity, though 
 
 this, Corssen's work on Latin Miiller adheres mainly to the 
 
 Pronunciation ii p. 1005 sqq. views set forth in Eitschl's own 
 
 and the Preface to my second Prolegomena. See my pref. to 
 
 edition of the Trinummus. In the Trin., p. iv. 
 
 1871, Bitschl published a se- ^ Prof. Key's system of pro- 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 11 
 
 A. ARCHAIC LONG VOWELS. 
 
 In its most remote period, the Latin language abounded p. xvi 
 in long and heavy vowels, while at a later period many 
 of the endings which were originally long became weakened 
 and were shortened. Some of these endings or suffixes 
 are occasionally found long even in later writers, but a 
 great many of these long quantities are still met with 
 in Plautus and his contemporaries. They are, however, 
 of rare occurrence in Terence, nay, some of them seem to 
 have been shortened in the period dividing Plautus from 
 Terence. In the following pages instances are given of 
 those suffixes which are used by Plautus in their original 
 long quantity : but the reader should bear in mind that 
 Plautus is by no means consistent in attaching to these 
 suffixes always the same (and no other) quantity ; on the 
 contrary, he allows himself considerable licence in treating 
 them just as it suits his verse. This is, of course, very con- 
 
 nouncing Latin verse may be 
 called a contractive one, since 
 he makes use of a contracted 
 pronunciation of certain words 
 even where metrical reasons (at 
 least those generally accepted) 
 would well admit of the uncon- 
 tracted forms. E. g. Prof. Key 
 tells us to read poeta cumprim 
 dm adscrihend dppulit' ('Alpha- 
 bet' p. 146), there being no me- 
 trical reason at all, why we 
 should not admit a dactyl -^-^ 
 (prim dni) instead of the spon- 
 dee privi dm. I am afraid that 
 a general application of this 
 system would reduce Plautine 
 lines to a monotony quite de- 
 trimental to the charm of con- 
 versational vivacity we find in 
 the comic writers. In his work 
 on 'Language: its Origin and 
 Development,' Prof. Key has 
 stated his views at greater 
 length, and we have occasion- 
 
 ally referred to some of his 
 arguments, though we have 
 found it impossible to enter into 
 a full discussion of his views, 
 which do not seem to be shared 
 by any other scholar. — It is 
 scarcely necessary to add that 
 Prof. Key's theories of 'scan- 
 sion ' are quite at variance with 
 the precepts of the ancient 
 grammarians, whose authority 
 is unduly set aside by him. We 
 may here quote the locus classi- 
 cus in Marius Yictorinus ii p. 
 80 sq. ed. Keil: similiter apud 
 comicos laxius spatiiim versibus 
 datum est...ita dum cotidianum 
 sermonem imitari nituntur, me- 
 tra vitiant studio, non imperitia, 
 quod frequentius apud nostros 
 quam Graecos invenics. See 
 also the extracts from Juba in 
 Eufinus de metris comicis p. 
 27111*. = p. 562 Keil. 
 
12 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 venient to tlie poet himself, but often proves a source of 
 embarrassment to his reader. But then again, Plautus 
 composed his dramas for oral recitation, and not for 
 perusal in the student's closet. 
 
 1 . In declension we find the following deviations from 
 the common usage of the Augustan period : 
 
 a in the nom. and voc. sing, of the first declension 
 was originally long in old Latin, as it is indeed in Sanskrit 
 and in many cases in Greek. That it must have been 
 so, might, even in default of other proofs, have been con- 
 cluded from the simple fact that the genitive ai would be 
 left unaccounted for, but for the length of the nom. a 
 (Ritschl, Rhein. Mus. xiv 400). But we actually find it 
 long in three lines of the old inscriptions on the sepulchres 
 of the Scipios. 
 
 hon6s famd virtiisque gl6ria ditque ingenium 
 terra Publl prognjltum Piibli6 Cornell, 
 quolel vita defeclt, n6n hon6s hon6re^. 
 
 (Eitschl, ibid.) Nay, Biicheler shows {jahrhucher filr das- 
 sische philologie 1863 p. 33G s.) that in all the Saturnians 
 which have come down to us, the nom. and voc. a is con- 
 p. xvU stantly long. We find it long again in some lines of Livius 
 Andronicus, Naevius and Ennius (Ann. 148. 484. 319. 
 433. 305 ed. Vahlen), and in a hexameter in the sepul- 
 chral inscription which Plautus is said to have composed 
 for himself: 
 
 sca6nast ddserta: dein Eisus Ludu' locusque. 
 
 It is therefore by no means surprising to find that Plautus 
 uses the same quantity in several passages of his come- 
 dies. This fact had already been acknowledged by Linde- 
 mann in Trin. 25P, and in about a dozen passages by 
 
 ^ See also Corssen ii 449. See also Wordsworth, ' Spec, of 
 
 The fourth instance of a long a Early Latin,' p. 31. 
 
 in the nom. sing, quoted by 2 j)^ prosodia Plauti p. x in 
 
 Corssen from the epitaphs of the his second edition of the Cap- 
 
 Scipios is very doubtful. I tivi, Miles gloriosus and Tri- 
 
 should scan it nummus, Lipsiae 1844. The 
 
 mors perfecit tua ut Assent | last editor of the Trinummus, 
 
 6mni^ brevia. . Prof. J. Brix, gives the passage 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 13 
 
 Weise \ but it was again rejected by Kitschl. Nevertheless, 
 Prof. Key was right not to be daunted in stating the 
 fact, Lat. Gram. § 88 p. 13 (5th ed). Corssen gives three 
 instances of it in Plautus in the first edition of his work 
 on Pronunciation i p. 330: Fleckeisen has as many as 
 eighteen in his excellent paper on this subject, but there 
 probably remain more to be discovered \ 
 
 us in the nom. of the second declension is occasionally 
 found long in Naevius : 
 
 dein pollens saglttis Incluti^s arqultenens 
 Sanctis Delphls prognatus Piitii^s Apdllo^. 
 
 There are, however, no trustworthy instances of this 
 quantity to be met with in Plautus ; but he uses some- 
 times 
 
 bus (dat. and abl. plur.) as a long syllable : see Merc. 
 900. 919. Most. (842?) 1118. Men. 842. Eud. 975.^ 
 
 in question in accordance with 
 Lindemann, though he seems 
 unaware of this precedence. 
 The instance which Prof. J. 
 Brix quotes fromTer.Hec.prol. 
 2 is very doubtful. 
 
 1 See his index in his edition 
 of Plautus, Quedlinburg 1838. 
 
 2 See Fleckeisen, Krit. Misc. 
 (Leipzig 1864) p. 11—23 and 
 Corssen ii 451 — 454. The re- 
 sults of Fleckeisen's and Bii- 
 cheler's investigations have been 
 attacked by C. F. W. Miiller, 
 Prosody p. 3 — -10 ; see also Us- 
 sing's Prolegomena to Plautus 
 (Havniae, 1875), p. 195: 'A 
 casus recti primae declinationis 
 et neutri pluralis ceterarum nisi 
 vitiose a Plauto produci non 
 potuisse Mullero credo; unum 
 exceperim; nam in masculinis 
 nominibus primae declinationis 
 a finale interdum productum 
 videtur, ut Sosia Amph. 434, 
 435,^ntidama Poen. 958: nam 
 Antidamas (quod codices prae- 
 bent) Plautina forma non vide- 
 
 tur. I/^onicZa Asin. 733 vocativus 
 est.' The most trustworthy in- 
 stances of the long quantity of 
 the a of the nom. sing, are as 
 follows — 
 ne eplstula quidem lilla sit in 
 
 aedibus Asin. 762. 
 potult: plus iam sum libera 
 
 quinquennium Epid. iii 4, 
 
 62. 
 ineptia stultltiaque adeo et te- 
 
 meritas Merc. 26. 
 haec mi h6spitalis tessera cum 
 
 ill6 fuit Poen. v 2, 92. 
 andPalaestrdne'Rud. 237 (comp. 
 Lachm. on Lucr. p. 406), Can- 
 thara Epid. iv 1, 40. — It would 
 be perverse to change the text 
 in these passages, though Miil- 
 ler does so. — The passages in 
 which a of the neuter plural 
 would seem to be used long, 
 are less clear: see MiiUer, Pros, 
 p. 11—13. 
 
 3 See Naevi de hello pimico 
 reliquiae, ed. Vahlen^ p. 14. 
 
 4 It should be understood 
 that the above references al- 
 
14 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 This quantity admits of an easy explanation. The Latin 
 suffix bus corresponds to the Sanskr. hhyas, and would 
 appear to have been long by way of contraction; and 
 indeed the long quantity remained for ever in nobis and 
 vobls, in which, bis is the same suffix as bus (Corssen i 
 169. II 49, and chiefly p. 498 sq., where the Plautine 
 instances are discussed). Virgil, Aen. iv 64, has pec- 
 toribus inhians, in seeming imitation of the archaic pro- 
 sody : see Nettleship in Conington's Virgil in p. 468. 
 
 The ending or in nouns of the third declension is 
 frequently loug. That it was originally long, might 
 readily be concluded from the genitive oris and from a 
 comparison with the Greek (op. Thus we have soror 
 Poen. I 2, 29. 151. 194. iv 2, 73. Epid. v 1, 50. Bacch. 
 p. xviii 1140. uxor Stich. 140. As. 927. The same is the case 
 with the comparatives stultior Bacch. 123, auctior Capt. 
 782, longior Amph. 548, vorsutior Epid. iii 2, 35 \ It 
 seems, therefore, but natural that we should find the 
 neuter longius Men. 327, on which passages Brix's note 
 may be compared. C. F. W. Miiller, Pros. p. 55 — 57, 
 alters the passage quoted in support of this quantity : 
 wrongly, as we think. Comp. also Bucheler's treatise on 
 Latin Declension, p. 4. Corssen ii 500. 507. 
 
 er would seem to be long in pater Aul. 772. Trin. 645 ^ 
 Poen. V 5, 15. It has the same quantity in three passages 
 in Virgil, Aen. v 521. xi 469. xii 14. (Nettleship ap. 
 Conington, in 467.) The fact is accounted for by Prof 
 Key, Lat. Gram. p. 437. Phil. Essays p. 86. But I have 
 now yielded to Corssen's objections ii 502 sq. and corrected 
 these two passages. 
 
 ei. Originally the e in the gen. and dat. sing, of the 
 fifth declension was always long^ Thus we have fidei 
 Aul. 575. It may be added that the datives mihi tibi 
 
 ways apply to the readings of see Nettleship, as quoted be- 
 
 the mss., which are however fore, p. 466 sq. 
 
 generally altered by Eitschl. 2 According to the reading of 
 
 1 Eitschl, Proll. Trin. clxxv. the Ambrosian ms. 
 
 Muller, Pros. p. 42—44. This » gee Key, L. G. § 147, and 
 
 peculiarity of archaic prosody Lachmanu on Lucr. p. 151. 
 was likewise imitated by Virgil; 
 
crTHE 'r X 
 
 INTRODUCTICT>.S ^/FQRN I A^ ^-^ 5" 
 
 5^6^ are used both as iambs (which is their original quan- 
 tity) and pyrrhichs. Kitschl had originally doubted the 
 possibility of employing them as iambs in iambic and 
 trochaic metre, but his theories have been refuted by A. 
 Spengel, Plautus p. 55 sqq. 
 
 2. I will now proceed to enumerate those termina- 
 tions in conjugation which sometimes preserve their origi- 
 nal long quantity contrary to the general usage of the 
 Augustan period. 
 
 In Plautus' prosody all those endings may be long 
 in which an original vowel is contracted with the root- 
 vowel of the verb. Thus Plautus has not only 
 
 as es IS = ais eis Us 
 
 which even later times did not deviate from, but we find 
 in his verses the third persons analogously long : 
 
 at et It — ait eit iit. 
 
 This is admitted on all sides ; see Key, Lat. Gram. p. 428, 
 who quotes Ritschl's Proll. Trin. CLXXXiii. Prof Key 
 justly adds : ' There are not wanting '^iiy'^ar examples in 
 Yirgil and Horace; but editors afd t*^^"^ s complacently 
 get over the difficulty by attributing^ ^^i, musual length 
 to the so-called principle of caesura, or poetical licence.' 
 We may notice the same error in Parry's Introduction 
 to Terence p. LV, where the subjunctive augedt (Ter. Ad. 
 prol. 25) is attributed to the influence of Hctus:' but the 
 ending at, just as well as bat in the imperf , was originally 
 long, as will be seen from the second persons as has and 
 the plural dmus dtis^ and appears therefore in its real p. xix 
 quantity in the passage alluded to. Thus we have fudt 
 and scidt in Plautus, and soledt in Horace (Serm. i 5, 90). 
 It is the same with the imperfects ponebdt (Enn. Ann. 
 314), amittebdt (Yirg. Aen. v 853)^, and erdt (Hor. Serm. 
 II 2, 47). It is the same with the ending et of the sub- 
 
 1 Lucian Miiller thinks that observations on the whole sub- 
 
 the passages from Virgil should ject of lengthened endings, de 
 
 be corrected according to the re metr. p. 326 — 333. See also 
 
 authority of some mss. See his Nettleship, 1. c. p. 468. 
 
16 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 junctive (both present and imperfect) \ The ending et 
 of the future belongs, of course, to the same series ^ 
 
 Nay, even the suffix it in the present of the so-called 
 third conjugation was originally long, e.g. Plautus has jt?er- 
 ciint Men, 921, and Ennius^om^ (Ann. 484). Hence we 
 should not be surprised to find similar unusual long vowels 
 in Horace {aglt Serm. ii 3, 260. figit Od. iii 24, 5. defendlt 
 Serm. i 4, 82) and in Yirgil {sinlt Aen. x 433. faclt Eel. 
 VII 23. petit Aen. ix 9). An explanation of this quantity 
 is given by Corssen, ii 492 : it will at once be understood 
 by comparing the Latin and Greek forms of Xiyoi and 
 lego : 
 
 Xiym lego 
 
 Aeyets legls or legeis [6^ = ^]^ 
 
 Xiy^iir) legit or legeit. 
 
 We find the same quantity again in the third pers. sing, 
 per.^ Once, it is even expressed by the spelling ei = ^* 
 Merc. '*^'^ where the ms. A gives redieit, and it is well 
 establisi x - " many instances in Plautus and Terence^, to 
 which w -^age ^tt^add about eight difierent examples 
 from Virgi ifchink. "'- ard Ovid. — The same remark ap- 
 p. XX plies to tht p. 4. '^e ending erlt, the fut. perf., It in 
 ^ob 
 
 ^ I may quote an instance of 3 Compare scriUs Hor. Serm. 
 
 this quantity from thePseudulus, ii 3, 1. 
 
 V. 58 : 4 For inscriptions see E. Htlb- 
 
 cum e6 simul me mltteret. ei ner's Index in the C.I.L. i p. 
 
 rei dies. 601. 
 
 In this line, Eitschl and Fleck- ^ Corssen ii 493 sq. gives a 
 
 eisen insert leno after me and sufficient number, 
 consider simul to be monosyl- ^ See Nettleship, I. c. , p. 469. 
 
 labic. This word seems how- Wherever archaic quantities 
 ever not indispensably neces- occur in the later poets, they 
 sary, and I am inclined to read should be considered as the re- 
 the words in accordance with suit of imitation of the earlier 
 the mss. Prof. Sauppe proposes writers. "We may add that the 
 to read: cum ed simitu mitterer original long quantities are ad- 
 (ind. schoL, Gott. 18|f p. 4). mitted by the later poets quite 
 
 2 Most of these originally long exclusively in am, i.e. when 
 syllables were first pointed out the metrical accent falls upon 
 by Fleckeisen, neue jahrMicher the ending in question. 
 LXI 18 ss. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 17 
 
 sit vellt nuwelit, nay even to the simple future erit ('he 
 will be') Capt. 208 and bit in vaenibit Most. 1160^ 
 
 In the passive, the shortening propensities of the 
 Latin language displayed themselves chiefly in the fii*st 
 person of the singular. In Plautus we find sometimes 
 the original quantities or cir^j nay ferdr is met with 
 as late as Ovid (Met. vii 61). Analogously, the endings 
 er and rer in the subj. were originally long. 
 
 It may finally be remarked that es ('thou art') is 
 invariably long in the prosody of the comic poets. 
 
 B. IRREGULAR SHORTENING OF LONG FINAL VOWELS. 
 
 All these long vowels are, however, of but occasional 
 occurrence in Plautus and Terence — they are, indeed, 
 nothing more than a few scattered remnants of a period of 
 the language, which was rapidly waning and dying away. 
 The general character of the language in the - jae of 
 Plautus was quite different. A destructive ' :ent had 
 already commenced its powerful influeni ^ . the lan- 
 guage, and had already deeply affected, ^ ^ ^altered the 
 original quantity of many endings ar: .in of many 
 root- vowels of Latin words. 
 
 The accent in Latin never falls on the last syllable, 
 and its tendency was to destroy the length of this last 
 syllable^, especially in case the word was disyllabic and 
 had a short penult. 
 
 1 See Corssen, 1 496. C. F. W. racteristic features of the Latin 
 
 Miiller, Pros. p. 705, is against language 'die schwachung des 
 
 Corssen, whose work he styles auslautes, dem consonantismus 
 
 'the most impure source of wiedemvocalismusnach.'Comp. 
 
 Plautine prosody.' Quintilian, Inst. Or. xi 3, 33: 
 
 ^ Corssen, i 501. See Aul. dilucida vero erit pronuntiatio, 
 
 214, 230. si verba tola exierint, quorum 
 
 3 * The latter part of a word ^ars devorari, pars destitui so- 
 
 is naturally Uable to a less care- let, plerisquc extremas syllabas 
 
 ful pronunciation.' Key ^ Trans. noii perferentlbus, dum priorum 
 
 of the Phil. Soc. 1857 p. 295. sono indulgent. We need not 
 
 Benary (Rom. Lautl. p. 1) con- remind the reader that the same 
 
 eiders as one of the most cha- cause has by its powerful opera- 
 
 w. P. 2 
 
18 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 We find, therefore, in Piautus a greater number of 
 instances in which the above-mentioned archaic long 
 vowels have been shortened than where they still retain 
 their original quantity — and of this phenomenon we should 
 attribute the main cause to the influence of the accent. 
 But the development, having once commenced, did not stop 
 there ; on the contrary, many short quantities are to be 
 found in the comic poets which were either entirely re- 
 jected or but exceptionally admitted by later poets, 
 p. xxi I shall first speak of the final vowels occasionally 
 
 shortened in the rapid pronunciation of the times be- 
 tween the second and third Punic wars. 
 
 It will be observed that all the instances which we 
 are about to produce represent disyllabic words which 
 are used as pyrrhichs, instead of their original iambic 
 prosody. This could never have taken place, had they 
 been pronounced with the accent on the last syllable. 
 
 The long a of the first declension was not only short- 
 ened in the nom. and voc. (as it remained indeed ever 
 afterwards), but even in the ablative, e.g. 
 
 prd malS vita famam extolles, pr6 bonS, partam gl6riam. 
 Ennius ed. Vahlen p. 94. 
 
 The same happened to the o of the dat. and abl. sing, of 
 the second declension, e. g. the abl. domo stands as a 
 pyrrhich in the following two instances ; 
 
 unde exit ? : : unde nisi domo : : domo ? : : m^ /ide : : etsi video. 
 
 Mil. gl. 3761. 
 
 dom6 qudm profugiens ddminnm apstulerat, v6ndidit. 
 
 Capt. prol. 18. 
 
 In the abl. ioco the final o is shortened Bacch. 75, where 
 
 tlie reading of the mss. is as follows : 
 
 simulate me am^re : : utrum ego istuc idcSn adsimulem an serio? 
 
 tion destroyed the inflexional cented iast syllables, 
 
 endings of the English language, ^ See Eitschl, praef. Stich. 
 
 which shares the peculiarity of xvii. But see also Brix's note 
 
 the Latin with regard to the in his recent edition of the 
 
 slurred pronunciation of unac- Miles gl., p. 138. 
 
INTKODUCTION. 19 
 
 and so Fleckeisen gives the line, while Ritschl writes 
 
 utrum ego iocdn id simulem an serio. 
 
 ero (dat. of erus^ master) stands as a pyrrhich Aiil. 584 
 and Most. 948. hon(S is another example of the same 
 kind : 
 
 haec erit bon6 gSnere nata, nil scit nisi vertim loqni. 
 
 Persa 645 1. 
 
 mal6 falls under the same head : 
 
 mal8 mdxumo suo hercle llico, ubi tdntulum peccdssit. 
 
 Cas. IV 4, 6. 
 
 s§t etiam unum hoc 6x ingenio m^l8 malum invenidnt suo. 
 
 Bacch. 546. 
 cave sis malo. quid tu m^lum nam m6 [anapsestic]. 
 
 Eud. IV 3, 12. 
 
 In the last passage, Fleckeisen alters the metre by in- 
 serting nunc after nam. 
 
 The abl. mod6 (which should not be confounded with p. xxii 
 the particle) stands as a pyrrhich Aul. 589 : 
 
 eodem m6d6 serv6m ratem esse amjCnti ero aequom c^nseo, 
 
 and Pseud. 569, where the mss. read as follows**: 
 
 novo m6d6, novom aliquid Inventum adferre ^decet. 
 
 In this case, the words novo modo should be taken as a 
 proceleusmatic, a foot which is very frequent in the lirst 
 ])lace of a senarius (see Ritschl, Proll. Trin. ccLXXXix). 
 With the same quantity we have in the Trinummus 602 
 
 qu6 modo tu istuc, Stdsime, dixti, n6strum erilem fllium. 
 
 Lachmann (on Lucretius p. 116) calls the short quan- 
 tity of this * mirabile : ' Prof. Key, to avoid recognising 
 a fact like this, proposes the monosyllabic pronunciation 
 
 ^ In this passage, Ritschl * Ritschl omits inventum and 
 
 gives bono without the mark of thus restores modo to its usual 
 
 ecthlipsis (Proll. cxliv), i.e. he measure. I am glad to see that 
 
 considers the final o to be short- Fleckeisen does not follow his 
 
 ened. example. 
 
 2—2 
 
20 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 mo, and to corroborate this conjecture, he appeals to the 
 Koman way of abbreviating the word : mo (^Alphabet' 
 p. 141). But I may observe, that by abbreviating the 
 orthographical representation of a word, nothing is prima 
 facie insinuated as to its pronunciation ^ Prof. Key's 
 other argument is drawn from the Komance languages, 
 where quomodo appears in the shape of como come comme : 
 it would, no doubt, prove that quomodo really sounded 
 like quomo (como) in the latest period of the Latin 
 language, but would it explain the real nature of the 
 general law whose slow but steady working at last de- 
 graded full words and endings to poor cripples ? We 
 recognise in Plautine prosody the beginnings and tlie 
 first germs of a depravation of the Latin language, which 
 attained its final development in the Romance languages. 
 We need not, therefore, hesitate to explain Romance 
 forms from such shortened endings as are found in 
 Plautus, but great caution should be used in remodelling 
 the pronunciation of Plautine forms upon the analogy of 
 Romance corruptions. The spirit of modern philology 
 requires that the order of time should be observed and 
 forbids us to blend the peculiarities of the different 
 p. xxiii periods of any language ^ If, however, any further proof 
 
 ^ If e. g. we were to take the to examine each separate in- 
 
 copy-books of German students stance. But he has no inten- 
 
 as the indication of their pro- tion to criticise all his predeces- 
 
 nunciation, we should arrive at a sors, nor does he think it ne- 
 
 great many surprising discove- cessary always to state when he 
 
 ries in German pronunciation ; deviates from the views of other 
 
 but unfortunately, they would scholars. He would, however, 
 
 all be repudiated by the actual ask his readers not to think 
 
 pronunciation of those students him unacquainted with really 
 
 themselves. excellent labours in the same 
 
 2 The sense of these words is field, even when he does not 
 
 borrowed from Prof. Key him- expressly quote them ; but tak- 
 
 self ('On the so-called A priva- ing notice of everything would 
 
 tiuum'' p. 8).— The list of con- too much increase this Intro- 
 
 tracted words, given by Prof. duction, which the author first 
 
 Key ('Alphabet' p. 146 — 148), thought he could entirely dis- 
 
 would require a great many ad- pense with. He may, however, 
 
 ditional observations, if the state that almost the same 
 
 present writer really intended views as those given here, will 
 
INTKODUCTION. 
 
 21 
 
 should be required that in modo the final o was actually 
 shortened, the word not being contracted to a mono- 
 sjllable, it suffices to quote Horace, Serm. i 9, 43 : 
 
 ctim vict6re sequ6r. Maecenas qTi6 modo tecum? 
 
 In this case, the monosyllabic pronunciation quomo would 
 violate the metre. And if we find the o shortened by so 
 nice a judge of Latin prosody as Horace, we shall cer- 
 tainly not hesitate to acknowledge the same fact in the 
 conversational language of Plautus^ 
 
 A whole class of words belongs to the same category 
 as the ablatives just mentioned : viz. prepositions and 
 adverbs, in which the final a and o were originally ab- 
 lative-endings. Thus we have contra, which is read with 
 
 be found in Brix's Introduction 
 to his edition of the Trinum- 
 mus (Leipzig, 1864), and that 
 he is frequently indebted to 
 Prof. Brix for the instances 
 quoted, though the order and 
 arrangement in Brix's book 
 differ totally from the present 
 sketch. The chapters of Kitschl's 
 Prolegomena which deal with 
 the same matters, are still very 
 useful for furnishing examples 
 of all kinds, but as to the doc- 
 trine itself propounded in them, 
 there is not one page where 
 liitschl himself could now dis- 
 pense with many alterations. 
 We should not, however, forget 
 that it is due to Kitschl him- 
 self that we now possess sound- 
 er theories than in the year 
 1848. 
 
 1 In his work on * Language : 
 its Origin and Development' 
 (published 1874), Prof. Key has 
 repeated his theory of the pro- 
 nunciation of quomodo as quo- 
 mo, 'notwithstanding the dis- 
 sent of Dr Wagner' (p. 131), 
 but without replying anything 
 
 to the argument I had deduced 
 from Horace. I may, therefore, 
 be excused for maintaining my 
 own theory, as my arguments 
 would seem to be no less valid 
 now than they appeared to me 
 ten years ago. I may add that 
 Schuchardt has dealt with the 
 Romance forms in his work on 
 Vulgar Latin, ii 393 ; but while 
 Prof. Key treats mo as * an in- 
 stance of a silent d,' Schuchardt 
 proves from the Corsican cumed 
 and the Lombard combd (which 
 is also contracted into cmod)j 
 that mo owes its origin not to 
 contraction {modo moo mo) but 
 to apocope {mod mo). The dis- 
 appearance of the final syllable 
 (o) is in agreement with the 
 general law, according to which 
 a long vowel first becomes short, 
 being attacked as it were by a 
 kind of consumption, which 
 terminates in death, when it 
 falls off altogether. The final 
 stage is that of the Romance 
 languages, the middle stage is 
 traceable in Plautus and the 
 Augustan poets. 
 
22 
 
 INTKODUCTION. 
 
 a short a in Prudentius and Ausonius^, though it pre- 
 serves its legitimate quantity in Plautus and the classic 
 poets. In frustra the a is shortened by Prudentius and 
 Martial^, and the same quantity has been established for 
 Plautus by Brix^ in five instances, where Pitschl and 
 Fleckeisen had, however, removed it by somewhat violent 
 alterations. — All adverbs in e were originally ablatives^, 
 and their final e was therefore long ; it became, how- 
 ever, short in many cases ; it remained so ever afterwards 
 p. xxiv in bene and male^, while it was common in fere; but in 
 Plautus we find probe with the same short quantity 
 (Poen. V 5, 1. Pseud. 603. Persa 650)"'. The adverb cito 
 had its final o common in all periods of Latin poetry''. 
 
 The ablative-ending e of the third declension was 
 originally long, e.g. in the following line from the se- 
 pulchral inscription of Scipio Barbatus : 
 
 Gnaiv6d patre progn^tus, f6rtis vlr sapiensque. 
 
 ^ See Luc. Mtiller, de re metr. 
 p. 341. 
 
 2 L. MuUer, ibid. 
 
 3 See his Introduction to the 
 Trinummus, p. 18. Miiller, 
 Pros. p. 13 sq. Corssen ii 454. 
 
 4 See Corssen, i 200. 
 
 5 See Key, L. G. § 770. 
 
 6 M. Grain, Plant. Stud. p. 
 10. In the line from the Persa 
 Bitschl expressly acknowledges 
 the short final e. See also 
 Corssen ii 470. 
 
 7 For Plautus see Kitschl, 
 Proll. Trin. p. clxix; for later 
 poets L. Miiller, de re metr. p. 
 335, and on the whole point 
 Key, L. G. § 772 with note. 
 Corssen ii 480. 
 
 Eitschl and Fleckeisen admit 
 even prospere in an anapaestic 
 line, Pseud. 574. It is, how- 
 ever, highly probable that this 
 line should be read as a tro- 
 chaic octonarius : 
 
 pr6 lovis, ut mihi quidquid ago 
 lepide 6mnia prospereque 
 eveniunt. 
 
 The mss. give luppiter: I have 
 followed Biicheler's emendation 
 (Ehein. Mus. xv p. 445). — In 
 another anapaestic line, Mil. 
 gl. 1024, Kitschl reads with the 
 mss. 
 
 age, age, lit tibi m^xume c6n- 
 cinnumst, 
 
 M. Haupt proposes to transpose 
 the words as follows 
 
 age maxume utl tibi c6ncin- 
 numst. 
 
 It is difficult to decide how far 
 a licence would extend in the 
 so-called 'free' metres; yet in 
 the first instance we are en- 
 titled to remove it because tro- 
 chaic metre follows ; in the se- 
 cond I should not admit Haupt's 
 conjecture. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 23 
 
 In the comic poets, however, this ending is, generally 
 speaking, shorts 
 
 i in the ablative of the third declension appears short- 
 ened in the anapaestic line from Plautus' Bacchides 1108 
 
 igittir pari fortiina, aetate ut sumus, dtimtir : : sic est. s6d tu. 
 
 This is the reading of the mss. adopted by Fleckeisen. 
 The i of the dative is shortened in cam : 
 
 c^ni quoque etiam ademptumst nomen... 
 
 Epid. II 2, 50. 
 
 The i of the nom. plur. appears short in mert : 
 
 meri b611atores glgnuntur, quas hlc praegnatis f^cit. 
 
 Mil. gl. 1077. 
 
 u of the fourth is shortened in manu Trin. 288. It 
 is the same with the e of the fifth, which is occasionally 
 found short, e.g. Poen. iv 2, 68 Fide non meliTis creditur. 
 So also Mil. gl. 1369, /ide nulla esse te. 
 
 In the datives vnihi tihi sihi the final i was originally p. xxv 
 long and is still found so in Plautus and Terence, though 
 both have it also short. Even the usage of the later 
 poets was never constant, and the i in these words was 
 always common ^ We have noticed this point in a pre- 
 vious place. 
 
 In the same way we find the genitive- ending i of the 
 second declension shortened in the words eri (=domini) 
 Mi], gl. 362. viri Ter. Phorm. v 3, 4. boniTruc. ii 4, 78 
 (= 428 G.), and novi ibid, ii 4, 32 (= 382 G.). prett Mil. gl. 
 1061. modi Poen. v 4, 103. — malt (nom. plur.) occurs 
 Pseud. 142 (Fleck.) — the i of the locative appears short- 
 
 1 See Corssen, ii 462, who stantiae causa ant i aut et-[the 
 
 has reproduced the instances old termination of the abl.] 
 
 of a long e in the ablative sing. scribat, vituperari vix possit. ' 
 
 collected by Biicheler and my- This is pretty much in agree- 
 
 self (Rh. Mus. xxii 114 sq.), ment with C. F. W. Muller, 
 
 some of which are, however, ex- Pros. p. 15 — 18. 
 
 tremely doubtful. See also Us- ^ ggg l^ Muller, de re metr, 
 
 sing, ProU. p. 195, who says p. 1. p. 334. 
 * his in locis si quis editor con- 
 
24 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 ened in donvi (Mil. gl. 194. Most. 281. Trin. 841. Aul. 73. 
 Pompon. Ribb. com. p. 201)^ It may finally be added 
 that in many cases homo and in most cases ego stand as 
 pyrrhichs^ (RitscM, Proll. clxvi. clxix). 
 
 I shall now enumerate the verbal endings in which 
 the prosody of the comic poets allows short final vowels 
 contrary to the general usage of the Augustan period. 
 Here again we may notice that the short quantities are 
 limited to disyllabic words of original iambic prosody. 
 
 The final a of the imperative of the first conjugation^ 
 appears short in rogd : 
 
 qu^ndo vir bonus 6s, responde, quod rogo. : : roga qii6d lubet. 
 
 Cure. V 3, 30. 
 
 Tibi lubet. roga : respondebo, nil reticebo qu6d sciam. 
 
 Men. 1106. 
 p. xxvi satis si futurumst : : r6ga me vigintl minas. 
 
 Pseud. 114. 
 r6ga velitne an n6n ux6rem... 
 
 Ter. Hec. IV 1, 43 ( = 558 Fl.). 
 
 roga clrcumducat : heds tu : : at hie sunt nnilieres. 
 
 Most. 680. 
 
 roga, mimquid opus sit : : tii qui zonam n6n babes. 
 
 Poen. V 2, 48. 
 
 amd stands with this quantity Cure, i 1, 38 
 
 iuventiite et pueris llberis, ama qu6d lubet. 
 
 The same short quantities are found in the following im- 
 peratives of the second conjugation : 
 
 Hegio, fit quod tibi ego dixi : gllscit rabies : c^ve tibi. 
 
 Capt. Ill 4, 26. 
 
 1 Even the nom. plur. ae is cret. usu Plautino p. 24. 
 shortened in a line of the Bac- ^ ego Aul. 454. 562 {?). 
 
 chides (1139), if we credit ^ Faernus observes on Ter. 
 
 Eitschl's text. The line is how- Hec. iv 1, 43 tbat Martial bas 
 
 ever better divided into two puta : see L. Mtiller, de re metr. 
 
 separate parts, and the words p. 340. 
 
 stultae ac malae videritur are to ^ See Hor. Serm. ii 3, 38. 177. 
 
 be considered as an iambic dim. 5, 75. Ep. i 13, 19. Prop, i 10, 
 
 catal. See Spengel, de vers. 21. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 25 
 
 atque aiidin : : quid vis? : : c^ve siris cum filia. 
 
 Epid. Ill 3, 19. 
 
 cave praeterbitas lillas aedis quin roges. 
 
 Epid. Ill 4, 1. 
 
 omitte, Lude, ac cave malo :: quid, cave malo? 
 
 Bacch. 147. 
 
 The same quantity will be found in the Aulularia (v. 90. 
 600. 610. 652). It is, however, very probable that the 
 final e of cave was at a very early time entirely dropped, 
 au being pronounced as a diphthong. This view rests on 
 Cicero de div. ii 40 : cum M. Crassus exerciturti Brundisi 
 imponeret, quidam in portu caricas Cauno advectas ven- 
 dens ' cauneas ' clamitahat, dicamus, si placet, Tnoniturri 
 ah eo Crassum, * caveret ne iret.' (The same anecdote is 
 related by Pliny, N. H. xv 19.) But even the entire 
 dropping of the final e presupposes a former shortening 
 of the vowel, at least if we may trust the laws laid 
 down by the science of comparative philology. We 
 find the same process in other forms derived from 
 cave-y e.g. cau{i)tu7}i cau(i)tor cau(i)tio : it is the same 
 with fau{i)tum fau{\)tor : but in all these words there is 
 reason^ to assume that Plautus still used the full forms p.xxvii 
 cavitum cavitor etc., as shown by Fleckeisen, ep. crit. 
 XXI ^. In Plautus' time, we find the shortening process 
 in its full vigour and working ; in later times (and we 
 should not forget that there are more than 100 years 
 between Plautus and Cicero) the dropping of those shoi-t- 
 ened vowels seems to have set in already. The con- 
 jecture that after a consonantal u vowels first began to 
 
 1 cavitum occurs twice in the 4tque horunc verb6rum causa 
 lex agraria a. 643 : C. I. L. i 200, c^veto mi iratiis fuas. 
 
 6. 7. Capt. II 3, 71. 
 
 2 We may add that even ca- 
 
 veto would seem to follow this These passages are, however, 
 analogy in two lines in Plautus: very doubtful and have justly 
 
 been altered by tleckeisen, 
 m6x quom Saure^m imitabor, who writes cave tu instead of 
 cdveto ne Busc6nseas. caveto. 
 
 Asm. II 2, 105. 
 
26 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 be dropped, the ambiguous nature of this u giving rise 
 to a diphthong, does not seem without foundation \ 
 
 Another instance of a shortened e in an imperative of 
 the second conjugation is t(ice Aul. 325. Similarly we find 
 term : 
 
 delimit animam mi a6gritudo : St^sime, tene me :: visne aquam? 
 
 Trin. 1091. 
 
 sin secus, pati^mur animis acquis, tene sort6m tibi. 
 
 Gas. II 6, 25. 
 
 V. 412 of the Aulularia furnishes us with a good example 
 of the variable quantity of such imperatives, since we 
 should there pronounce the first tene as a pyrrhich, but 
 the second as an iamb. A somewhat analogous instance 
 occurs in Ovid's line * vale vale vnqiiit et Echo ' (see 
 L. Miiller, de re m. p. 308) ^ We may further enumerate 
 doce Aul. 431. vide Trin. 763. Gas. ii 6, 26, and iuhe 
 (see Ritschl, Proll. clxv). It may be useful to add that 
 the same quantity of the imperative -e of the sec. conj. 
 occasionally reappears in the Augustan period, e.g. Ovid 
 has fa^ve (am. ii 13, 21) and have (am. ii 6, 62), Persius 
 (i 108) and Phaedrus (ill 6, 3) have vide. We may also 
 p.xxviii quote Luc. MtLller's words (de re m. p. 340) ^ etiam banc 
 licentiam intendere christiani, apud quos inveniuntur at- 
 tenuata finali time dimove praecave arce extorque per- 
 cense.'' 
 
 The imperatives of the fourth conjugation show the 
 same shortening propensity. Thus we have vera (Persa 
 30) all (Most. QQ) redl (Aul. 81. 441. True, i 2, 106 = 
 210 Geppert). 
 
 It is not difficult to collect more instances of all the 
 cases mentioned, but I think those given will suffice to 
 convince even the most incredulous of the existence of 
 
 1 Compare Juvenal ix 120, Anthology gives the same pro- 
 where the ms. reading causis sody (ii p. 154) : 
 
 has been changed \>o, cave sis by semper perpetuo vale, mi caris- 
 
 Lachmann. sime coniux. 
 
 2 A hexameter in a late sepul- See Jo. Schrader's Emenda- 
 chral inscription in Burmann's tiones, p. 218. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 27 
 
 shortened final vowels in the prosody of the comic poets. 
 I have not quoted any instances from Terence, but may 
 be allowed to refer the reader to my Introduction to the 
 Cambridge edition of 1869, p. 15 sq. I may also add 
 that Prof. Key accounts for the apparent shortening of 
 the imperatives and other suffixes by treating these 
 words as monosyllables by way of contraction ; see his 
 'Language, etc' p. 470—473. 
 
 We shall now briefly enumerate other verbal endings 
 which appear short in Plautine prosody contrary to the 
 usage of the Augustan period. 
 
 An originally long i was shortened in the passive 
 infinitive', e.g. darl (Plant. Rud. 960. Ter. Ad. 311. 
 Phorm. 261), pati (Aul. 719), loqul (Bacch. 1104): see 
 Kitschl, ProU. clxviii. So also emi Epid. ii 2, 116 — a 
 line which is read in Geppert's edition in a sadly cor- 
 rupted stated The same took place in the pei-f. act. decU 
 hihl steti, and even in adtull (Aul. 430) and occidi (ib. 
 705)^. — was shortened in the first persons eo agd void 
 scid'^ sino nego dab6 ero cedo : in the same way we have 
 iusserd Aul. 439, which may be compared to dixero Hor. 
 Serm. i 4, 104. odero Ov. am. iii 11, 35. Other instances 
 of a shortened final o from later poets are given by 
 
 ^ Comp. frui Anth. Lat. Mey. 1157, 7. fec^ ibid. 9. It is cu- 
 
 1164, 2. rious that the editor of the An- 
 
 2 Thus we have vehX and tholopy denies the short qnan- 
 sequi in the 'sortes Praenes- ^itj of the final i in the perf. in 
 tinae,' a number of hexame- another instance, 1165, 5 ^ni- 
 ters composed in the popular husItaliaemonumintumvidiVo-, 
 prosody : see Ritschl, Rh. Mus. Mrnae. A pentameter ends vixl 
 XV p. 396. As the i (or ei) be- dies 1203, 13. But shortenings 
 came short, it could easily pass like vici feci vixl would be in- 
 into a simple e : thus we have admissible in Plautine prosody, 
 Jiere in Ennius Ann. 15, a form as the original prosody of these 
 
 ■ also given by the cod. Put. of words is not iambic. 
 Livy XXVI 3, 13 in a solemn in- ■* The ancient grammarians 
 
 terfogation of the plebs: see pronounced sco(*c/ is a iZifiera') 
 
 H. A. Koch, Rh. Mus. xvi 120. in Virgil's Hne nunc scio quid 
 
 3 These are examples derived sit amor: see Marius Vict, i p. 
 from the so-called 'free' metres. 2472 P. 
 
 Compare vici Anth. Lat. Mey. 
 
28 INTEODUCTION. 
 
 L. Miiller, de re metr. p. 336. The imperative dato 
 stands as a pyrrhich BaccJb. 84, and it seems to have the 
 xxix same quantity in a line of Lucilius, if Lachmann's con- 
 jecture be right (L. Miiller, 1. c). In Juvenal we have 
 est6 (vii 79) and in Martial respondeto (iii 4, 7). 
 
 C. DROPPING OF FINAL CONSONANTS. 
 
 A careful reader of the Plautine comedies will soon 
 find out that, for scanning these verses, he must very 
 often free himself from the observance of the rules com- 
 monly taught under the head of positio. But at the 
 same time he cannot fail to observe that an absolute 
 negation of the laws of position in Plautus would render 
 the case even worse, for then we should be at a loss how 
 to explain many instances of naturally short vowels 
 lengtliened by position. Most of the cases in question 
 will be explained by the following remarks. 
 
 The metres of Plautus and Terence testify a general 
 tendency of the Latin language of their time to drop the 
 final consonants of many words. This tendency was not, 
 however, confined to Latin ; on the contrary, we trace it 
 in most of the dialects of ancient Italy. Thus, to give a 
 few examples, we have vestikatu = vestigium, frehtu — 
 frictum, facia =faciat in CJmbrian^ 
 
 ^ I may add that the same viz. the shortening of originally 
 
 process has taken place in many long vowels, the dropping of 
 
 modern languages. E. g. a mo- final consonants, the entire loss 
 
 dern Greek is at liberty to say of whole inflexions. The Eng- 
 
 7r65i or tto^lv { = Tr6dLov, foot), lish language is, in this respect, 
 
 X^pi-v oy^ X^Ph X^P^ ^^ xct/ois, etc., more instructive than many 
 
 nay in modern Greek popular others, because, though flowing 
 
 poetry final consonants are very from a richly inflected language, 
 
 often cut off where they ought it has now lost almost all its 
 
 to stand, and even added where inflexions. It will, in general, 
 
 they have no grammatical title be found that all the laws de- 
 
 to appear. — The history of the tailed in our Introduction are by 
 
 English language furnishes a- no means arbitrarily assumed 
 
 bundant instances of all the for a certain stage of the Latin 
 
 same processes enumerated in language, but are in reality 
 
 this sketch of Plautine prosody: only special applications of the 
 
INTRODUCTION. 29 
 
 It may be useful to premise that in many cases the 
 Latin language, when first employed for literaiy pur- p. xxx 
 poses, had already lost many final consonants : e.g. from 
 the original genitives 
 
 mensa-is servo-is re-is 
 
 we have after the loss of the final s 
 
 mensai servoi rei 
 
 mensae servi (re) 
 
 The formation of the abl. sing, gives us another instance. 
 Originally this case ended in d : mensad servod paired 
 manud red : this d was however dropped there as well as 
 in the adverbsyaaZeo? etc., which were originally ablatives. 
 These losses are previous to Plautus' time, and in his 
 language we find but obscure traces of them left\ We 
 read in a few instances a nom. plur. of the sec. decl. in 
 is ^, and the forms med and ted are still used by Plautus, 
 not by Terence. (See note on v. 120.) We may now 
 proceed to enumerate those instances where final con- 
 sonants are dropped (i. e. do not count with regard to versi- 
 fication) in Plautus and Terence, contrary to the usage of 
 the later or classical language. 
 
 m. We learn fromPriscian I 38 (Hertz) *m ohscurum 
 in extremitate dictionum sonatj and Quintilian states the 
 same ix 4, 40 ^(m) parum exprimitur . . .neque enim eximi- 
 tur, sed ohscuraturJ On account of its weak sound, a 
 final m was often neglected in writing both in nouns and 
 verbs, as will be seen in numerous instances collected 
 from the oldest inscriptions by Corssen i 267 sqq. This 
 disregard of a final m seems to have been quite fiimiliar 
 to all the popular dialects of Latin throughout its difierent 
 periods, and hence we should explain hexameters ending 
 ardentem lucernam, iuvenilem figuram (quoted from 
 Meyer's Anthology 1223, 1. and 1171,4 by Ritschl, Rhein. 
 
 general laws which govern the ^ See EitschI, Eheinisches 
 
 growth and decay of all forms Museum ix 158 = Opusc. ii 646 
 of human speech. — 652. 
 
 1 See also above, p. 10. ^^'^[^E UbS^^^ 
 
 .university] 
 
 Ng^^tigORNl^ 
 
30 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Mus. XIV 379) \ "We shall not therefore be surprised to 
 find numerous instances in which a final m is entirel^y 
 discarded in Plautine prosody, e.g. domum is to be pro- 
 nounced as domu Aul. 148 etc. We shall not here give 
 any special instances of this fact, but it will be useful to 
 p. xxxi draw the particular attention of our readers to the two 
 words quidem and e^iim, which should frequently be pro- 
 nounced SiS.quide and eni^ (Aul. 209. 496 etc.). 
 
 Even in later poetry, a final m was entirely disre- 
 garded in all cases where the next word began with a 
 vowel, this being the last trace of a licence which had 
 formerly extended over a larger territory. 
 
 As to s, we have a very memorable passage in Cicero's 
 Orator 48, 161 ^quin etiam quod iam suhrusticum videtur, 
 olim auteni politius, eorum, verhorum quorum eaedeni 
 erant postremae duae litterae quae sunt in ' optumus ' 
 postremam litteram detrahehant, nisi vocalis insequebatur. 
 ita non erat ea offensio in versibus quam nunc fugiunt 
 poetae novi. ita enim loquehamur * qui est omnibu ' pi^in- 
 ceps/ non ^ omnibus princeps' et 'vita ilia ddgnu^ locoque/ 
 non ' dlgnus^.^ 
 
 1 A pentameter ends with the pronunciation of quidem and 
 \YOYdsundecim2:)ostAnth.o\.120S, enim. It would be preposterous 
 12: the final m should of course to deny the possibility of such 
 be dropt. As Eitschl observes, a fact, — and indeed some argu- 
 we need not assume the con- ments, especially one alleged 
 struction of post with an abla- for enim by Bergk, seem strongly 
 tive in such a line as cunctorum to point to it. But as it can- 
 haec soboli sedem post morte re- not be concluded on the evi- 
 liquit (Anthol. iv 394 Burm.). dence of the Plautine metres, 
 On Plant. Bacch. 404 Pdtrem we think it safer to follow a 
 soddlis et magistrum hinc au- general theory which affords 
 scultdbo qudm rem agat Kitscbl an equally satisfactory explana- 
 observes — * Plautus sprach ohne tion, instead of assuming an 
 zweifel und schrieb sehr mogli- exceptional pronunciation which 
 cher weise patre sodalis ' (ib. p. would after all not be support- 
 398). ed by entirely undoubted argu- 
 
 2 Prof. Key (< Alphabet' p. ments. See also Key's 'Lan- 
 142), Eitschl (ProU. p. cxl. cliii) guage ' p. 132. 139. 
 
 and Bergk {zeitschrift fiir die ^ The truth of Cicero's obser- 
 
 alterthumswissenschaft 1848 p. vation ^quam nunc fugiunt 
 1130) assume a monosyllabic poetae woi;i ' may be exemplified 
 
INTRODUCTION. 31 
 
 This licence is known to every reader of Lucretius, 
 and its extension may be shown by a line from Ennius' 
 Annales (601 Yahlen) 
 
 turn lateralis dolor, certissimns nuntius mortis. 
 
 Corssen (i 286. 599) gives lengthy lists of names from 
 inscriptions, many of which are as old as the Punic wars, 
 and in which a final s is entirely omitted, and the same fact 
 occurs again in inscriptions of the decline of the Roman 
 empire ^ It would, therefore, be very surprising if no 
 traces of it were found in the prosody of the comic 
 writers. As instances of it will be frequently met with 
 in Plautus, we shall confine ourselves to some examples 
 from the Aulularia. Thus we should pronounce 
 
 minus = minu -pvol. 18. 19. 
 
 nimisque — niTYiique 61. 
 
 nimis = nimi 493. 
 
 prius = priu 206. p.xxxii 
 
 latus = latu 415. 
 
 magis^magi 419. 
 
 ullus-ullii 419. 
 
 venimus = veriimu 426. 
 
 moribus = moribu 500. 
 
 We shall now easily understand such endings of iambics 
 as the following, all of which are taken from Terence's 
 Hecyra : auctus sit 334. defessus sum 443. incertils sum, 
 450. expertus sum 489. nulliis sum 653. usus sit 878. 
 Comp. occidistis me Bacch. 313. 
 
 r was, in many instances, merely a substitute for an 
 earlier s, and we should therefore be prepared to find that 
 
 by comparing two lines of En- ed. Vahlen p. 85 and the pas- 
 
 nius and Virgil. Aen. xii 115 sage quoted there from Marius 
 
 wo read Solis equi lucemque Victorinus.) The reason which 
 
 clatis naribus effiant, on which induced Virgil to change the 
 
 words Servius has the following order of the words appears at 
 
 note 'Ejinianiis versus est or- once. 
 
 dinecommutato.-funduntqueela- ^ See Schuchardt, on Vulgar 
 
 tis narihu' lucein.' (See Ennius Latin, up. 445 
 
32 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 occasionally a final r is dropped. Thus we should pro- 
 nounce soro (=soror) in a line from the Poenulus (i 2,84) 
 
 Satis nunc lepide ornatam credo, s6ror, te tibi vidfirier. 
 
 and in two short anapaestic lines from the Stichus (18 
 and 20) : 
 
 haec r^s | vitae | me, s6ror, [ saturant — 
 ne ldicru|ma, s6ror, | neu tiio id | animo — 
 
 Another line in the same play furnishes a fourth example 
 of the same pronunciation (v. 68) : 
 
 quid aginnis, soror, si 6ffirmabit pd,ter advorsum n6s : : pati — 
 
 In Terence we have the same, Eun. i 2, 77 
 
 soror dictast : cupio abdiicere ut redddim suis. 
 
 This is the reading of the Bembine ms., and the prosody 
 of -soro diet- is rightly explained by Faernus in his note 
 on the passaged 
 
 p.xxxiii The word color should be pronounced colo in the fol- 
 lowing line : 
 
 color verus, corpus s61iduni et suci plenum. 
 Ter. Eun. ii 3, 27. 
 
 and amor loses its final r in Ter. Andr. i 5, 26 
 
 amor, mlsericordia hulus, nuptii,rum soUicit^tio. 
 
 pater follows the same analogy, e.g. 
 
 ne tibi aegritiidinem, pater, p^rerem, parsi sedulo. 
 
 Trin. 316. 
 
 1 Liber Bembinus quocum an original s. The sole excep- 
 
 hic consentiunt omnes fere libri tion to this law would be pater, 
 
 recentes — nee versus repugnat, and this instance has been neg- 
 
 si abicias r ex soror, ut primus lected by Corssen. — Comp. also 
 
 pes sit anapaestus. Faernvs. the Italian siiora frate moglie. 
 
 — If we adopt Corssen's \iews Schuchardt i p. 35 shows that 
 
 (krit. beitr. zur lat. formenlehre, the popular pronunciation dole 
 
 p. 399 s.), we should have to ac- instead of dolor gave rise to a 
 
 knowledge the possible drop- confusion between dolor and 
 
 ping of a final r only in those dolus in the later stages of 
 
 words where it had supplanted Latin. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 33 
 
 quid ego agam? pater iam hlc me offendet mf serum adve- 
 niens 6brium. 
 
 Most. 378 (according to the mss.) 
 
 pater venit. sed quid pSrtimui autem, belua. 
 Ter. Phorm. 601. 
 
 In these cases Prof. Key adopts a monosyllabic pronuncia- 
 tion = Fr. pere. The possibility of such a pronunciation is 
 questioned by Ritschl (ProU. Trin. CLv) whose words are 
 as follows: 'In quibus {i.e. monosyllabis) si etiam pater 
 habitum est, eius rei et rationem et documenta desidero. 
 et omnium minime ex eo argumentandum esse quod, ut e 
 soTor monosyllabum soeur, ita e pater similiter factum 
 esse pere dicunt, vel hinc intelligitur quod, etsi frere 
 quoque et 'mere e f rater et mater contracta sunt, tamen 
 haec latina nee contendit quisquam nee poterit contendere 
 unquam monosyllaba fuibse.' This is, indeed, the best 
 argument ^ which can be alleged against Prof Key's way 
 of pronouncing and contracting Latin words according to 
 the analogy of the corresponding French forms ; but has 
 it been understood and appreciated by Mr Parry 1 This 
 
 ^ I have left this passage ex- 
 actly as it was written ten years 
 ago. In his work on 'Language,' 
 p. 133, Mr Key alludes to the 
 above as follows — ' In parricida 
 ior patricida we see already that 
 change which led to the Fr. 
 pere from pater; and here again 
 when pater appears in Latin 
 comedy, as it sometimes does, to 
 need a shortened pronunciation, 
 it seems simpler to drop the t 
 than to drop the r, as Dr Wag- 
 ner proposes. Of course mater 
 and f rater, with their long pen- 
 ults, were better able for a 
 time to resist such compression, 
 so that Kitschl's contention has 
 I think little weight.' This is a 
 remarkable instance of perverse 
 argumentation. Mr Key appa- 
 rently assumes a form some- 
 what resembling paer^ to be 
 
 W. P. 
 
 pronounced like the Fr. pere. 
 But pere is not, as he thinks, 
 descended from pater, but from 
 patrem, comp. the Italian jparfre, 
 and see e. g. Brachet, Diet, 
 ^tym. de la langue frauQ. p. 404. 
 It is evident that p>ere=patre{m) 
 cannot represent pater. But 
 what weight shall we attribute 
 to the assertion of a modern 
 writer of the 19th century that 
 he considers this or that pro- 
 nunciation to be * simpler,' 
 when this is quite contrary to 
 the very evidence of the in- 
 scriptions and earliest mss. ? 
 See the instances collected by 
 Schuchardt, On Vulgar Latin 
 II 390 sq., where hoth pate and 
 soro are quoted from ancient 
 testimony. — See also Corssen ii 
 656. 
 
84 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 scholar accuses Kitschl of * losing sight of the difference 
 in quantity' between f rater mater and pater ^. But 
 Ritschl's argument is entirely based on this very same 
 difference. He means that, if we once begin to re- 
 model the old pronunciation of Latin upon that of the 
 French of the nineteenth century, we must be prepared 
 to find a contracted pronunciation of mater and frater 
 just as well as of pater , all these words being treated 
 alike in French as mere frere fere. But we never meet 
 in Plautus and Terence with mater or frater as mono- 
 syllables, on account of their different quantity^ and this 
 fact proves that, as we cannot draw a correct inference 
 from mere and frere as to mater and frater, we cannot 
 xx^v. consequently rely upon the comparison of pere and pater. 
 And indeed in Plautus or other poets, we never find m^ate 
 and frate = mater and frater, though in a Faliscan in- 
 scription we actually read MATEHECUPA, i.e. mater 
 hie cuhat^. But this is of course a low dialectic cor- 
 ruption ^ 
 
 The same theory accounts for the loss of a final t and 
 d. An old form hau (instead of haud) owes its existence 
 to this process (see note on v. 170): it remained in use 
 until the time of Tacitus, if we may trust the authority 
 of the Medicean ms. In the Aulularia we have apu 
 {=aput or apudy in several instances (v. 83. 340. 736.), 
 in the same we should pronounce 
 
 caput- cafu 422. 423. 
 erat — era 421. 
 ut = u 320. 
 decet = dece 136. (See M. Grain, Plant. Stud. p. 10) ^ 
 
 1 Parry's Introd. to Terence, assertion ' omnino tarn esse lu- 
 XLvi. bricum hoc genus compara- 
 
 2 See Eitschl, Corp. Inscr. tionis arbitror, nihil nt inde 
 Lat. I 89, or Eh. Mus. xvi 603. proficias.' (Proll., 1. 1.) 
 
 2 We need not add how dan- ^ For aj^e^ajpud see Schu- 
 
 gerous, nay how fallacious, it chardt, On Vulgar Latin i p. 
 
 is to draw inferences from 123. 
 
 French with regard to the pro- ^ See also the instances given 
 
 nunciation of Latin. I do not by Corssen ii 650. 
 hesitate to accede to Kitschl's 
 
INTRODUCTION. 35 
 
 Thus we find dedit written as dede in three very old 
 inscriptions, C. I. L. i 62^ 169. 180. 
 
 The preposition ad is thus often degraded to a simple 
 d, e.g. 
 
 s^d ad postr^mum. Poen. iv 2, 22. 
 quls ad for^s est? Amph. iv 2, 1. 
 et ad p6rtit6res. Phorm. i 2, 100. 
 ut ad pailca r^deam. Phorm. iv 3, 43. 
 
 But it would be superfluous to accumulate more instances 
 of this fact : we shall only add that even nt was entii^ely 
 dispensed with in the rapid pronunciation of the time of 
 Plautua. Bentley has quoted in his Schediasma (p. xv 
 ed. Lips.) the following instances : 
 
 Solent esse = solet esse. 
 student fdcere — studefdcere, 
 hahent despicatu — Kobe despicatu. 
 
 To these we might easily add other instances from Plautus, 
 
 but to prove the existence of such forms as we assume 
 
 here in the metres of the comic poets, we mention the p. xxxv. 
 
 form dedro, which in an inscription from Pesaro (C. I. L. 
 
 I 177) stands as an equivalent to dederunt. This form is 
 
 an unmistakable precursor of the corresponding Italian 
 
 form diedero^. 
 
 But precisely the same kind of form as is assumed 
 exists in emeru — emerunt C. I. L. 1 1148, in an inscription 
 later than the second Punic war, but earlier than the Lex 
 Julia de civitate sociis danda. This emeru forms the 
 stepping-stone from emerunt to the secondary form emere. 
 
 The final letters msrtd are more frequently dropped 
 than two others which we have yet to mention. The jfirst 
 is I, which is sometimes cut off in the word semol (simul), 
 e.g. Aul. 617. Mil. gl. 1137. Ter. Eun. ii 2, 10. Haut. tim. 
 IV 5, 55^ : the second n^ which is dropped in the word 
 
 1 See Corssen, i 186 sqq., from Corssen ii^, 96 (ii 643). 
 
 where further materials are pro- Corssen contends (i^, 79) that a 
 
 duced from the Inscriptions. final I was never dropped on 
 
 ^ These instances are taken account of its marked pronun- 
 
 3—2 
 
36 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 tamen in such passages as Mil. gl. 585. Ter. Hec. v 4, 32. 
 Ad. I 2, 65. Eun. v 2, 50. These two cases are, however, 
 not generally acknowledged \ Sometimes the final n is 
 dropped in such forms as rogan vi'den iuhen etc., which 
 stand in the place of the original forms rogasne etc. 
 
 It may finally be observed that all monosyllabic pre- 
 positions occasionally drop their final letters, e. g. in 
 should be pronounced as i Capt. iv 2, 97. Poen. iv 2, 82. 
 2, 13. 5, and oftener; ah as a, and in the same way we 
 might explain the short quantity of ex (e.g. Stich. 716. 
 Merc. 176), though in many cases it suffices to assume 
 the soft pronunciation of x = s^. This would explain the 
 short quantity of seifiex in such lines as Aul. 293 : 
 senex 6bsonari flliai ntiptiis, 
 
 ciation (i 219). He assumes 
 therefore what he calls an 'ir- 
 rational' pronunciation of the 
 vowel of the first syllable, I do 
 not hesitate to adopt Guyet's 
 view as given in his note on 
 Ter. Eun. ii 2, 10 ^rol in simul 
 eliditur, ut ultima syllaba cor- 
 ripiatur. idem factum Hecyrae 
 
 IV 1 idem et in senario illo 
 
 Turpilii apud Nonium Marcel- 
 lum [Eibb. Com. p. 94, v. 194] 
 simul circum spectat : ubi praeter 
 seneminem. apud Plautum Capt. 
 Ill 4, 19 [551 Fl.] ibidem to I 
 in procul eadem causa elisum 
 est in septenario: prom tu ah 
 istoc procul recedas....' This is 
 the reading in BJ, which Fleck- 
 eisen would certainly keep now, 
 if he were to revise his first 
 volume. At present he gives 
 apscedas instead of recedas. 
 Siuely, Corssen would not say 
 that the o in procul was ' irra- 
 tional.' [He maintains that 
 the u was 'irrational,' ii 666 : 
 he w^ould, therefore, pronounce 
 prod.] 
 
 1 The dropping of the final n 
 in tamen may be inferred from 
 
 the passages given above (we 
 are indebted for them to Cors- 
 sen, II 642) and receives an 
 important support from the vari- 
 ous readings in Stich. 44, where 
 all our mss. read tamen with 
 the sole exception of the Am- 
 brosian palimpsest, in which 
 we find tarn; but not from Fes- 
 tus p. 360 ' antiqui tarn etiam 
 pro tamen usi sunt,' since 
 Corssen shows {krit. heitr. 
 zur lat. formenl. p. 273—279) 
 that the passages quoted by 
 Festus do not prove that tarn 
 was ever used as an equivalent 
 for tamen. — In the Umbrian dia- 
 lect we find Tzome for nomen (Auf- 
 recht u. Kirchhoff, umbrische 
 sprachdenkmdler, ii 407). Com- 
 pare the Italian forms lume 
 nome nume volume, etc. 
 
 2 See Corssen, i 276. Schu- 
 chardt, i 132. See also Corssen, 
 II 665, whose explanation is in 
 agreement with the one adopted 
 above. For curiosity's sake, I 
 may quote Mr Key, ' Language,' 
 p. 473, who says 'the pronun- 
 ciation s^nex has been errone- 
 ously ascribed to myself, for I 
 
INTKODUCTION. 37 
 
 but we should entirely drop the x in such lines as Rud. 
 prol. 35 : 
 
 seneo; qui htio Athenis exsul venit, hati malus. 
 
 B, SHORTENING OF OTHER LONG ENDINGS. p. xxxvi. 
 
 We have hitherto always observed that final syllables 
 in which the vowel was long by nature were not short- 
 ened by the sole influence of the accent, unless the words 
 to which they belonged were originally iambs ^ We have 
 yet to mention that the same shortening process affected 
 even such endings as would seem to oppose the strongest 
 resistance to every attempt to shorten them : as os es is 
 us ; nay, sometimes nob only the vowels of these endings 
 are shortened, but even the final consonants dropped. 
 Some instances will serve to exemplify this observation. 
 
 1. Thus the ending as appears shortened in honas 
 foras^ negas : 
 
 have long held that it would be follows the analogy of the short 
 better to read it as sen, i. e. as o of the present, occidi occurs 
 representing that old lost nomi- in an anapaestic line, i.e. in so- 
 native whence the oblique cases called ' free ' metre. frustra 
 were deduced, in other words (p. 22) is quite isolated. — 
 the simpler noun of which the With regard to the dropping of 
 sen-ec is a diminutive.' It is final consonants, we have to 
 the pervading tendency of Mr modify our statement, s and 
 Key's theories on Latin versifi- m were indeed so frequently 
 cation to reduce Latin disylla- dropped that the prosody of the 
 bles and trisyllables to mono- antepenult cannot be considered 
 syllables. Such a proceeding is to limit the extension of this 
 indeed very much in the style of license. But in all other cases 
 that language which has sue- the law given above would ap- 
 ceeded in contracting the noble ply to the dropping of final 
 Aer/yaocTuj'T; into a convenient mo- consonants just as well. See 
 nosyllabic alms, but it may be our remarks on pater and vmter 
 doubted whether these violent p. 33 sq. 
 
 contractions suit the genius of ^ Comp. the same shorten - 
 
 the Latin language. ing in the Doric dialect, e. g. 
 
 1 Exceptions to this rule Theocr. i 83 irdaas dva Kpavas, 
 
 would be adtull occidi and iv 3 irdadCs d/x^Xyes, i 134 ox»'a5 
 
 iusserd. But the first may be iveUai — though we find also 
 
 explained from fw/?, and iusserd the original prosody in 6vpas 
 
38 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 h6nas ut aecilmst ffCcere, facitis. 
 Stich. 99. 
 
 f6ras, foras, lumbrice... 
 
 Aul. 6201. 
 
 quid, foras? foras hdrcle uero. 
 Stich. 597. 
 
 Ipse abiit foras, nie reliquit. 
 
 Poen. V 5, 4. 
 
 t6n negas Tyndarum ^sse ? : : nego iiiquam : : t6n te Philo- 
 cratem dsse ais ? 
 
 Capt. Ill 4, 39. 
 
 sic sine igitur, si tuom negas me 6sse, abire liberum. 
 Men. 1028. 
 
 In the last two instances, we give the reading of the 
 mss., which has been altered by Ritschl, Proll. Trin. 
 CXLVIII. In the line from the Captivi the accentuation 
 p. xxxvii. Tynddrurrif which in accordance with Ritschl is adopted 
 in Fleckeisen's edition, seems to be against the general 
 habit of Plautus, the metre running much smoother, if 
 read according to the accentuation given by us^ 
 
 2. In the same way we find os in 7iovos vivos dolos^ : 
 
 viros nostros quibus tii nos voluisti. 
 Stich. 98. 
 
 m^gnific^ volo m^ sumni6s viros diccipere... 
 
 Pseud. 167 (according to the inss.). 
 
 ddplicis triplicis d616s perfidias, lit ubi cum hostibiis con- 
 grediar. 
 
 Pseud. 580 (according to the mss.). 
 
 semp6r datores n6vos oportet quaerere. 
 
 True. II 1, 33 (=245 G.)^. 
 
 II 6, alongside of irepl ras 6ijpas Stich. iv 2, 1 & iv 4, 55.' 
 
 ojcros ofjLiXos XV 65. ^ Yoy the reappearance of 
 
 1 I quote Taubmann's note such quantities as vides putds, 
 
 on this passage, simply to show etc. in later Latin see also Cors- 
 
 tbat his view of the fact in ques- sen ii 941. 
 
 tion was quite correct. ' Cri- ^ Comp. in Doric ras irapdhos, 
 
 tici posteriores non admisere, Theocr. i 90. 
 
 quod ignorarent foras utranque * novos may possibly have 
 
 syllabam habere brevem : ut been one of the first words to 
 
 Uquet vel ex Poen. v 5, 4. admit a monosyllabic (or con- 
 
INTRODUCTION. 3^ 
 
 novos 6innis mores h^beo, veteres p^rdidi. 
 
 True. Ill 2, 9 ( = 665 G.). 
 
 Another example (Trin. 78) does not belong to this 
 head, and will be mentioned hereafter. 
 
 3. Analogously we have us (ace. plur.) : 
 
 m^nus fer^t ad paplUas, aut labra ^ labris numquam ad- 
 ferat. 
 
 Baceh. 480. 
 
 This is the reading of the mss. adopted by Ritschl, 
 while Fleckeisen follows Brix's transposition : dd papillas 
 mdnus ferat and considers manus to be a monosyllable 
 {mnus). 
 
 Another instance of the same prosody occurs Mil. gl. 
 325. 
 
 tdm mihi sunt manus Inquinatae — 
 a reading justly maintained in Brix's recent edition \ 
 
 4. It is the same with es (ts) : 
 
 ovis In crumina hac htic in urbem d^tuli. 
 
 True. Ill 1, 11 ( = 644 G.). 
 
 oves and hoves are commonly explained by admitting 
 a monosyllabic pronunciation, see RitscliFs Proll. l. For 
 boves see Aul. 232. Pseud. 812. 
 
 aves falls under the same head, Asin. 216 (according 
 to the mss.). 
 
 f6ris pultabo. ad nCstras aedis. 
 
 Trin. 868. 
 
 somn6ne operam datis? §xperiar, fores ^n cubiti ae pedes 
 pMs valeant. 
 
 Stieh. 311. 
 
 te h^s emisse. n6n tn vides hunc v61tu ut tristi sit senex? 
 Most. 811. 
 
 non vides referre me tividum rete sine squamos6 pecu? 
 Bud. 942. 
 
 tracted) pronunciation, owing to Corssen ii 654, note **. 
 
 the ambiguous nature of the ^ See also Bueheler, On Latin 
 
 semivowel u. But see also Declension, p. 15. 
 
40 INTKODUCTION. 
 
 Archlnam : : mala tu f^mina's : : oles tinde es discipllnam. 
 
 True. I 2, 29 ( = 133 G.)- 
 intds produci itibes : haec ergo est fldicina. 
 
 Epid. Ill 4, 41 (according to Geppert). 
 
 aut te piari Mbes, homo insanissume? 
 
 Men. 517 (according to the mss.). 
 
 si tu ad legion^m bellator cliies, at in eullna ego. 
 True. II 7, 54 ( = 604 G.). 
 
 Another instance of the same kind is hahes AnL 185 
 and Pseud. 161, which prosodj will also be found in the 
 ms. reading of a passage greatly altered by Ritschl, 
 Persa 227. 
 
 5. In the same way the ending is in the dative and 
 ablative plural of nouns and in the present of verbs is 
 occasionally shortened : 
 
 ex graecis b6nis latlnas fecit n6n bonas. 
 
 Ter. Eun. prol. 9. 
 
 qu6s penes mei fuit potestaSj bdnis meis quid foret ^t meae 
 vitae. 
 
 Trin. 822 1. 
 
 bonis esse oportet ddntibus lendim probam : adrid^re. 
 True. 1, 14 ( = 226 G.). 
 
 satin si quis amat, nequi* quln nili sit atque improbis ^rti- 
 bus se ^xpoliat. 
 
 True. II 7, 2 (=549 G.) [anapaestic]. 
 
 vMs cum summis, Inelutae amieae — 
 
 Pseud. 174. 
 
 m (litis stim modis clreumventus .... 
 
 Ennius (ed. Vahlen p. 96. Kibb. Trag. p. 15). 
 
 is xai scelus auro usque ^ttondit dolis d6ctis indoctum dt 
 lubitumst. 
 
 Baeeh. 10952. 
 
 at p61 ego abs te conc^ssero : : iamne ^bis ? bene ambuUto. 
 Persa 50. 
 
 peregre quoniam adveni^, e^na datur. 
 
 True. I 2, 28 (=129 G.) [anapaestic]. 
 
 1 meis and meae should be mss. restored in Fleckeisen's 
 pronounced as monosyllables. edition. 
 
 2 This is the reading of the 
 
INTKODtrCTION. 41 
 
 The last instance should be explained from the analogy 
 of the simple form venis, which would, of course, fall under 
 the general rule. 
 
 A very strong instance of a shortened final syllable 
 occurs in the Bacchides (48) : 
 
 pdteris agere : atque Is dum veniat, s^dens ibi opperlbere. 
 
 For even if we readily grant that an n before an s dis- 
 appears in many instances, the long quantity of the e 
 would still remain unaltered : but for all that we must 
 here admit a short pronunciation of the syllable eiis. 
 Ritschl changes the reading of the mss. by transposing 
 atque ibi sedens, dum is veniat, opperibere. Fleckeisen ad- 
 heres to the authority of the mss. 
 
 All these short quantities are, of course, of but occa- 
 sional occurrence ; but they suffice to provt the large ex- 
 tension of a very dangerous propensity of the Latin 
 language in Plant us' time, which was fast making its P- xxxix. 
 way and has left permanent traces. I do not forget that 
 such strong violations of natural prosody as those given 
 above, cannot be otherwise than shocking to an ear ac- 
 customed to Augustan prosody, and I am fully aware 
 that many scholars will therefore treat them with obsti- 
 nate incredulity : but an impartial consideration of the 
 matter would show that there is at least no rational 
 difference between the shortening of at et It and of cis es 
 Is OS : only the first we accept, because we imbibed the 
 notion of the short quantity of the suffixes of the third 
 pers. sing, at the time of our first acquaintance with 
 Latin prosody ; the latter appears strange to us, because 
 the literary language of the so-called classical epoch pre- 
 served the original long quantity. To be brief, most people 
 readily acknowledge the fait accompli, while they obsti- 
 nately close their eyes to the traces left by a destructive 
 and revolutionary power in the popular speech of a cer- 
 tain period, because the same tendencies were afterwards 
 theoretically checked and resisted and could not, there- 
 fore, manifest themselves in the literary dialect of a more 
 cultivated period. But for such as are determined not 
 
42 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 to acknowledge any difference between literary and popu- 
 lar dialects, these pages are not destined \ 
 
 The shortened quantities of these syllables were 
 once doubted by Kitschlj who in his edition of Plautus 
 gets rid of them partly by very extravagant alterations 
 of the ms. readings, partly by assuming the extrusion 
 of the radical vowels of the words in question. I pro- 
 pose to give a brief criticism of the latter point, in 
 translating a passage from M. Grain's excellent paper 
 * Plan tin ische Studien,' p. 12 : 
 
 '' G. Hermann {el. d. m. p. ^b) considers domi boni 
 mall malum as monosyllables in many passages, though 
 he has never produced his arguments for the possibility 
 of putting together such thoroughly different cases. In 
 accordance with G. Hermann's views Ritschl assumes 
 monosyllabic pronunciation for eniyn aput quidem fores 
 manus senex simul, on which he remarks ^ quae quis tarn 
 pravo iudicio est ut correptis potius ultimis syllabis quam 
 pronuntiando elisis primis dicta esse contendat V (Proll. 
 Trin. CXL. s.) But where are the proofs for the pos- 
 sibility of extruding a radical vowel [in Iambic words], 
 to preserve which in its integrity must always be con- 
 sidered to be the tendency of language % It is true, 
 Ritschl says ^ quid 'I quod ne usu recepta quidem m^ono- 
 syllaha scriptura alius voci-s cuiusdam, de vera ratiohe 
 admonuit ? nam quid est quo a Tnonosyllaha bonas vel 
 sen em forma mnas differ at pro minas scribi solitum ? ' 
 (p. cxLiv). I intentionally give this passage without 
 the least omission, as it would otherwise be incredible 
 that Kitschl could have written such things. It is 
 easy to understand that Ritschl actually compares 
 matters of a very different character. We want the 
 proofs for the extrusion of a radical vowel in Latin 
 
 ^ It may be of interest to add esset sine arte, nee procul tamen 
 
 a passage relating to the pro- a natura recedunt, quo vitio 
 
 nunciation of the comic stage at periret imitatio, sed morem com- 
 
 Eome. Quintilian says ii 10, munis liuius sermonis decore 
 
 13 : quod faciunt adores comici, quodam scenico exornant. See 
 
 qui nee ita prorsus, ut nos vulgo also Corssen ii 619 sq. 
 loquimuVf pronuntiant, quod 
 
INTKODUCTION. 43 
 
 [Iambic] words, and Ritschl alleges the Greek /xi/a, 
 which the Romans (to whom the joint consonants Tnn 
 in the beginning of a syllable are unfamiliar) trans- 
 formed into mina by inserting a short ^ : but of course 
 the Greek form could equally well remain in use. That 
 a Roman could not say snex instead of senex, mnus for 
 manv.Sj qu^dern for quidem, seems, in the absence of any 
 satisflictory evidence to the contrary, pretty clear; and 
 indeed such forms as «mV and enm (Proll. Trin. CLXVii) 
 may be good enough for Etruscan or Polish, but they are 
 not Latin." 
 
 The same arguments as those alleged in this extract, 
 are brought forward by Corssen ii 623 \ Ritschl has now 
 himself entirely altered his theories, and I should not 
 even have mentioned his former views, had it not been 
 for the presumption that most of the current information 
 about Plautine prosody in this country is derived from 
 Ritschl's Prolegomena, which; it must be repeated, are 
 in this respect entirely antiquated. 
 
 I may add that, in accordance with the short 
 quantities of vides abis etc. we find viden rogdn iuben 
 ad in redin etc., forms which stand for videsne rogasne 
 iuhesne adisne redisne : see Corssen, ii 642. 
 
 £J. FURTHER INFLUENCE OF THE ACCENT. p. xli. 
 
 In all the instances which we considered in the 
 preceding pages, we confined ourselves to the quantity 
 of the final syllable, and it appeared that all the changes 
 in question were limited to a certain number of iambic 
 words. We may express this rule in the formula — 
 
 1 * Qui primam particularum dam, non adducor.' Id. p. 202. 
 
 eiiim et quidem vocalem syncope — ' Talia qui per syncopen pri- 
 
 haustam putarunt ('mm q'dem), oris syllabae explicare student, 
 
 ii mihi videntur pronuntiandi miram necesse est habeant lin- 
 
 rationem nimis obscuram mini- guae facilitatem, quid autem 
 
 meque credibilem statuisse.' faciant,ubivoxavocaliincipiat, 
 
 Ussing, Proll. p. 195. — ' Vt ut, " erus," omnino non intel- 
 
 8^mul pronuntiatum esse ere- ligo.' Id. p. 207. 
 
44 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 ^ - = ^ ^. We shall now consider the accent in its in- 
 fluence on the un-accented syllables of polysyllabic words. 
 
 It was the general tendency of the Latin language 
 of these times to hurry over the un-accented parts of 
 longer words, or of Tnetrical complexes of words, in order 
 to lay all the stress on that syllable which was rendered 
 prominent by the accent. But even here a long syllable 
 could not be shortened unless preceded by another short 
 syllable, i. e. only original iambs were changed into 
 pyrrhichs. 
 
 In a formula this may be expressed as follows 
 ^ --^ = >^ ^ ^, This v/ill be examined in detail and ex- 
 emplified in the following remarks. 
 
 We first propose to consider such cases as actually 
 fall under this head, though the shortening process was 
 probably assisted by some secondary circumstances. 
 
 Many seeming violations of prosody will be explained 
 by the fact that doubled consonants were unknown in 
 Plautus' time, they bei7tg first introduced into the Latin 
 language by Ennius^. Thus we find that in many 
 instances II does not affect the quantity of the preceding 
 vowel, e.g. 
 
 supell^ctile opus est : 6pus est sumptu ad niiptias. 
 Ter. Phorm. 666. 
 
 tace ^tque parce muliebri supgllectili. 
 Poen. V 3, 26. 
 
 id conexum in limero laevo, ^xpapillato br^cchio. 
 Mil. gl. 11802. 
 
 According to a passage of Pliny, preserved by Pris- 
 cian I 38 ^ exilem sonum habet, quando geminatur 
 secundo loco posita, ut ille, Metellus.^ This was the 
 reason why in many names ending in lius the I was 
 
 1 Festus V. solitaurilia p. lat. mon. epigr. p. 123. 
 
 293. — * Geminatio consonanti- ^ See Brix's note in his re- 
 
 Tim nulla ante Ennium, ferme cent edition. Corssen ii 664 
 
 ex aequo fluctuans ab a. circiter would seem to agree with Eitsehl 
 
 580 ad 620, praevalens ab a. and C. F. W. Miiller (Pros. p. 
 
 620 ad 640, fere constans ab a. 264) in considering the word 
 
 circiter 670.' Eitsckl, priscae expapillato as a corruption. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 45 
 
 frequently doubled', there being almost no difference p. xlii. 
 between the pronunciation of a single or a double P, 
 Plautus, who wrote He, had therefore unlimited license 
 to lengthen the i (i. e. to assume a slower and weightier 
 pronunciation of the I as II) wherever sense or metre 
 seemed to require it, or to sliorten it, whenever the word 
 did not appear to be of much importance. In fact, the 
 short pronunciation of the i in ille occurs in Plautus in 
 more passages^ than that quantity which this word 
 retained ever since the prosody of the Latin language 
 was entirely reformed and fixed by Ennius' dactylic 
 poetry. 
 
 The superlative simillumae has a startling quantity 
 in a line in the Asinaria (241), 
 
 pdrtitorum simillumae sunt i^nuae lendniae. 
 
 But when seen under this point of view, we understand 
 this seeming irregularity at once. Plautus himself who 
 wi'ote similumae was at entire liberty either to say 
 simillumae, or in drawing the accent back on the first 
 syllable to shorten the second, which was the less ob- 
 jectior>able, because II (according to the latter spelling) 
 had indeed a very weak sound ^ 
 
 1 See the instances collected Bucheler, Rhein. Mus. xv 435, 
 by Corssen, i 227. For Polio and on the whole question M. 
 Pollio, Pojnlius Popillius, see Cram, Plaut. Stud. p. 13. We 
 Ritschl's note on the life of may add the line Mil gl. 1219, 
 Terence by Suetonius, in Reif- in which the mss. warrant the 
 ferscheid's edition of the frag- following reading 
 
 ments of Suetonius, p. 512. ^littd iam ut occidi 'AchiUes 
 
 2 In the name Achilles the i civis p^ssus est. 
 
 appears short in the first line -n i-u • ^.^ , + j i-j 
 
 ^^.^ 1 X Au -D Bothe lustly wrote Achiles. 
 
 of the prologue to the Poe- -rn , v- M ^^. i.\ • 
 
 nulus • Plautus himself spelt this name 
 
 ^ci/^,-?, a spelling actually found 
 
 Achllem Arist^rchi mihi com- jn an ancient inscription on a 
 
 mentari lubet. cista discovered at Praeneste : 
 
 The spelling Ackilem stands C. I. L. i 1500 (p. 553). We 
 
 thus in BC and the short quan- may compare the two forms 
 
 tity of the i may be defended 'Ax;tX\eus and 'AxtXei's as found 
 
 by a line from Plautus' Mer- in Homer, 
 cator (488) 'AchilUm oraho, ut 3 Abundant examples will be 
 
 aurum mild det, Hector qui ex- found in Corssen, ii 624 sq. 
 pensus fuit. For this line see * For this, and the following 
 
46 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 In the same way, the word satellites should be read 
 sdtelites in a line of the Trinummus (833). 
 p. xliii. mm does not lengthen the first syllable in the word 
 
 immo, which Plautus himself would have spelt imo : 
 see Merc. 737, Caec. Hibb. com. p. 47, Ter. Phorm. 936, 
 Hec. 437. 726. 877 \ 
 
 mn fall under the same rule, as the following instance 
 shows : 
 
 per anndnam caram dixit me natiim pater. 
 
 Stich. 179. 
 
 This is the reading of all the mss., including the old 
 Ambrosian ; Ritschl has per caram annonam, in accord- 
 ance with a conjecture of Bothe^ — As there was in the 
 original pronunciation of the Romans no difference 
 between mn and nn^, we find the first syllable in 07nnis 
 treated as short in several passages in Plautus*. 
 
 pp does not diflfer prosodiacally from a single p in 
 the word Philippus, which in Plautus almost invariably 
 appears with the Greek accentuation ^lXltttto^ PMUpus^. 
 
 instance, see Corssen, ii 663 sq. 
 — Brix compares (ed. of the 
 Trin. nachtr. p. 113) the spel- 
 ling facilumed in the SO. de 
 Bacanalibus. — All those scho- 
 lars who believe in an entire 
 harmony between the natural 
 and metrical accent in the versi- 
 fication of the comic poets can- 
 not of course credit the short 
 quantity of the second syllable 
 in simillumae. They will con- 
 sequently save the long quan- 
 tity by pronouncing smillumae. 
 We believe, on the contrary, 
 that in this one passage the 
 syllable in question was rhythm- 
 ically shortened, and we may 
 compare the analogous case of 
 sdgita, which will be mentioned 
 hereafter. 
 
 1 See 0. Eibbeck, Com. fragm. 
 CoroU. ed. sec. p. xxiv. So far 
 as our mss. are concerned, the 
 
 spelling immo is generally sup- 
 ported by better authorities than 
 imo. 
 
 2 See also Muller, Pros. p. 
 289. 
 
 3 Comp. solennis and sollem- 
 nis, and the Italian forms alun' 
 no colonna dannare = alumnus 
 columna damnare ; in Italian 
 ogni stands for onni. 
 
 4 See Aul. 598. Trin. 78. 
 Other examples are found in 
 Kitschl's Proll. cxxxii. ss. 
 
 s Ritschl, Proll. lxxxix. 
 cxxiii. Scaliger's statement on 
 the quantity of Philippus 'et 
 numquam aliter invenies apud 
 Plautum quin mediam corri- 
 puerit' is not accurate. The 
 Plautine spelling of this name 
 was Pilipus, just as we find it 
 on a coin of the year 620 : see 
 C. I. L. I 351 
 
INTRODUCTIO: 
 
 Probably, the short quantity of the second syllable is 
 to be attributed to the influence of the Greek accent- 
 uation : see Scaliger, Auson. Lect. lib. ii 21 (p. 147 
 ed. 1588). See also my note on Aul. 86. 
 
 8S has the metrical value of a single s in the verb 
 esse^ which must often be read ese^. The same reason 
 explains the prosody of dedisse Am ph. ii 2, 130^, and 
 mcissatim Stich. 532^. 
 
 tt has the metrical value of a single t in sagita = sa-v- ^i"^- 
 gitta, Persa 2o and Aul. 393*. This prosody was first 
 pointed out by Kampmann, and after having been re- 
 jected by Ritschl (Proll. Trin. cxxiii), has lately been 
 revived l3y Fleckeisen (Krit. Miscellen, p. 39 — 42). 
 
 cc = c in occasio (Persa 268) occulto (e.g. Trin. 712) 
 dccumhe (Most. 308) and dccepisli (e.g. Trin. 964^). 
 In the words eccum eccam eccos eccas the first syllable 
 is frequently shortened. 
 
 dd would seem to be equal to a single d in ddde 
 (Trin. 385) and redde (Stich. 786) ^ 
 
 1 For instances see Corssen 
 II 646. 
 
 2 Corssen ii 647. The same 
 prosody occurs Cist, i 3, 24. 
 Pseud. 893. Eitschl corrects the 
 passage of the Amphitruo in his 
 Prolegomena p. cxxv. The line 
 of the Pseudulus should be 
 read : ndmen est : : scio idm tibi 
 me recte dedisse epistulam, for 
 this is the reading of the mss., 
 the Ambrosian palimpsest not 
 being trustworthy in this pas- 
 sage. I am glad to see that 
 Fleckeisen does not adopt 
 Piitschl's conjectures in these 
 two passages. 
 
 * n<5s potius onerdmus nosmet 
 vlcissatim volupt^tibns. 
 'This is the reading of the 
 mss., recommended by the al- 
 literation ; it will no doubt be 
 acknowledged by Eitschl in a 
 second edition ; Fleckeisen has 
 
 it in the text.' Bucheler, 
 jahrb. fiir class, phil. 1863 p. 
 336. See also Corssen ii 665. 
 
 ^ 'Anapaestum ars vetuit bi- 
 norum vocabulorum consocia- 
 tione fieri, quorum prius in 
 media anacrusi finiretur : eaque 
 elegantiae observatio, quantum 
 intellexi, constans est apud 
 hunc poetam.' Eitschl, praef. 
 Mil. glor. XXII. We cannot 
 therefore read confi \ ge sagit \ 
 Us. 
 
 5 oculto (with only one c) is 
 the spelling of the Decurtatus 
 Trin. 712. The famous SC. de 
 Bacanalibus gives inoqvoltod, 
 i.e. i7iocultod{qu=c). Eitschl, 
 Proll. Trin. coxxiv. Comp. also 
 OQVPATVM C. I. L. I 200, 25.— 
 acceptrlci occurs True, ii 7, 18 
 ( = 566 G.). 
 
 <5 These two instances have 
 been corrected by Eitschl and 
 
48 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 An n before another consonant was, in Latin, very 
 weakly sounded and was, therefore, apt to fall out entirely ^ 
 We find it thus at times quite neglected in the hurried 
 pronunciation of the days of Plautus, i. e. n followed by 
 another consonant does not influence the quantity of the 
 preceding vowel. Thus Plauftis1^aK|[the quantities 
 
 ferent^rium esse amicum. Trin. 456. 
 sedent^rii sutdres. Aul. 508. 
 qui ovls Targntlnas. True, iii 1, 5 (=638 G.). 
 talentiim Philippum huic opus aiirist. Mil. gl. 1061 [ana- 
 paestic]. 
 quo nemo adaeque iiiventute. Most. 30. 
 iuventiite et pueris llberis. Cure, i 1, 38. 
 cdlere iiiventutem ^tticam. Pseud. 202. 
 si Id mea Toluntate Metumst. Trin. 1166. 
 ndc voluntate id facere meminit. Stich. 59. 
 tu^ voluntate. Pseud. 537. 
 qudd mtellexi. Eun. iv 5, 11. 
 dgo interim. Most. 1094. 
 s^d interim. Haut. tim. 882. 
 tibi inte'rpellatio. Trin. 709. 
 neque intdlleges. Phorm. 806. 
 ego interea. Hec. prol. ii 34. 
 quid interest. Eun. 233. 
 ut inc^dit. Aul. 47. 
 sine invidia. Andr. QQ. 
 et invidia. Aul. 478. 
 fore invito. Poen. v 4, 35. 
 bonum ingdnium. Andr. 466. 
 tlbi inde. Persa in 1, 96. 
 quid inde. Eud. iv 3, 20 2. 
 
 Fleckeisen, and it is indeed very Biicheler, jahrb. fur class. pMl. 
 
 difficult to accept them as au- 1863 p. 342. toties and totiens, 
 
 thentic. decies and deciens, vicesimus 
 
 1 See Schuchardt, On Vulgar and vicensimus are equivalent 
 
 Latin i 104 sqq. ; he says that forms generally known, com- 
 
 * verdunkelung des N vor denta- mostraret (as 7 has, Aul. 12) 
 
 len und gutturalen ' is one of the would be a perfectly correct 
 
 characteristic features of the form (comp. Mostellaria). 
 first period of vulgar Latin. 2 There neither exists a form 
 
INTRODUCTION. 49 
 
 Brix has collected the following instances of iTide : 
 Amph. I 1, 4. Capt. i 2, 19. Aul. ii 7, 4. Poen. prol. 
 
 2. IV 2, 80. V 3, 39. unde occurs as a pyrrhich in the 
 following passages which we likewise borrow from Brix : 
 Trin. 218. Capt. i 1, 41. Cist, ii 3, 19. Persa iv 
 
 3, 23. Mil. gl. Ill 1, 93. Eun. ii 3, 14. For Intro see 
 my note on Aul. 448. 
 
 Even the first syllable in inquam is shortened Capt. 
 Ill 4, 39 (see p. 38), a passage where E-itschl boldly sub- 
 stitutes ego for inquam. 
 
 To these examples we may add the short quantity 
 of the first syllable in ignave Eun. iv 7, 7^ So also 
 IgnordbituT Men. 468 according to the mss. 
 
 As it is our intention to consider all such instances 
 as admit of a difierent explanation from that afforded 
 by the sole influence of the. accent, before mentioning 
 those examples which compel us to find the ultimate 
 cause of the change of quantity in the power of the 
 accent, we may add here some examples of words in 
 which X does not lengthen a preceding vowel, e. g. 
 
 sed ux6r scelesta. Eud. iv 1, 4. 
 
 sibi tixdrem. Aul. prol. 32. 
 
 ad uxorem. Merc, ii 1, 20. 
 
 in ex^rcitum. Amph. prol. 101, 125. 
 
 ab ex^rcitu. Amph. prol. 140. 
 
 ad exdrcitum. Amph. i 3, 6. 
 
 mage gxlgere. Trin. 10522. 
 
 In these cases we might explain the violation of 
 quantity by assuming the soft pronunciation of the x 
 as s ; but this would not help us to explain such in- 
 stances as the following : 
 
 ego exclMor. Eun. i 1, 79. P- ^^^'^• 
 
 ibi ext^mplo. Poen. iii 4, 23. 
 
 ii instead of t%bi, nor is it pos- Virgil, Aen. xi 733. See my 
 
 Bible to pronounce q\C inde. See Introduction to Terence, p. 20. 
 
 Kitschl, ProU. Trin. clix. Add also Corssen ii 938. 
 
 1 Comp. the spelling inavia ^ See also Corssen ii 665. 
 found in the Medicean ms. of 
 
 W. P. 4 
 
50 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 But a host of other instances still remains nn- 
 explained and will be unaccounted for, unless we really 
 admit the truth of the general law laid down at 
 the head of the present section. We cannot of course 
 promise to give all, or nearly all, the instances which 
 should hence be explained, but it will be useful to 
 mention some prominent examples, were it only as a 
 brief exemplification of our law. By carefully studying 
 the Plautine plays, a rhythmical ear will soon become 
 familiar with these licenses of prosody, and when once 
 accustomed to them, no reader can fail to discover the 
 wonderful vivacity and elasticity of the comic versifica- 
 tion of the Romans, a fact which would have been 
 perfectly impossible, had the Latin language always been 
 bound by the prosodiacal fetters which, since Ennius' 
 time, restrained its youthful agility and turned it into 
 a slow, but majestic and pompous array. These words 
 are not, however, intended to depreciate Ennius' merits : 
 for it was he who preserved the language from premature 
 decay and dilapidation. 
 
 We may first draw the reader's particular attention 
 to two little pronouns which, on account of their fre- 
 quent occurrence, were liable to an uncertain mode of 
 pronunciation. We mean ipse and iste : and both oc- 
 casionally being enclitics, it was, of course, left to the 
 free choice of the speaker, which place to assign to them 
 in his sentence, i.e. either to run over them by con- 
 necting them with the preceding word, or to give them 
 more importance by fully pronouncing their first syllable. 
 In the first case these pronouns would be pyrrhichs \ in 
 the latter trochees, and accordingly they appear in 
 Plautus and Terence in both shapes : iste has even a 
 secondary form ste, which was first discovered by 
 Lachmann, on Lucr. p. 197^: in the same way we may 
 
 1 * Cum antiquitus ipse pyr- should be read as a specimen of 
 
 richium aequasset p littera sic a neat contribution to Latin 
 
 ut in voluptate correpta, post philology. Comp. also Scbu- 
 
 adsimilantes isse pronuntiabant chardt, On Vulgar Latin 1 148. 
 vulgo'BucheleronPetron.p. 74, ^ gee note on Aul. 261. 
 
 20 (ed. mai.), whose entire note 
 
INTRODUCTION. 51 
 
 fairly presume the existence of an analogous form pse, 
 though there are no historical documents for it \ 
 
 The second class of our instances of violated quantity p. xlvii. 
 will be divided into two sections : 1, violation of quantity 
 in vowels naturally long; 2, violation of quantity in 
 vowels long by position. 
 
 1. Under this head we have to mention some very 
 strong cases ; but it may be premised that, in almost 
 eveiy separate instance, some critic has attempted to 
 remove such offensive violations of regular quantity either 
 by transposition or some kind of alteration of the text, 
 i.e. by admitting a kind of criticism which may have its 
 justification if the case in question should be quite iso- 
 lated, but which must be entirely discarded if the multi- 
 tude of analogous instances defies correction. We simply 
 put some instances together and let them plead for them- 
 selves. 
 
 The e in an imperfect of the second conjugation is 
 shortened in the following line : 
 
 quid dd me ibatis? rldiculum vergbdmini. 
 
 Ter. Pliorm. 9022. 
 
 Bentley might well call this an indigna et turpis li- 
 centia, because he was not aware of the general law 
 which accounts for the shortened e. 
 
 In Plautus the word Acheruns generally occui*s with 
 a long a, and therefore, as Ritschl observes, non produci 
 brevis syllaha dicenda est in Acheruns per Plautinas 
 fahulcbs noveniy sed longa corripi in Poenulo (ProU. Trin. 
 CLXXi). The passages alluded to by Ritschl are : 
 
 ipse ^biit i.di Achertintem sine vi^tico. Poen. prol. 71. 
 
 1 We may add to these two 559. Most, i 3, 72, and nempe 
 
 pronouns some particles which is found in an overpowering 
 
 share their ambiguous prosody. multitude of passages (e.g. Aul. 
 
 ergo occurs frequently (Poen. 292) ; see, above all, Trin. 328 
 
 IV 2, 59. Pers. ii 2, 3. Mil. gl. with our note. 
 
 IV 2, 17. Haut. tim. v 2, 40. ^ veremini Bentley, see M. 
 
 Merc. V 4, 10. Poen. iv 2, 71 Grain, Plant. Stud. p. 13. Luc. 
 
 etc.). h^rcle stands Trin. 58. Muller, de re metr. p. 1. p. 365. 
 
 4—2 
 
52 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 qnd die Orcus ^b Acherunte mdrtuos amiserit. 
 Ibid. I 2, 131. 
 
 quddvis genus ibi hdminum videas, quisi Acberuntem 
 veneris. Ibid, iv 2, 9. 
 
 to which Grain (Plaut. Stud. p. 16) adds a line from the 
 Mostellaria (509) : 
 
 viv(5m me accersunt M Acheruntem mdrtui. 
 
 We have here four instances of a rhythmical shorten- 
 ing of a vowel which is in all other instances long. That 
 this same vowel is always short in the usage of later 
 poets, is no doubt due to the adoption of the quantity of 
 the Greek word\ 
 p. xlviii. The two genitives eius and hums are occasionally 
 
 shortened in their first syllable, when standing after a 
 short accented syllable^: 
 
 ut slbi gius faciat cdpiam. ilia enim s^ negat. 
 
 Ter. Phorm. 113. 
 
 si quid htiius simile fdrte aliquando evdnerit. 
 
 Ter. Haut. tim. 551. 
 
 Mr Parry gives in the first instance sibi ut eius, while 
 lie preserves the reading of the mss. in the second pas- 
 sage, where it would have been just as easy to transpose 
 si huius quid. But there is no note on either passage 
 to enlighten the reader about such a surprising incon- 
 sistency. 
 
 To this shortened quantity in the genitive we may 
 add an instance in which the dative huic has the metrical 
 value of a short syllable: Ter. Ad. iv 5, 4 (= 638 FL): 
 
 quid huic hie negotist? tiine has pepulisti foris? 
 
 This is, as far as I can see, the reading of all mss. 
 and editions, but no editor has a note on the shortened 
 quantity of huic. Guyet alone (Gomm. p. 244) proposes 
 to write quid hie huic. 
 
 1 The above passages are cor- ^ ggg Lachmann on Lucr. p. 
 
 rected by A. Spengel, T. Mac 161. 
 eius Plautus, p. 69 s. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 53 
 
 The word aut appears shortened Bacch. 491, where 
 Fleckeisen reads in accordance with all the mss. as 
 follows : 
 
 s^tin nt quern tu habeas fidelem tlbi atit quoi creclas 
 n^scias ? 
 
 Ritschl admits a hiatus, omits tu and transposes tibi 
 fidelem. 
 
 Even the shortening of the first syllable in audivi 
 would have to be assumed, if the reading of a line in the 
 Truculentus (i 2, 92 = 126 G.) were safely established. 
 In this passage the mss. give 
 
 peperlsse earn atldlvi :: ah, <5bsecro, tacg Dlniarche 
 :: quid iam. 
 
 But, according to Geppert's and Studemund's testi- 
 mony, the Ambrosian palimpsest omits earn, so that the line 
 would be unobjectionable. It is, however, not impossi- 
 ble that the omission of earn is due to the metrical cor- 
 rection of some ancient grammarian whose authority was 
 followed by the scribe of the ms. 
 
 Another instance is E23id. v 1, 15 according to the 
 Ambrosian palimpsest — 
 
 hlc danista, haec lllast autem quam ^go gmi de praeda 
 :: ha^cinest. 
 
 Comp. also the quantity of Surdcilsas Men. 37. 
 
 2. We shall now mention some instances where the 
 usual rules of positiooi have to yield to the rhythmical 
 influence of the accent. Thus we find the following p. xlis 
 combinations of letters without any influence on the 
 prosodiacal value of the preceding vowels : 
 
 a. p^. 
 
 m^rcimonium. a^qua dicis. s^d Sptume eccum ipse ddvenit. 
 Persa 544. 
 
 nunc ^deo ibo illuc, sed Sptume guatiim meum. 
 Merc. 329. 
 
 This is the reading of the mss. in both passages 
 which Ritschl alters somewhat arbitrarily; it is, liowever, 
 
p.l. 
 
 54 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 defended by M. Grain, Plant. Stud. p. 16. Geppert adds 
 a third instance of the same quantity, Most. 410: 
 
 nam cnlvis homini, v^l 5ptuino vel p^ssumo, 
 
 but this line is considered spurious by Ritschl and A. 0. F. 
 Lorenz. 
 
 n^que dum exarui ^x amoenis rdbus et voltiptdriis. 
 Mil. gl. 642. 
 
 voltipt^bilem mihi n^ntium tuo adventu adtullsti. 
 Epid. I 1, 19. 
 
 volttpUtem inesse t^ntam....Eud. 459. 
 
 The same quantity voluptatem in the beginning of a line 
 occurs Ter. Haut. tim. i 2, 10 and Afran. Kibb. Com. p. 
 179. In the same way we have voluptati Ter. Haut. tim. 
 I 1, 19. Andr. v 4, 41. voluptatis [ace. plur.] Plant. 
 Stich. 657. The short pronunciation of voluntas itself is 
 very frequent, e. g. True, ii 4, 75. ii 6, 59. 65. iv 4, 7. 
 Most. I 3, 92. 136. In all these cases mea follows and 
 the two words conclude the line ^ 
 
 ^. St. 
 
 quasi m^gKstratum sibi ^Iterive amblverint. 
 Amph. prol. 74. 
 
 i^miam hercle apud omnls magistratus f^xo erit nom^n 
 tuom. True, iv 2, 48 ( = 749 G.). 
 
 magifstr^tus qudm ibi addsset, occept^st agi. 
 
 Ter. Eun. prol. 22. 
 
 ubi slnt magKstratus quds curare opdrteat. 
 Persa 76. 
 
 1 Perhaps we should also ac- the mss. Fleckeisen gives an- 
 
 knowledge a short vowel before apaests and is thus enabled to 
 
 pt in the following line from the be more conservative. In this 
 
 Pseudulus (597), one instance Ritschl reads sep- 
 
 sgptum^s esse aedis d porta. . . ^^^f ^^f ^ porta aedis We 
 ^ venture to ask whether it would 
 This is the reading of the mss. not be better to read septumas, 
 kept by Fleckeisen. Ritschl the last syllable being shortened 
 gives trochees from v. 595 to 603, in consequence of the accent be- 
 but not without the most violent ing thrown on the penult. — See 
 alterations and deviations from also Corssen i 657. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 55 
 
 maglstr^tns, si quis me h^nc habere vlderit. 
 Eud. 477. 
 
 atque lit magKstratus piiblice quando atispicant. 
 
 Caecilius Eibb. com. p. 56 ^ 
 
 parvls magnisque mlMsteriis praeMlcior. 
 Pseud. 772 2. 
 
 n(5smet inter nds min'istremus... 
 
 Stich. 689. 
 
 ttite tabulas cdnsignato : bfc minlfstrabit, dtim ego edam. 
 Cure. 369. 
 
 quae bic jidminYstraret ^d rem divin^m tibi. 
 Epid. Ill 3, 373. 
 
 In the Oscan dialect, the i disappeared entirely, and 
 we therefore find in it the forms minstreis and even mis- 
 treis : see Corssen, 11 659. 
 
 vettist^te vino eddntulo aetatem Inriges. 
 
 Poen. Ill 3, 97. 
 
 hie (5mnes volfiptdtes, omnds ventistat^s sunt. 
 Pseud. 1257. 
 
 quIs me est fortundtior, ventist^tisque adeo pl^nior? 
 Ter. Hec. 848. 
 
 neque f^ngstra nisi clatr^ta... 
 
 Mil. gl. 379, 
 
 inMstriores fdcit, fenestrasque Indidit. 
 Eud. 88. 
 
 A contracted form festra is mentioned by Festus, 
 
 p. n\ 
 
 quam hue scdlSstus leno v^niat nosque hie dpprimat. P- li* 
 
 Eud. II 4, 35. 
 
 scelestae had sunt aedes, Impiast habit^tio. 
 Most. 504. 
 
 ^ See also Key, 'Language, ^ See Key, Lc., p. 135. 
 
 etc.' p. 130 sq. ■* Fleckeisen ^\qs femtras in 
 
 2 In a Saturnian line of Nae- both passages, and analogously 
 
 vius (32) we have exta minis- has viinstrabit and mitistremus 
 
 tratores (not ministratores, as Cure. 369. Stich. 689. See also 
 
 Vahlen's edition has it, see Corssen 11 659. Bentley on 
 
 Biicheler, jahrh. far class, phil. Ter. Haut. iii 1, 72. 
 1863 p. 335). 
 
56 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Both instances have been altered by Fleckeisen and 
 Ritschl, but the reading of the mss. is defended by 
 Geppert, lat. ausspr. p. 93 (Corssen, ii 660). 
 
 ego Sstdnderem :: certd scio :: quo p^cto :: parce sddes. 
 Ter. Phorm. 793. 
 
 dedtetlne hoc facto ei gUdium qui se occlderet. 
 Trill. 129 ^ 
 
 Prof. Key, in his * Miscellaneous Remarks on Ritschl's 
 Plautus/ p. 195, justly observes that this pronunciation 
 of dedisti (dedsti, desti), dedistis and other derivations 
 gave rise to the contracted forms of this verb which we 
 lind in Italian (desti deste diero), Spanish (diste distes 
 dieron diera diesse), and Portuguese (deste destes dera 
 desse). Still, I must differ from Prof. Key when he 
 applies the same contracted pronunciation to the verses 
 of the ancient comic poets themselves: it may here be 
 repeated for the last time that the application of late and 
 modern forms to an entirely distant period seems to vio- 
 late the laws of historical philology; we are, therefore, 
 entitled to recognise the working power and the first 
 germs of Romance forms in the shortened forms of 
 Plautine prosody, but we should not use the final stage 
 of any historical development as an explanation of the 
 remote cause which first originated it. What would 
 be the result if we were to explain Anglo-Saxon forms 
 from modern English corruptions^? 
 
 cum ndvo 8rnatu specieque simul. 
 
 Trin. 840. 
 
 1 Fleckeisen gives Stich. 731 also found in Nonius, p. 210. 
 in accordance with the mss. as Eitschl adds ^ fortasse igitur 
 follows: /m« quando biberis.' 
 
 Kitschl has in his text quom Mr Key's views and my own. 
 bihisti. The ms. reading is 
 
INTRODUCTION. 57 
 
 Hllurica faci6s videtur hdminis, §o Srnatu jCdvenit. 
 Trin. 852. 
 
 male pdrditus p^ssume 8rn^tm eo. p. lii. 
 
 Aul. 713. 
 
 md despoliat, m^a Srnamenta clam ^d meretrices degerit. 
 Men. 804. 
 
 lepid^ factumst : iam ex s^rmone hoc gnbern^bunt doctius 
 p(5rro. Mil. gl. 1091. 
 
 cdssidem in capiit — dormibo p^rplacide in tabgrn^culo. 
 Trin. 726. 
 
 So also guhernahunt Mil. gl. 1091 and guherndior 
 Caecil. 110 in Kibbeck's second edition. 
 
 8. hs (ps)^: 
 
 ^go 3psonabo. n^m id flagitium sit mea te gritia. 
 Baccli. 9722. 
 
 Bcio absdrde dictum hoc d^risores dlcere. 
 
 Capt. I 1, 3 (=71 Fl.)3. 
 
 and even in such a word as ahstulisti the first syllable 
 appears shortened Aul. 637 ^ (Comp. also ahscessi Epid. 
 II 2 53 = 229 G.) It is very difficult now to find these 
 instances in Ritschl's text ^, since most have been eliminated 
 
 1 Comp. also Schuchardt, i This is at least Biicheler's 
 148. opinion, jahrh. fiir class, phil. 
 
 2 This is the reading of all 1863 p. 322. 
 
 the mss., and Fleckeisen's edi- ^ As regards Fleckeisen's text, 
 
 tion gives the line in accord- we must draw the reader's at- 
 
 ance with it. Ritschl how- tention to the great difference 
 
 ever transposes opsonabo ego. between his first and second 
 
 3 Fleckeisen (ep. crit. xxi) volumes. In the first he is al- 
 was inclined to transpose d'lc- most entirely guided by Ritschl's 
 turn apsurde. He would not do principles, while in the second 
 80 now. he is more conservative in con- 
 
 * A Saturnian line of Livius sequence of the metrical and 
 
 Andronicus seems to attest the rhythmical discoveries made by 
 
 short quantity of the syllable him in his article on Eitschl's 
 
 'Ups' in Calupsonem : Plautus. In his first volume 
 
 he did not admit Sbsecras (Mil. 
 
 aptid mimfam Atl£[ntis flli^m gl. 542): but in his second he 
 
 Caltips6nem. kept tpsonaho (Bacch. 97). 
 
58 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 by means of conjectures sometimes very arbitrary, e.g. 
 Mil. gl. 542 s. ; the mss. (ABC) would give us the follow- 
 ing text : 
 
 perqud tua genua : quid bbsecras me? :: inscitiae 
 meae ^t stultitiae igndscas. nunc demtim scio. 
 
 In this case quid obsecras me would be a very natural 
 and convenient question, the slave having said two lines 
 before te obsecro. Ritschl gives, however, as follows : 
 
 perqud tua genua :: quid iam? :: meae ut inscitiae 
 et mead stultitiae igndscas. nunc demiim scio. 
 
 Every student of the Plautine plays cannot but agree 
 with the opinion of Prof. Key, who calls Kitschl's text 
 ' in not a few instances untrustworthy,' because it differs 
 * what with omissions, insertions, changes and transposi- 
 tions of words, and not unfrequently of lines, from what 
 the mss. sanction, by a very considerable percentage.' 
 But then again, the mss. are not our sole and exclusive 
 guides, and it would be even more strange to be ruled by 
 them in all instances. 
 
 €. rg, 
 
 qudd Srgentum, quas tti mihi tricas narras?... 
 
 Cure. V 2, 15 (613 Fl.). 
 
 ndc pueri suppdsitio, nee ^rgdnti circumdiictio. 
 
 Capt. V 5, 3 (1031 Fl.). 
 
 sdd sine Srgdnto frustra 's... 
 
 Pseud. 378. 
 
 (This is the reading of the mss. given by Fleckeisen, 
 while Ritschl has sine nummo. In the Prolegomena, 
 p. CXLVIII, he thinks of pronouncing s^n^argento. In the 
 passage from the Captivi Fleckeisen writes aut argenti 
 against the authority of the mss.) 
 
 dum SrgentTim sumpsisse apucZ Thebas... 
 
 Epid. II 2, 67 (according to the mss.). 
 
 ^ge iam cupio, si modo argentum rdddat. 
 
 Ter. Ad. 202. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 59 
 
 (This is the reading of the mss. ; Guyet, Bentley 
 and Fleckeisen modo si\) 
 
 But we shall stop here, though it would be' easy to ac- 
 cumulate more examples of similar ^violations of prosody.' 
 We use this expression, although it is quite erroneous 
 when applied to Plautus or other comic writers. For 
 them that prosody which prevails in Horace and Virgil 
 did not exist, and they could not therefore ' violate ' it. 
 Their sole guide in prosodiacal matters was their ear, and 
 in many cases, they obeyed the dictates of the rhythm- 
 ical, rather than of the quantitative, laws of the language. 
 This proves the influence which the accent exercised ^ 
 on the quantity/ of many syllables; but this should not 
 be confounded with another question : did the ancient 
 Roman poets purposely attempt to Tnake the metrical stress 
 of their verses agree with the prosaic accentuation of every- 
 day life ? 
 
 The theory that the natural accent of the Latin was, p. liv. 
 in the earliest period of Latin poetry, an important factor 
 in versification, which decided its whole character, was 
 first established by Bentley in his ' Schediasma.' Never- 
 theless, Bentley could not carry out his theory without 
 allowing a difierence between natural and metrical accent 
 in the first and last dipodies, because without this liberty 
 it would have been a mere impossibility to adapt Greek 
 metres and versification to the Latin language. Bentley 
 was, of course, obliged to correct a great many passages 
 in Terence which were at variance with his theory, and 
 correct them he did undauntedly. His theory was adopted 
 by G. Hermann (el. d. m. p. 141), though with the ad- 
 mission, that the poets to whom it applied did not seem 
 to follow it consistently^; and the same theory is the 
 groundwork of Bitschl's views as developed in the xvth and 
 xvith chapters of the Prolegomena. In the versification of 
 the comic writers, Ritschl discovers a struggle between a 
 
 1 See also Corssen ii 662. mis senarii pedibus, etsi ne in 
 
 2 *Non enim amant Latini hac quidem re ubique sibi con- 
 voces in ultima syllaba ictu slant,' 
 
 notare, nisi in primis et postre- 
 
CO INTRODUCTION. 
 
 merely quantitative metrical accentuation and the real 
 accent of everyday life. According to liis theory, the 
 natural accent of the language still exercised great influ- 
 ence upon the versification of Plautus and his contem- 
 poraries, while it was entirely disregarded in the Au- 
 gustan period, when a merely quantitative system of 
 versification became dominant. 
 
 An accurate examination of this theory is due to the 
 joint labours of Franz Hitter, A. Bockh, Weil and Ben- 
 loew, and Corssen. 
 
 In the first place it may be observed that the Latin 
 language is, on the whole, of a trochaic and iambic character 
 with regard to its usual accentuation, and that accent and 
 quantity coincide in Latin to a far greater extent than 
 in Greek. We may, therefore, be prepared to find a 
 general coincidence between the prosaic accent and the 
 metrical ictus in the metres of the dramatists, without 
 being at once obliged to assume that this agreement 
 was something studiously contrived and sought after by 
 the poets themselves. 
 
 This observation is fully borne out by the facts of the 
 case. If the earlier poets had purposely endeavoured to 
 reconcile the metrical ictus of their verses with the prose- 
 accentuation of the words employed in them, it would 
 seem a fair inference to expect that in them the propor- 
 tion of agreement would be greater than in the later 
 poets, for whom such an attempt has not been assumed. 
 But precisely the reverse proves to be the case, and there 
 is indeed, as has been statistically proved by Corssen \ a 
 far greater proportion of this coincidence in the later 
 than in the earlier poets. This fact harmonizes with the 
 general development of Latin poetry, which ended by 
 becoming entirely accentual (i.e. the accent determined 
 the quantity, as is the case in most modern languages), 
 while it had originally been quantitative. 
 
 1 See II 957 sqq. We can- metrical ictus appears to be 
 
 not therefore agree with those at variance with the usual ac- 
 
 critics who continue to correct centuation. Corssen n 990 — 
 
 all those passages in which the 1000. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 61 
 
 It may readily be granted that in the prosody of the 
 comic poets many syllables had not yet received a fixed 
 and settled quantity, and that this fact was due to the 
 influence of the prose-accent or to the musical (rhythmi- 
 cal) pronunciation of that early time. Ennius, who was 
 the first to employ dactylic hexameters in Latin poetry, 
 was obliged to settle the prosodiacal value of most of these 
 syllables ; the reason of this was the very nature of his 
 metre, in which the arsis must invariably consist in one 
 long syllable, while the arsis of iambic and trochaic verses 
 may just as well consist of two short syllables — there 
 being moreover considerable liberty permitted as to the 
 treatment of the tJiesis. 
 
 The Latin differs from the Greek only in so far as the p. Iv. 
 prosaic accent had already commenced to exercise an 
 important infiuence upon the quantitative value of many 
 syllables, when the language was first employed for lite- 
 rary piu poses J many traces of this we have endeavoured 
 to point out in the metres of Plautus and Terence. The 
 vacillating and fluctuating system of Latin prosody was p. Ivi. 
 afterwards entirely reformed by Ennius. He could not 
 violently alter what had already become the acknowledged 
 usage of the language, but in all those cases which were 
 not yet finally settled, the quantity preferred by him 
 was adopted by the subsequent poets. A full discussion 
 of this point would, however, lead us beyond the limits of 
 this Introduction : at present we think it sufficient to 
 refer to L. Miiller, de re metr. p. 69 and 70. 
 
 F. SYNIZESIS. 
 
 The notion of synizesis rests on the ambiguous nature 
 of the two letters u and i, which may be used both as 
 vowels and consonants, and are in the latter quality fre- 
 quently expressed by v and J\ To these two we have to 
 add the letter e, which sometimes assumes the conso- 
 nantal sound of i (y). This is the case in the word deus, 
 
 ^ On the genuine pronunciation of tliis j see Key, L. G. § 9. 
 
62 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 where we have dei = di even in common Latin \ but in 
 the comic writers we find deo (Plant. Cist, i 3, 2. Li v. 
 Andr. trag. Eibb. v. 9) and deos (Naev. com. Ribb. 95. Plant. 
 Amph. I 1, 128. II 2, 86. v 1, 38. 4L Anl. iv 10, 12. 13. 
 Capt. Ill 5, 69. Cure, i 1, 70. ii 2, 13. v 2, 58. Cas. 
 II 5, 28. 38. II 6, 37. 44. Cist, ii 3, 52. iv 1, 12. 
 Epid. II 2, 117. V 1, 4 and in many other passages) as 
 monosyllables ^ The genitive del occurs with a monosyl- 
 labic pronunciation only once, Ribb. Trag. p. 202 ; deae 
 follows this analogy (Aul. 778. Cas. ii 4, 1. Cist, ii 1, 
 35. Epid. Ill 3, 15. Most, i 3, 35. Pseud. 1 1, 35. i 3, 36. 
 Poen. Ill 3, 54. iv 2, 37. v 4, 102. Persa ii 4, 21. 25. 
 27. V 2, 50). In the same way deorum is disyllabic in 
 many instances (Amph. prol. 45. Epid. v 2, 10. Bacch. 
 124. Men. 217. Rud. ii 2, 13). This fact may be com- 
 pared with the similar contracted pronunciation of 0^6<; 
 and ^ea, which is not unfrequently met with in the tragic 
 poets. 
 
 The word meus was treated much in the same way as 
 deus : we have therefore mei Tneae meo nieos meas meis 
 sometimes as monosyllables, and meorum mearum meapte 
 (True. II 5, 18) as disyllables^. The real pronunciation 
 of these forms in such cases may be ascertained from the 
 spelling mieis (= meis) which occurs in the dactylic in- 
 scription on the sepulchre of one of the Scipios : this 
 enables us to guess that it was probably very much like 
 the modern Greek pronunciation of Oto^ (= Oeos), i.e. myis 
 dyb^ etc. 
 
 Many forms of the pronouns is and idem fall under 
 the same head ; thus we have eb ei eddem eldem eds 
 edsdem edpse (Cure, i 3, 4) eds eosdem ede ededem ed 
 eadem (abl.) eorum. The subjunctives edmus edtis appear 
 as disyllables according to the same rule, and in exmndum 
 (Aul. 40) we notice the same pronunciation. We may 
 add eunt Cist, i 1, 39. Poen. i 2^ 117, and perhaps also 
 queo Aul. 190. 
 
 1 dii is not a genuine form. mius see Eitschl, de decl. qua- 
 
 2 See, on the whole question, dam lat. recond. i p. 22. Schu- 
 Spengel, * Plautus,' p. 25. chardt i 433. 
 
 3 For the forms dius and 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 63 
 
 The forms eius ei huius (huic) quoius quoi deserve 
 particular notice. Of these quoi and huic are always 
 monosyllables, while the others admit of a threefold 
 triple pronunciation : 
 
 ochee, 
 
 pyrrhich, 
 
 monosyllable, 
 
 'eius^ 
 
 eius^ 
 
 eius = eis 
 
 huius ' 
 
 huius^ 
 
 huius = huis^ 
 
 quoius 
 
 cuius 
 
 quoius = quois 
 
 cmu^^ 
 
 
 cuius = cuis 
 
 ei 
 
 ei 
 
 Ti' 
 
 All these forms occur in the metres of the comic p. Iviii. 
 writers: we must, however, leave it to the industry of 
 our readers to collect as many examples of each separate 
 measure as they find sufficient for their own conviction. 
 Many instances of the varied metrical character of ei are 
 collected by Ritschl, Opusc. ii 418 sq. 
 
 We shall now briefly enumerate some of the most 
 frequent cases in which i and u display their variable 
 nature. Thus we have 
 
 dies = dyes, die = dye, 
 
 1 I purposely do not mention 
 the oldest forms e-l-us ho-i-us 
 quo-i-us (tit. Scip. Barb. Ritschl. 
 pr. 1. m. ep. t. 37), since they 
 are not found in Plautus and 
 Terence. 
 
 ^ To this head we may re- 
 fer the examples quoted above 
 p. 52. See Lachmann, comm. 
 Lucr. p. 27, and espcially p. 
 160 s. See also Corssen ii 672. 
 
 '^ The spelling huis occurs in 
 an inscription in Gruter's col- 
 lection 44, 3: see Corssen, krit. 
 heitr. zur lat. formenl. p. 545, 
 and Schuchardt ii 503. In 
 Guyet's edition of Plautus the 
 forms eis huis and quois are 
 several times found in the text. 
 
 4 This pronunciation must 
 
 be assumed for a line of Lu- 
 cilius: quoins voltu ac facie, 
 ludo ac sermonibus nostris. 
 (Lachmann, 1. 1.) Lachmann 
 shows that this form left its 
 traces in cuicuimodi, i. e. quois- 
 quoismodi, the dropping of the 
 final s taking place as explained 
 above p. 30 s. The u disap- 
 peared much in the same way 
 as magis presupposes an origi- 
 nal magius. Tlie oldest ms. 
 gives cuicuiusmodi in Cic. Verr. 
 V 41, 107 which Halm is in- 
 clined to beUeve genuine. 
 
 5 The same theory applies to 
 such forms as m, m, re (=?'H) ; 
 sjpH spei *spe [=spei) &c. See 
 note on Aul. 607. 
 
64" INTRODUCTION. 
 
 diu — dyu, 
 
 scio = sct/Oj 
 
 ais ain ait as monosyllables, 
 
 aibam etc. as disyllables, 
 
 trium = tryuTYh^ 
 
 otio filio gaudiis omnia tertiust as disyllables 
 
 (in the so-called 'free metres,' but nescio 
 
 is common throughout). 
 
 On the other hand it should be observed that in Plau- 
 tus and Terence gratiis and ingratiis are always fully 
 pronounced^; in later times we find gratis and ingratis 
 as the predominant forms. 
 
 In tuos and suos^ and their various forms the u as- 
 sumes in many instances the consonantal sound of a v. 
 The same is the case with many words where a u follows 
 an initial consonant, e.g. duo {duorum duarum duohus 
 duahus) duellum^ duellica puer puella^ or in such an in- 
 stance as quattor for quattuor"^. 
 
 The verbal forms /id /uisti /uistis fuisse, etc. undergo 
 very often a synizesis of the two letters ui. fui and fuit 
 may, however, be pronounced in three different ways, viz. 
 
 fui fui fui (monosylh). If we add the variable quantity 
 of the perfect termination it (see p. 16), we arrive at the 
 following possible pronunciations of fuit . 
 
 fuJit fiat f wit f wit fuit (monos.). 
 
 Hx. This instance may serve as another palpable illustra- 
 
 tion of the truth of the observation made p. 50 with 
 regard to the elasticity of Plan tine prosody. 
 
 1 See Bentley on Ter. Ad. ^ xhe pronunciation dvellum 
 IV 7, 26. was the next step to the second- 
 
 2 tuus and suus are not only ary form helium. In the same 
 not Plautine, but not even way we have duonum {dvonum) 
 good Latin forms. Even Cicero bonum. 
 
 knows no uu. {In Jluuius the ^ Pqj. this instance see Eitschl, 
 
 first u is the root vowel, the Ehein. Mus. viii 309. Lachm. 
 
 second a modification of the Lucr. p. 192. Enn. ann. (ed. 
 
 guttural g). See however, Vahlen) 96. 580, and the some- 
 
 Munro's Introduction to Lu- what different statement of 
 
 cretius. Corssen ii 751. 
 
INTRODUCTION. Qo 
 
 We may finally draw the reader's attention to the 
 general fact that compounds in which two vowels come 
 together are always pronounced per synizesin in Plautus 
 and Terence, e.g. dein deinde^ proin proinde^ dehinc 
 deorsum (written dorswm in an inscription C. I. L. i 199, 
 20) seorsum praeoptare praeesse deosculari. See also 
 Corssen ii 712 sqq. 759 sq. 
 
 G. HIATUS. 
 
 In order to complete our sketch of the pronunciation 
 of Latin as seen in the comic writers, we must also touch 
 upon a subject which is, however, one of the most diffi- 
 cult points in Plautine criticism, viz. the hiatus. After 
 the uncritical labours of Linge, Ritschl was the first to 
 give some distinct and positive rules with regard to the 
 admission of hiatus in the metres of the comic writers, 
 in the xivth chapter of his Prolegomena, though his views 
 as given there were afterwards in many respects corrected 
 and enlarged by himself. 
 
 There is, at least, one point on which no doubt can 
 possibly exist, and this discriminates Ritschl's views from 
 those of former scholars. We shall quote his own words ^ : 
 * impeditior est de hiatu quaestio. non dicam autem contra 
 eos qui quovis et loco et modo admissum hiatum concocunt 
 concoctisque bonos versus concacant: quis enim lavare 
 laterem animuiri inducat ? verum qui in ipsa caesura 
 senariorum admissum tutantur atque defensitant^ eos certe 
 aliqua ratione agere concedendum est. Nee ego hoc num- 
 quam /actum contendam : sed tamen ut vel id genus longe 
 oflrtiorihus, quam vulgo creditur, Jinibus esse circumscrip- 
 tum putem. Et tantum quidem non potest non haberi 
 
 ^ The contradictory passage uses proinde as trisyllabic ; but 
 
 in Ter. Andr. 483 has been it is easy to remove this excep- 
 
 happily corrected by Fleckeisen. tion by correcting fac sis proin- 
 
 SeeL.Miiller,de remetr. p. 205. de adeo uti me velle intdllegis, 
 
 2 Geppert (Ausspr. p. 21) says instead of ut given by tlie mss. 
 that in Amph. iii 3, 27 Plautus ^ Opusc ii 414. 
 
 w. P. 5 
 
66 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 certissimum, non elegantiam quandam interpretandum 
 omnem hiatum esse, quam sint sectati poetae, sed licentiam 
 potius quam sihi indulserint.'' The truth of this assertion 
 p. Ix. appears from Cicero's words (Or. § 150) ^nemo tarn rus- 
 
 ticus est qui vocales nolit coniungere.^ The only question 
 which is still sub iudice is therefore, how far the comic 
 poets indulged in a license which we must admit they 
 used in their metres. 
 
 Parry, in his Introduction to Terence, p. lvii, sets 
 down three rules which would serve to explain the admis- 
 sibility of hiatus, viz. : hiatus, he says, is justified, 
 
 (1) by the sense of the passage, 
 
 (2) by the punctuation, 
 
 (3) in exclamations, such as heia hercle eho heus. 
 
 Setting aside the third rule, which has indeed a general 
 value for all Latin poets, we confine ourselves to a more 
 detailed discussion of the first two rules. We may define 
 the matter more accurately in the following manner : — 
 
 Hiatus is justified : 
 
 (a) where the line is divided among two or more 
 
 speakers, 
 (6) by caesura and diaeresis. 
 
 The latter point in its full extent was long disputed 
 by Ritschl, but at last he began to allow a greater free- 
 dom and to relax the severity of his original views, as 
 will be seen in the instance of the hiatus in the caesura 
 of the trochaic septenarius (praef. Men. p. x ss.) This 
 occurs in the Aulularia v. 174. 250. 638. But he does 
 not allow a hiatus in the caesura of an iambic senarius 
 * ut quae in medium ordinem rhythmicum incidat ' (Proll. 
 p. cxcvi). Still he deviates from this law in such an in- 
 stance as Trin. 342, 
 
 tempiist adeundi :: ^stne hie Philto qui ^dvenit? 
 
 because in this case the line is divided among two 
 speakers. In the Aulularia we have two instances of 
 the same kind of hiatus, viz. 305 and 530 : 
 
INTRODUCTION. 67 
 
 immo ^quidem credo :: dt scin etiam qudmodo? 
 ain atidivisti? :: tisque a principio dmnia. 
 
 In both instances it would not be very difficult to 
 avoid the hiatus by writiug set instead of at in the fii^st, 
 and inserting aio before usque in the second line. But 
 as a hiatus of this kind is by no means very rare, we 
 shall adhere to the authority of our mss. 
 
 To proceed, Ritschl allows no such hiatus as we have p. Ixi. 
 Trin. 185, 
 
 em Toaed malefacta, 4m meam ava^-itidm tibi, 
 
 according to the reading of all our mss. He writes 
 therefore 
 
 en mei malefacta, meam ^n avariti^m tibi, 
 to which Fleckeisen justly prefers Hermann's reading 
 
 en me^ tibi malefacta, 6n meam avariti^m tibi^. 
 
 Or, to give another instance, Trin. 776, the reading of 
 all our mss. is as follows : 
 
 det Alteram llH. Alteram dic^t tibi, 
 
 which Ritschl changes into 
 
 illl det Alteram, Alteram dic^t tibi. 
 
 In both ca«<es Brix has kept the reading of the mss., 
 and we think him the more entitled to do so, as it re- 
 quires a great deal of arbitrary criticism to correct all 
 other instances of the same kind. It is therefore possi- 
 ble to maintain the reading of the mss. in the following 
 lines in the Aulularia : 
 
 695. memor^re nolo, hdminum^ mendic^bula. 
 
 561. pot^e ego hodie, Eiiclio^, teciim nolo. 
 
 704. at^t, eccum ipsum. Ibo, ut hoc condom, domum. 
 
 ^ See also the critical note 54 sqq. jahrb. 1861 p. 633. 
 
 on this passage in my edition. Brix on Men. 82. 
 
 2 Bergk would in all such 3 It would be possible to read 
 
 cases avoid the hiatus by hodi^ potare ego, Euclio, tecum 
 
 writing homonum. See his ar- volo. (See, however, below, 
 
 guments in the Philol. xvii p. where I have adopted another 
 
 5—2 
 
 ^UNIVERSITY] 
 
68 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Nor would T correct the ms. reading in v. 671 
 Xndeqiie dbservabo, aiirum ubi abstrudat senex. 
 We have the same hiatus v. 69 : 
 queo c6nminisci : ita me miseram ad htinc modum, 
 
 p. Ixii. as the line stands not only in Jy and the recent mss., 
 but in B itself. 
 
 Another instance which may be alleged, is somewhat 
 doubtful. It is V. 504, 
 
 stat Mllo phrugio atirifex linMus. 
 
 In this case we may notice that B gives phyrgio, a 
 reading which might be supported by a great many analo- 
 gous examples of other words', though it is true that this 
 form of the word seems to occur nowhere else. If there- 
 fore we could confidently say that a hiatus was in this 
 line an impossibility, we should have to give phurgio in 
 our text. 
 
 But there is a general law which protects a great 
 many passages in Plautus, in which a hiatus occurs, from 
 the corrections of modern scholars. We owe its discovery 
 to Fleckeisen. It is as follows : 
 
 Monosyllables terminating in a long vowel or m need 
 not coalesce with a following short vowel. 
 
 Illustrations of this law may be found in such pas- 
 sages as Stich. 321. Aul. 707. 708. Mil. gl. 13301 
 
 reading.) A hiatus of the same benefit of the hiatus-haters a- 
 
 kind (i.e. before a proper name) mong our readers : 
 
 occurs Poen. v 3, 8 : „ ^j .^^^ ^^^. . ^^^^^ ^^^^^ 
 
 mi ere salve, Hd,nno in- insperatlssume. 
 
 speratissume. k z i.x.- j- ^^ ^ 
 
 ^ And this readmg would be re- 
 
 This is the reading in BG, and commended by the 'variatio 
 
 though A gives the scene in accentus ' in salve (see my note 
 
 which this line stands, I cannot on v. 258). 
 
 say what the reading in it is. i Compare corcodilus tarpes- 
 
 But to show how easy it is to sita bardus ddpaos Cortona cor- 
 
 get rid of such a hiatus as this, cota (see my dissertation de Au- 
 
 if we are only determined to do lularia p. 14). 
 
 so, we will remove it for the 2 g^e Corssen ii 783 sq. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 69 
 
 This kind of hiatus occurs most frequently when the p. Ixiii. 
 long vowel (or a vowel together with m) forms the first 
 syllable of an arsis resolved into two shorts. This may 
 be exemplified by comparing the following passages in the 
 Aulularia : arg. i 2. me ut id 8. quoi ego 187. qu6 obis 
 201. idm ego 272. rem habere 458. si ita 488. dem hodie 
 654. me erus 673. 
 
 A few words in conclusion. Throughout this chapter, 
 we have endeavoured to keep free from merely hypotheti- 
 cal theories which have been brought forward for the 
 explanation of Plautine prosody. 'Difficile est et lubri- 
 cum,' says Ritschl, Proll. Trin. p. CLXVii, 'quid vitae 
 consuetudo veterum prohare vel potuerit vel non potuerit, 
 assequi ratiocinando et comminiscendo velle.^ Unless we 
 greatly mistake, Ritschl's own investigations — to follow 
 which in their gradual development is one of the most 
 instructive and interesting studies — prove the truth of this 
 observation. Yet the history of his investigations ap- 
 pears to teach a lesson which will most likely be the 
 basis for the labours of the coming time, viz. that we 
 gain and learn more and arrive at more stable results 
 by means of a critical and conservative observation of 
 single facts than by specious but unsound emendations of 
 seeming irregularities'. 
 
 ^ See also Brix, jahrh. filr preface of my edition of the 
 class, phil. 1865 p. 58. I may Trinummus. 
 also be allowed to refer to the 
 
T. MACCI PLAVTI 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
«C(Xt 
 
 fw- 
 
 AEGVMENTYM I 
 
 Sen^x avarus vix sibi credens Eliclio 
 domi suae def6ssam multis ctim opibus 
 aulam Invenit rurslimque penitus conditani 
 
 exs^nguis amens s^rvat. eius filiam 
 5 Lyc6nides vitiarat. interea senex 
 Megadorus a sorore suasus ducere 
 uxdrera, avari gnatam deposcit sibi : 
 durus senex vix promittit atque aulad timens 
 dom6 sublatam variis abstrudit loois. 
 
 10 insidias servos facit huius Lyconidis 
 
 qui virginem vitid-rat : atque ipse 6bsecrat 
 av6nculum Megad6rum sibimet c^dere 
 ux6rem amanti. p^r dolum mox Eiiclio 
 quom p^rdidisset- aulam, insperato Invenit 
 
 15 laetusque natam c6nlocat Lyconidi. 
 
ARGVMENTYM II 
 
 J 
 
 Aulam repertam avdrus plenam auri Eticlio 
 
 vi summa servat, miseris adfectus modis. 
 
 Lyconides istiiis vitiat filiam. 
 
 volt hanc Mesadorus indotatam dticere, 
 
 lubdnsque ut faciat, dat co(:][uos cum obsonio. '>i'^^ 
 
 auro formidat Eliolio, abstrudit foris, 
 
 reque omni inspecta c6mpressoris s^rvolus 
 
 id stirpit, illic Eticlioni rem refert, 
 
 ab eo donatur atiro, uxore, et filio. 
 
PERSONAE 
 
 LAR FAMTLIAEIS PROLOGVS 
 
 EVGLIO SENEX 
 
 STAPHYLA ANVS 
 
 EVNOMIA MVLIER 
 
 MEGADORVS SENEX 
 
 STROBILVS MEGAEONIDIS SEKVOS 
 
 STROBILVS (?) LYCONIDIS SERVOS 
 
 ANTHRAX COCVS 
 
 CONGRIO COCVS 
 
 PHRVGIA TIBICINA 
 
 ELEVSIVM TIBICINA 
 
 PYTHODICVS SERVOS 
 
 LYCONIDES ADVLESCENS. 
 
PROLOGYS. 
 
 LAR FAMILIARIS. 
 
 Nequls miretur qui sim, paucis ^loquar. 
 ego Lar sum familiaris, ex liac familia 
 
 The greater part of the pro- 
 logues to the Plautine plays 
 being spurious and prefixed to 
 the comedies of the poet long 
 after his death, it is very doubt- 
 ful whether the prologue to the 
 Aulularia can be held to have 
 been written by the poet him- 
 self. It is true, none of the 
 arguments alleged against the 
 rest of the prologues by Eitschl 
 (Par. I 209—226) can be ap- 
 plied to this : on the contrary, 
 this prologue is remarkably dis- 
 tinguished for its simple grace 
 and unaffected language. As 
 regards the question of its being 
 required or not, we agree en- 
 tirely with Thornton, who justly 
 observes : ' There seems to be 
 no reason, why any account at 
 all need be given for how many 
 generations the treasure had re- 
 mained undiscovered in the old 
 miser's family,' though at the 
 same time it is obvious that for 
 the purpose of giving such in- 
 formation no fitter person could 
 be selected than the Lar fami- 
 liaris. Moreover, the introduc- 
 tion of this deity is quite con- 
 formable to the habit of the 
 writers of the so-called New 
 Comedy (see Meineke, Men. et 
 
 Philem. rell. 1823 p. 284) which 
 Plautus seems to have followed 
 here as well as in the prologues 
 to the Eudens and the Tri- 
 nummus. On these grounds, 
 I was originally inclined to at- 
 tribute this prologue to Plautus 
 himself (de Aulul. p. 29), but 
 without taking into considera- 
 tion a metrical reason subse- 
 quently suggested by Brix, viz. 
 that the writer uses the word 
 avonculus v. 3-i as quadrisyl- 
 lable, while Plautus himself has 
 it as trisyllabic aunculus (v. 
 677. 772. 792), in accordance 
 with a popular pronunciation 
 which we find confirmed by 
 several inscriptions. It seems 
 therefore safer to return to 
 Bernhardy's opinion (Romische 
 Litteraturgeschichte, 1865, p. 
 442) who ascribes this prologue 
 to an older hand than the others, 
 though we may allow the uni- 
 versal character and even the 
 whole idea of it to be taken 
 from Plautus' original prologue. 
 V. 2. Lar familiaris, the tu- 
 telar deity of the house and 
 family. "The Roman Lases, 
 at a later time called Lares^ are 
 subordinate deities of a kind 
 and helpful disposition ; their 
 
78 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 [PROL. 3— 
 
 unde ^xeuntem me aspexistis. banc domum 
 iam mliltos annos dst quom possideo ^t colo 
 5 patrigwe avoqiie iam huius qui nunc hie habet. 
 sed mihi avos huius obsecrans concr^didit 
 thensa^rum auri olim clam omnis : in medid foco 
 defodit, venerans me, ut id servar^m sibi. 
 is quoniam moritur, ita avido ingenio fuit, 
 
 activity is displayed in field and 
 garden, on roads and in path- 
 ways, in town and hamlet, on 
 the vault of heaven and in the 
 deep of the sea, as is proved by 
 the epithets given to them ; but 
 above all they are held to be 
 the benevolent and helpful 
 spirits of the dear homestead 
 and house, the genial blessing 
 of whom pervades the whole 
 family, and makes it thrive 
 (Preller, Eom. Mythol. p. 71 sq. 
 486 sq. 2nd ed.). The name is 
 in Etruscan Las-a, in Latin 
 Las-es, Lar-es, (Lar-a, Lar- 
 unda 'the mother of the Lares ') 
 and has been justly derived 
 from the root las 'to desire or 
 wish,' whence we have in Latin 
 las-c-ivu-s, in Gothic lus-tu-s, 
 Old High Germ, lus-ti, 'lust.' 
 Las-a, Las-es, Lar-es would 
 thus mean 'well-wishing, be- 
 nevolent' spirits like the Holden 
 in German mythology." Corssen, 
 Etrusker, i p. 246. See also 
 our note on Trin. 39. 
 
 4. The construction of this 
 line is somewhat negligent, 
 though used by Plautus himself 
 in another passage : Persa 137, 
 sicut istic leno haudum sex 
 mensis Megarihus hue est quom 
 commigravit. Hence may have 
 arisen the French way of expres- 
 sing the same thought; il y a 
 beaucoup d'annees que — . For 
 quom 'since' see also Public 
 
 School Latin Grammar, § 182, 
 9, and for the explanation of the 
 present tenses possideo and colo 
 see Key, L. G. § 1455 e, notef, 
 and § 458. — colo = incolo, as v. 
 693. Here the notion of guard- 
 ing the house is involved, in the 
 same way as in Virgil's expres- 
 sion nemorum cultrix Latonia 
 virgo (Aen. xi 557) not only 'in- 
 habitant,' but protectress too is 
 meant. 
 
 5. patrique avoque 'for the 
 advantage of — :' see Key, L. G. 
 § 977. — habet = habitat (cf. v. 21) 
 according to an idiom which 
 is pretty frequent in Plautus. 
 
 7. thensaurus is the genuine 
 Plautine form which, in conse- 
 quence of the thin pronuncia- 
 tion of the letter n, afterwards 
 became thesaurus. In the same 
 way we have Megalensia = Me' 
 galesia, comp. Corssen i 251 
 sqq. — omnis is ace. plur. 'un- 
 known to all:' see Drager, 
 Histor. Syntax i § 304 (p. 621). 
 It is very natural that clam 
 should govern the accusative 
 in early Latin, as it is an ad- 
 verb formed from the root cal 
 seen in Greek koX-ij-ktoj and 
 Ka\-v\pdo, and was originally 
 calam (comp. palam). 
 
 8. The syllables ans mi ut 
 form a dactyl, according to a 
 metrical law explained Introd. 
 p. 69. 
 
 9. Donatus (on Ter. Ad. 
 
23.] 
 
 PROLOGVS. 
 
 79 
 
 10 nunquara indicare id filio voluit suo, 
 inopemque optavit p6tius eum relinquere 
 quam eum thensaurum commons traret. filio 
 agii reliquit ^i non magnum modum, 
 quo cum labore magno et mi sere viveret. 
 
 15 ubi is obiit mortem qui mi id aurum credidit, 
 coepi 6bservare, ecqui maiorem filius 
 mihi honorem haberet quam ^ius habuiss^t pater, 
 atque ille vero minus minusque imp^ndio 
 curare minusque me impertire hon6ribus. 
 
 20 item a me contra factumst : nam item obiit diem, 
 is hunc reliquit qui hie nunc habitat filium 
 pariter moratum, ut pater avosque eitis fuit. 
 huic filia unast : da mihi cotidie 
 
 prol. 1) observes that quoniam 
 is here used in its original sense 
 of a temporal conjunction, being 
 but a compound of quom and 
 iam. Plautus has it so not un- 
 frequently, e.g. Trin. 112 quo- 
 niam hinc iturust ipsus in Seleu- 
 ciam. ibid. 149 quoniam hinc 
 profectust ire peregre Charmi- 
 des. We may observe the same 
 change of the two notions of 
 temporality and causality in 
 the German conj. weil, which 
 has now almost entirely lost 
 its temporal sense, though this 
 was the original one. Never- 
 theless, Schiller uses it as an 
 equivalent to the English while, 
 Wilhelm Tell, act i sc. 2 *weil 
 ich feme bin, fiihre du mit 
 klugem sinne das regiment des 
 hauses.' See also my note on 
 Trin. 14. — The words ita avido 
 ingenio fuit might stand in 
 brackets, at least they do not 
 influence the construction of 
 the sentence : * when he was 
 about to die, he did not — such 
 was his avaricious disposition — 
 reveal the secret to his son.' 
 10. id here and v. 8 denotes 
 
 the secret in general, and should 
 not be referred to thensaurus, 
 though a gloss in a Vienna 
 ms. suggests 'n^ta thesaurum 
 neutro genere dici.^ But in the 
 present prologue it is doubtless 
 masculine, see v. 12, and such 
 it is indeed wherever it occurs 
 in Plautus. For the indefinite 
 and somewhat loose employ- 
 ment of the neuter pronoun 
 the student may consult my 
 note on Trin. 405. 
 
 13. Comp. Hor. Serm. ii 
 6, 1 hoe erat in votis : modus 
 agri non ita magnus. 
 
 18. impendio is here used 
 as an adverb. Cicero has it 
 so in his epistles, ad Att. x 4, 
 at ille impendio nunc magis odit 
 senatum. See Afranius 351 in- 
 dies impSndio | ex desiderio ma- 
 gis magisque mdceror, and Ter. 
 Eun. 587 impendio magis ani- 
 mus gaudebat mihi. In later 
 latinity, e. g. in Appuleius and 
 Ammianus Marcelliuus, wemeet 
 with the same adverbial use of 
 impendio. 
 
 23. For mihi see Introd. 
 p. 23. — cotidie, instead of qiio- 
 
80 AVLVLARIA. [PROL. 24 — 
 
 aut ture aut vino aut aliqui semper supplicat, 
 25 dat mihi coronas, eius honoris gratia 
 feci, thensaurum ut hie reperiret Eilclio. 
 nam earn compressit d6 summo adulescdns loco : 
 is scit adulescens quae sit quam compr^sserit, 
 ilia ilium nescit, neque compressam autem pater. 
 30 earn ego hodie faciam ut hie senex de proxamo 
 sibi uxorem poscat : id ea faciam gratia 
 quo ille eam facilius ducat qui comprdsserat. 
 et hie qui poscet eam sibi uxori^m senex, ' 
 is adulescentis illiust avonculus, L..,.,. 
 
 35 qui illam stupravit noctu, Cereris vigiliis. 
 sed hie senex iam clamat intus, tit solet. 
 
 tidU, is a form well supported 
 by the best mss, and expressly 
 recommended by Marius Victo- 
 rinus i p. 2460 (Putsch). 
 
 24. tus vinum coronae were 
 the usual honours offered to 
 the household-gods : see v. 383 
 and the commentators upon 
 Hor. Od. Ill 23, 3. luv. ix 137 
 ss. 
 
 25. Comp. huius honoris gra- 
 tia Amph. I 2, 24. 
 
 27. After having given the 
 general reason of his action, the 
 Lar is now going to inform his 
 hearers of the detailed circum- 
 stances. This is the true ex- 
 planation of nam, a particle 
 which never gives up its cha- 
 racter entirely, though it may 
 seem simply connective in some 
 passages. The Greek yap is 
 often used in exactly the same 
 way. See note on v. 695. 
 
 29. neque autem (' nor on 
 the other hand') is used by 
 Cicero Fam. v 12 and Lucretius 
 I 857, and VI 779. 
 
 30. hie senex de prooaimo {ex 
 prox. 169. 288) 'the old man, 
 
 our neighbour.' He means Me- 
 gadorus. 
 
 31. For sibi uxo — see Introd. 
 p. 49. In 33 the word uxor 
 has its original quantity. 
 
 35. Cereris vigiliis] Lyconi- 
 des himself confesses this fact 
 to Euclio V. 787 s. ' The noc- 
 turnal festival of Ceres, deff/mo- 
 ipopia, vigiliae Cereris, used to 
 be celebrated by married and 
 '.unmarried women strolling a- 
 Jbout in the dark without lights, 
 iwhence this opportunity could 
 feasily be misused by young 
 men desirous to encounter ro- 
 /mantic adventures. The comic 
 j poets are therefore quite true to 
 reality in founding the plots of 
 V'Some of their plays upon, these 
 ^festivals, as e. g. Plautus does 
 here and in his Cistellaria 
 (where see the prol. 8).' Kopke. 
 Cicero has several chapters 
 against such licentious festi- 
 vals as these in his second 
 book de legibus, where he es- 
 pecially mentions their frequent 
 occurrence in the comic poets, 
 II 14: quid autem mihi displi- 
 
39.] PROLOGVS. 81 
 
 anum foras extrudit, ne sit conscia. 
 
 credo, aurum inspicere volt, ne subr upturn siet. 
 
 ceat in sacris nocturnis, poetae 
 indicant comici. See Davies' 
 and Turnebus' notes on de leg. 
 II 9 and 14. 
 
 38. conscia. In prose the 
 dependent genitive is rarely 
 omitted (see, however, Cic. de 
 Fin. II 16, 53), hut iu poetry 
 the adjective is occasionally 
 used absolutely, e.g. Cistell. ii 
 3, 46 fac me consciam ('tell 
 me'). Hor. Serm. i 2, 130 
 miseram se conscia clamet. 
 
 39. subruptum and t. 347 
 subrupias are the archaic forms 
 for subreptum and subripias, 
 
 which are frequently given by 
 the best mss. of Plautus and 
 should no doubt be uniformly 
 introduced into the text. The 
 a of rapere capere quatere caU 
 care salire became originally u 
 in compounds, comp. occupOj 
 concutio, inculco, insulto. These 
 forms occur even in those later 
 writers who affect an archaic 
 style, and even Martial has 
 surrupuit xiii 38. Comp. also 
 contubernium and taber7ia, and 
 see Schuchardt, on Vulgar Latin 
 I 173 sq. 
 
 W. P. 
 
ACTVS I. 
 
 EvcLio. Staphyla. 
 
 II 
 
 40 Ev. Exi Inquam, age exi : exeundum hercle tibi 
 
 hinc dst foras, 
 circtimspectatrix, cum oculis emisslciis. 
 St. nam cur me miseram v^rberas ? Ev. ut misera 
 
 sis 
 '^tque ut te dignam mala malam aetatem ^xigas. 
 
 40. For exeundum see Introd. 
 p. 62. The accentuation of 
 hercle on the final syllable is 
 quite unobjectionable, as ap- 
 pears from another line Cure. 
 I 3, 55 (261) siquidem hercle 
 mihi regnum detur, though 
 Fleckeisen transposes there mi 
 hercle, which is however against 
 the authority of the mss. Comp, 
 also Mil. glor. 473, mdgis hercle 
 metuo. 
 
 41. circumspectatrix * pry- 
 about ' Thornton. — oculi emis- 
 sicii 'inquisitive eyes,' a phrase 
 imitated by TertuUian de pallio 
 c. 3 circumspectu emissicii ocelli 
 immo luminis puncta vertigi- 
 nant. Cicero would have said 
 emissarii; Plautus has a similar 
 formation Poen. v 5, 24 tuni- 
 cae demissiciae, which Horace 
 calls tunicae demissae Serm. 
 I 2, 25. 
 
 42. nam cur = cur nam. Plau- 
 tus and Terence frequently 
 change the order of such com- 
 pounds with nam, e.g. v. 44 
 
 we have nam qua = quanam, and 
 Cure. I 1, 12 nam quo te dicam 
 ego ire = quonam. Comp. how- 
 ever, such passages in Virgil as 
 Eel. IX 39, Georg. iv 445.— 
 Euclio's answer is laconic 
 enough, a way of speaking very 
 natural with an angry man. 
 He means ' you ask me why I 
 beat you, poor wretch — well to 
 give you some reason to call 
 yourself wretched.' Much of 
 the strength of the passage 
 consists in the repetition of the 
 word misera, just as in the 
 next line mala malam are put 
 close together. Comp. Trin. 
 68, malis te ut verbis multis 
 multum ohiurigem. In Greek 
 e.g. koKt] koKQs Aristoph. A- 
 charn. 253. 
 
 43. aetas (originally con- 
 tracted from aevitas), is with 
 the comic poets very frequently 
 an equivalent to vita. Thus 
 Plautus says sibiinimicus magis 
 quam aetati tuae = vitae tuae, 
 tibi, Men. 675. Both words 
 
I 1. 5—11.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 83 
 
 St. nam qua me nunc causa ^xtrusisti ex aedibus? s 
 45 Ev. tibi egon rationem reddam, stimulorum seges? 
 
 illuc regredere ab 6stio : illuc : sis vide, 
 
 ut inc^dit. at; scin, quo modo tibi r^s se habet? 
 
 si hercle hodie fustem c^pero aut stimulum In ma- 
 num, 
 
 testudineum istum tibi ego grandibo gradum. lo 
 50 St. utinam me divi adaxint ad susp^ndium 
 
 occur together Amph. ii 2, 1 s. 
 in vita atque in aetate agunda. 
 
 45. stimulorum seges 'har- 
 vest of whips,' a comical ex- 
 pression which may be parallel- 
 ed with Cicero's seges gloriae 
 (in pro Milone) . 
 
 46. sis ' if you please.' This 
 sis is an equivalent to si vis, 
 conf. Cic. or. 45, 154, ' lubenter 
 verba iungebant, ut sodes pro 
 si audes, sis pro si vis.' An in- 
 stance of sodes { = si audes), 
 occurs Trin. 244, where see our 
 note. It is, however, more 
 common to say videsis, in one 
 word. 
 
 47. For mc4dit see Introd. 
 p. 48; incedit is more than 
 *she walks/ it is 'she creeps.' 
 'incedere est otiose et cum 
 dignitate quadam ambulantium.' 
 Westerhov on Ter. Eun. v 3, 9, 
 who quotes Plant. Pseud. 411 
 and Verg. Aen. i 46. 
 
 48. hercle logically belongs 
 to the following line, but in 
 consequence of a kind of hasty 
 anticipation it is put into the 
 protasis. We find it so very 
 often, e.g. v. 56. 248. Pseud. 
 628. Stich. 610. Trin. 457. 
 Epid. Ill 1, 10. 
 
 49. grandibo gradum : allite- 
 ration together with assonance. 
 Epid. I 1, 11 ut tu es gradibus 
 grandibus. True, ii 2, 31 abire 
 
 hinc ni propei-as grandi gradu. 
 Fragm. Clitellariae ap. Festum 
 v. Vegrande nimium es vegrandi 
 gradu. Pacuvius v. 37 Eibb. 
 has praegrandi gradu. The 
 word itself is explained by 
 Nonius by grandem facere, and 
 examples are quoted from Varro, 
 Plautus, Lucretius, Accius and 
 Pacuvius. For the formation 
 of the future in ibo and the 
 imperfects in ibam instead of 
 iebam, see Key, L. G. §§ 461 and 
 468. Comp. also the extensive 
 collections of formations of this 
 kind in Neue's Formenlehre n 
 p. 448 sq. With testudineus 
 gradus * tortoise-pace ' we may 
 compare formicinus gradus Men. 
 888. 
 
 50. The nominative divi = di 
 occurs only here in Plautus ; 
 but the formula divom atque 
 hominum jidem is repeatedly 
 found, Amph. v 1, 69. Aul. 297. 
 Merc. 842. Eud. prol. 9 {divos 
 = deos Mil. gl. 730). — adaxint 
 is said by Nonius to stand in- 
 stead of adigant, an explana- 
 tion which renders only the 
 general sense of the word, with- 
 out accounting for its forma- 
 tion. This is explained by 
 Festus' remark (v. axitiosi) 
 ' axit antiquos dixisse pro ege- 
 rit manifestum est.' axim is 
 formed in the same way as 
 
 6—2 
 
84 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 [I. 1. 12—18. 
 
 potitis quidem, quam hoc pacto apud te serviam. 
 Ev. at Tit scelesta sola secum murmurat. 
 oculos hercle ego istos, improba, ecfodiam tibi, 
 ne me observare possis, quid rerum geram. i5 
 
 55 absc^de etiam nunc, ^tiam nunc. St. etiimne ? 
 Ev. ohe, 
 istic astato. si hercle tu ex istoc loco 
 digitum transvorsum aut unguem latum exc^sseris, 
 
 faxim, see Neue ii pp. 539. 
 543 — 546. A third formation 
 of the same kind is capsim 
 capsis, which was misunder- 
 stood for cape sis {si vis) by 
 Cicero Or. 45, 154 (an explana- 
 tion rejected by Quintilian i 5, 
 66). The perfects axi {ag-si), 
 faxi {fac-si), cap-si follow the 
 analogy of duxi [duc-si) rep-si 
 etc., vihile egi feci cepi lengthen 
 the radical vowel. See Corssen, 
 Krit. Beitr. zur lat. Formenl. p. 
 530. 
 
 52. Such alliterations as sce- 
 lesta sola secum are very fre- 
 quently found in the ancient 
 Boman poets and merit our 
 especial attention. We shall 
 here point out only a few ex- 
 amples which occur in the next 
 lines: dedam discipulam 59. 
 metuo male 61. miserum modis 
 66. miseram Taodum 69. decies 
 die 70. Alliteration was, it is 
 true, never a necessary and 
 organic element in Latin poetry, 
 at least so far as our sources 
 permit us to trace back its his- 
 tory; still, it was frequently 
 employed by the earliest poets 
 who kept close to the spoken 
 language of the people, which 
 is always fond of alliteration ; 
 and even in the so-called clas- 
 sical periods of Latin poetry it 
 was often employed as an ad- 
 
 ditional ornament. Horace e.g. 
 uses it very judiciously in such 
 passage; as dulce decus Od. i 1, 
 2. dulce et decorum i i 2, 13. 
 didce docta iii 9, 10. dulci 
 distinet a dome iv 5, 12 etc. 
 See a very good essay on this 
 subject in Lucian Miiller's 
 book de re metr. poet. p. 450 
 ss. and Mr Munro's remarks in 
 his edition of Lucretius ii p. 
 106. 
 
 53. For examples of the 
 phrase oculos ecfodere {64)6a\- 
 fjLoijs i^opvcraeLp) see Aul. 187. 
 Capt. Ill 1, 4. Trin. 463. Ter. 
 Eun. IV 6, 2, where Donatus 
 observes ^femineae minae sunt.' 
 
 54. The phrase quid rerum 
 geram is not unfrequently met 
 with in Plautus ; thus we have 
 it again Aul, 117. 
 
 57. Gronovius Lect. PI. p. 
 48 sq., quotes the expression 
 digitus transversus from Cato 
 de re rust. c. 45 and 48, and 
 the equivalent patens digitus 
 is quoted from Caes. b. c. ii 10. 
 unguis transversus occurs in two 
 passages of Cicero's, ad Att. 
 xiii 20 and Fam. vii 25. In 
 the latter passage the addition 
 of the words quod aiunt shows 
 the proverbial character of the 
 expression, which would how- 
 ever be perfectly evident even 
 without this hint. 
 
I. 1. 19—28.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 85 
 
 aut si respexis, d6nicum ego te iussero-, , 
 60 continuo hercle ego te d^dam discipulam cruci. ' 20 
 scel^stiorem me hac anu cert^ scio ^ 
 vidlsse niimquam, Dimisque ego -banc metuo male, 
 ne mi ^x insidiis v^rba imprudenti duit - ^--v^u 
 neu p^rsentiscat, aurum ubi est absconditum : 
 Qo quae in occipitio quoque babet oculos p^ssuma. 
 nunc ibo ut visam, s^tne ita aurum ut condidi : 
 quod m^ sollicitat pltirimis miserum modisi C^^ ' > 
 
 ^-'-^T. noentim mecastor, quid ego ero dicam meo "^ %/^^^ 
 
 tum : 
 
 ssuma. 25 ^% 
 
 ondidi : j^^ 
 
 lisi ^)cM . 
 
 ,58. respeods = respex{es){s = 
 respexeris : Key, L. G-. § 566. 
 
 59. 'I'll send you for a 
 schooling to the gallows,' Thorn- 
 ton. The cross shall teach you 
 to shut your eyes for ever, if 
 you cannot keep them shut for 
 a few moments. 
 
 60. In the ms. B we find 
 here the marginal note * hoc 
 secum loquitur,' which is per- 
 fectly adapted to the situation. 
 
 61. For the prosody of ni- 
 misque, see Introd. p. 31. 
 
 62. duim (compare v. 236 
 perduim v. 664) is an archaic 
 subj. pres. See Neue 11 p. 
 441 sq. The ending im is the 
 same as seen in ediin velim 
 nolim malim sim. Cicero has 
 this form in the formulas di te 
 perduint pro rege Deiot. 7, 21, 
 and utinam tibi istam mentem 
 di immortales duint Catil. i 9, 
 22. The expression verba dare 
 which properly means ' to give 
 mere words instead of deeds ' 
 commonly assumes the more 
 general sense * to deceive.' 
 
 63. persentiscat : * smell the 
 place out, where the gold is 
 hidden.' 
 
 64. occipitium is the form 
 more frequently found than 
 occiput; comp. also sincipitium 
 
 Men. 506, instead of sinciput, 
 the latter being the only recog- 
 nised form in good writers. 
 
 67. noenum = 7ie oenum (m- 
 niim), according to^the explana- 
 tion first given by Jacob Grimm. 
 The word corresponds therefore 
 entirely with the Greek ovS- 
 a/X'<2s, and ovd-^u, the latter 
 being frequently used as a sim- 
 ple negation in later Greek and 
 coijstantly so in modern Greek, 
 where we have moreover the 
 shortened form 8^p. As to the 
 Latin word, we may observe 
 that this passage seems the 
 only one in which at least one 
 good ms. has kept it. In En- 
 nius we read it in three places : 
 ann. 161 somnia vera aliquot, 
 verum omnia noenu necessest 
 {non nunc the mss., noenu 
 H. Hberg) ; ann. 314 noenum 
 rumores i^onehat ante salutem 
 {jion enim the mss., noenum 
 Lachmann) ; and ann. 411 noe- 
 num sperando cupide rem pro- 
 dere summam {non in the ms.). 
 When judging from these ex- 
 amples, it is not without proba- 
 bility that in many passages 
 in Plautus where we now read 
 non enim, we should reintroduce 
 the original reading noenum, 
 e. g. in the Aulularia itself 
 
86 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 [I. 1. 29—38. 
 
 mala^ rei eveDisse quamve insaniam, 
 
 queo conminisci : Ita me miseram ad hunc ixiodum 
 
 70 deci^?is die uno sadpe extrudit a^dibus. si 
 
 nescio pol quae illunc hominem intemperia^ tenent * 
 pervigilat noctis totas, turn autem int^rdius 
 quasi claiidus sutor d6mi sedet totos dies, 
 neque iam quo pacto c^lem erilis filiae 35 
 
 75 probrtim, propinqua partitudo quoi appetit, 
 
 queo conminisci : n^que quicquam meliust mihi, 
 ut opinor, quam ex me ut unam faciam litteram 
 
 V. 586 where non enim seems to 
 have no clear meaning. See 
 Biicheler, jahrb. fiir class, phil. 
 1863 p. 774. 
 
 69. For the hiatus in the 
 caesura, see Introd. p. 68. 
 
 71. For the disyllabic pro- 
 nunciation nescio see Introd. 
 64. — intemperiae 'whimwhams' 
 (Thornton), see v. 634. Epid. 
 Ill 4, 39. Mil. gl. 434. 
 
 72. Interdius {dv' rjixipav) is 
 read here and Most. 444 ; the 
 simple dius occurs in opposition 
 to noctu Merc. 862, and Chari- 
 sius expressly states that Ti- 
 tinius used noctu diusque: see 
 Kibb. Com. p. 116; from this an 
 old ace. neutr. diu (as seen in 
 the usual form interdiu) arose 
 after the final s had been dropt 
 (Introd. p. 30). From the 
 Sanskr. divas we have in Latin 
 both dies and dius (comp. di- 
 ur-nus, where the original s is 
 changed into an r). See Corssen, 
 Krit. Beitr. zur Formenl. p. 499 
 s. 504. Lachmann on Lucr. 
 p. 226 s. 
 
 73. claudiis sutor : ^ oi coui'se, 
 lame people would be the most 
 likely to take to such a seden- 
 tary employment as that of a 
 cobbler.' Eiley. Comp. v. 508. 
 
 — Fordomt (not^'wi) see Introd. 
 p.' 23 s. 
 
 74. erus and its derivatives 
 are better spelt without an ini- 
 tial h; see Eitschl, ProU. Trin. 
 p. 98, ' pra-ef. Stichi p. 23, 
 and Opusc. 11 409. 
 
 76. The repetition of the 
 words queo conminisci may per- 
 haps appear strange, but such 
 repetitions are not inconsistent 
 \vith the character of a garru- 
 lous old woman, and afford no 
 ground for entertaining any 
 suspicion of the genuineness of 
 the reading. Such seeming 
 negligence must be granted to 
 a comic poet. 
 
 77 s. Famianus Strada has 
 written a special paper on this 
 littera longa, but the right ex- 
 planation has been found out 
 by Lipsius who compares an 
 epigram of Ausonius (128, 10): 
 Quid, imperite, P putas ibi 
 scriptum, ubi locari iota con- 
 venit longum ? This epigram is 
 directed against Ennus, a man 
 of very bad repute, who, as 
 the poet insinuates, ought to 
 be sent to the gallows. The 
 figure of a long I is indeed 
 somewhat like the appearance 
 of' a hanging body, especially 
 
I. 1^39— 2. 6.] 
 
 AVLVLAKIA. Xw^-**-*-^ gy 
 
 l^Sgdm, menm. laqueo c611um quando obstrinxero. 
 LiV. nunc d^faecato demum animo egredior domo, 
 80 postqyam perspexi, salva esse intus omnia. [I 2 
 redi nunciam intro atque Intus serva, St. quip- 
 
 pini ? 
 ego intus servem ? an nd quis aedis atiferat ? 
 nam hie apud nos nihil est aliud quaesti furibus : 
 ita inaniis sunt oppletae atque araneis. - '6 
 
 -4 
 
 A^ 
 
 5i^' 
 
 if that body should happen to 
 be very thin and slender, longae 
 litterae are also mentioned Eud. 
 V 2, 7 and Poen. iv 2, 15, but 
 without any special reference to 
 the letter I: comp. litter a pen- 
 silis Pseud. 17. — unam is not 
 pleonastic, as Weise says (see 
 note on v. 563); Staphyla in- 
 tends making of herself one 
 long letter; i.e. a letter ex- 
 hibiting one long stroke. 
 
 79. animo defaecato is ex- 
 plained by Camerarius ' liquido 
 minimeque turbido, i.e. hilari;' 
 see Pseud. 760 nunc liquet^ 
 nunc defaecatuinst cor mihi. 
 The same meaning is expressed 
 by animo liquido et tranquillo 
 es Epid. V 1, 36 and liquido es 
 animo Pseud. 232. In one pas- 
 sage (Most. 158) the word de- 
 faecatus is metaphorically used 
 of a person cleaned by a bath. 
 81. For nunciam (which is 
 ^Iways trisyllabic ,in Plautus 
 and Terence) we may refer to 
 our note on Trin. 3. — quippini, 
 instead of quippeni, is very fre- 
 quently given by the best mss. 
 e.g. Most. 948.^1109. Pseud. 
 361. The final ein quippe was 
 changed into i before an n, in 
 the same way as we have tutin 
 — tutene. The right pimctua- 
 tion of this passage is first seen 
 in Pareus' edition, and is here 
 
 of much importance for the 
 construction of the sentence. 
 The sense is * why should I 
 not ? Shall I really take care 
 of all within? Perhaps you are 
 afraid, somebody might run 
 away with our house ?' 
 
 83. quaesti: for this geni- 
 tive see Key, L. G. § 141 and 
 a valuable paper by Kitschl in 
 the Ehein. Mus. viii p. 494 
 [now Opusc. ii]. Fleckeisen, 
 Krit. Miscellen p. 42 ss. The 
 following is an extract from 
 Eitschl's prooemium de titulo 
 Aletrinatium (1853) p. viii 
 ' longe longeque latius per sex- 
 tum septimumque saeculum 
 altera terminatio (/) patuit. qua 
 et Plautus usus est constanter 
 in quaesti tumulti victi senati 
 sumpti gemiti, et Ennius strepiti 
 tumulti declinans, Pacuvius 
 jiucti aesti parti soniti, Cae- 
 cilius quaesti sumpti sonitiy 
 Terentius quaesti tumulti fructi 
 ornati adventi, Turpilius quae- 
 sti tumulti fructi sumpti piscati 
 parti, Titinius quaesti, Attius 
 Jiucti tumulti exerciti aspecti 
 lucti salti, Lucilius sumpti, 
 Afranius tumulti, Pomponius 
 quaesti tumulti piscati, bis 
 Lucretius geli, Calpurnius Piso 
 senati, Cato fructi, Sisenna 
 senati soniti, Sallustius tumulti 
 soniti.* 
 
88 AVLVLARIA. [I. 2. 7 — 15. 
 
 85 Ev. mimm quin tua me causa faciat luppiter 
 Philippura regem aut Darium, triven^fica. 
 araneas mihi ego illas servari volo. 
 pauper sum, fateor, patior : quod di dant, fero. lo 
 abi Intro, occlude ianuam : iam ego hic ero. 
 
 90 cave, qu^mquam alienum in aedis intro miseris. 
 quod quispiam ignem quadrat, extingui volo, 
 ne causae quid sit quod te quisquam quaeritet. 
 nam si ignis vivet, tu extinguere extempi^lo. 15 
 
 84. The word inania, instead 
 of inanitas, probably owes its 
 origin to nothing more than the 
 assonance of aranea. The o|j5- 
 fxiapov ' full of emptiness ' can 
 hardly be imitated in any 
 modern language, so as to pre- 
 serve its entire strength of ex- 
 pression. Plautus ventures on 
 a similar phrase Capt. iii 1, 6 
 where the parasite calls a fast- 
 day dies ecfertus fame. Catullus 
 uses a similar expression (8, 48) 
 plenus sacculus est aranearum, 
 and the same is found in a line 
 of Afranius (Eibb. Com. p. 184) 
 anne arcula tua plenast arane- 
 arum? Hence we may safely 
 conclude that this simile was 
 proverbially used in popular 
 
 85. mirum quin : ' I wonder, 
 Jove does not make me a 
 wealthy king.' Comp. Persa 
 339 s. mirmn quin regis Philippi 
 causa aut Attali \ te potius 
 vendam quam mea, quae sis 
 mea. See also our note on 
 Trin. 495. 
 
 86. King Philippus and Da- 
 rius are here mentioned as the 
 most obvious and best -known 
 instances of wealthy kings, the 
 one as a European, the other 
 as an Asiatic monarch. Comp. 
 696 ego sum ille rex Philippus. 
 
 For the usual quantity of Phi- 
 lippus in Plautus see Introd. 
 p. 46 s., but in both passages 
 of the Aulularia the common 
 quantity is well supported by 
 the best mss. — The form trive- 
 nefica occurs only here ; Bacch. 
 813, we read tervenefica, which 
 is likewise unexampled in any 
 other passage. 
 
 90. For cave see Introd. p. 
 25. 
 
 91. quod 'if,' properly *as 
 regardsTEe case that,' is always 
 connected with the subjunctive^ 
 see the instances from Plautus 
 given by Brix on Mil. gl. 162, 
 and for the occurrence of this 
 construction in Cicero and later 
 writers C. F. W. Miiller, Rhein. 
 Mus. XX 480. 
 
 92. 'qui petit, vult obtinere : 
 qui quaerit, vult scire aut inve- 
 nire.' Lambinus. 
 
 93. ignis vivet, comp. irvphs 
 (fKo^ ^Ti ^Q<ra Eur. Bacch, 8. 
 Lipsius compares Arist. Lys. 
 306 tovtI to TTvp iypTJyopeu deCov 
 ^/cart Kol ^rj. Hildyard appro- 
 priately quotes Shakespeare, 
 Othello V 2, 7 *put out the light, 
 and then put out the light,^ i.e. 
 of life. Comp. also Dickens, 
 Old Curiosity Shop, chapt. 44 
 '■The fire has been alive as long 
 as I have.' In German we 
 
I. 2. 16—26.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 89 
 
 turn aquam aufugisse dicito, si quis petet. 
 95 cultrtim securim pistillum mortarium, 
 quae ut^nda vasa semper vicini rogant, 
 fur^s venisse atque abstulisse dicito. 
 prof^cto in aedis meas me absente n^minem 20 
 volo Intro mitti. atque ^tiam hoc praedico tibi : 
 100 si Bona Fortuna v^niat, ne intro miseris. 
 
 St. pol ea ipsa, credo, ne intro mittatur, cavet. 
 nam ad aedis nostras numquam adit quaquam prope. 
 Ev. st, tace atque abi intro. St. taceo atque abeo. 
 Ev. occlude sis 25 
 
 foris ambobus p^ssulis : iam ego bic ero. 
 
 have the phrase *einem das le- 
 benslicht ausblasen.' 
 
 95. As regards the accentua- 
 tion pistillum I may here repeat 
 Ritschl's expression on drgen- 
 turn (Men. 930): 'accentus non 
 insolentia at insuavitas/ Men. 
 praef. xiii. See also my note 
 on Trin. 410. 
 
 96 s. utendum rogare 'to bor- 
 row;' utendum dare *to lend.' 
 See V. 309 and Ov. ars am. i 433 
 multa rogant utenda dart, data 
 reddere nolunt. — utendum peter e 
 occurs Aul. 397. 
 
 100. On Bona Fortuna see 
 Preller Eom. Myth. p. 559. It 
 appears from a passage of Dio- 
 medes, that the words Bona 
 Fortuna te quaesivit were com- 
 monly used in the sense of 
 nemo te quaesivit. In a frag- 
 ment of Afranius first ppinted 
 out by L. Miiller (Rhein. Mus. 
 XX 374) we have an instance of 
 this expression ; it runs as fol- 
 lows : 'Adulescens. num quis 
 me quaesiit? Servos. Bona 
 Fortuna.' There is, however, 
 no reason to suppose that Euclio 
 alludes to this, as is the opinion 
 of some commentators; it is, 
 
 perhaps, more natural to under- 
 stand the words simply such as 
 they are 'Let nobody enter my 
 house, not even Good Luck it- 
 self.' 
 
 102. We need not suppose 
 that a temple of Bona Fortuna 
 was close to Euclio's house. 
 There is a temple of Fides in 
 the vicinity, into which Euclio 
 afterwards carries his treasure 
 (v. 575), and as there is also 
 Megadorus' house on the stage, 
 we can hardly accommodate an- 
 other temple. There occur, 
 besides, no other allusions to 
 such a temple of Fortuna, which 
 would doubtless be the case, had 
 it been a necessaiy part of the 
 scenery. The adverb quaquam 
 is commonly used in nequaquam 
 and in haud quaquam (Sail. 
 Catil. 3). numquam quaquam 
 is a very strong negation ' never 
 by any means.' Comp. mim- 
 quam quicquam Amph. 11 2, 40. 
 numquam qnisqunm Ter. Eun. 
 IV 4, 11. See moreover Ter. 
 Andr. i 2, 3. Ad. i 2, 18. iv 
 1, 12. V 4, 1. 
 
 104. ambobus pessulis 'su- 
 pero et infero.' See Guhl u. 
 
90 AVLVLARIA. [I. 2. 27—30 
 
 105 discrucior animi, quia ab domo abeundumst mihi. 
 nimis hdrcle invitus abeo. sed quid agam scio. 
 nam nobis nostrae qui ^st magister curiae, 
 dividers argenti dixit nummos In viros. so 
 
 Koner, Leben der Griechen it. 
 Romer 1, 146. 2, 206 s. 
 
 105. For animi we may com- 
 pare such expressions as dis- 
 crucior animi Ter. Ad. iv 4, 1 
 ( = 640 Fl.) Antipho me excruciat 
 animi Phorm. i 4, 10 ( = 187). 
 excrucias animi Plant. Mil. gl. 
 1068 and 1280. angas te animi 
 Epid. Ill 1, 6. in spe pendehit 
 animi Ter. Haut. tim. iv 4, 6 
 ( = 727), where the genitive 
 should not be joined with sjje, 
 see Plaut. Merc, i 2, 18 ( = 127 
 R.) animi pendeo and my note 
 on the passage. Cicero uses 
 the same expression Tusc. disp. 
 I 40, 96 pendemus animi, excru- 
 ciamur, angimur : but there 
 animi is due to an emendation 
 by XJr sinus, the mss. giving 
 animis. In another passage, 
 Tusc. IV 16, 35 the reading 
 of the mss. is as follows is qui 
 adpropinquans aliquod malum 
 metuit, exanimatusque pendet 
 animi. We have to range 
 under the same head such in- 
 stances as falsus animi est Ter. 
 Eun. II 2, 43, where the read- 
 ing animi is expressly men- 
 tioned by Donatus, though the 
 mss. give animo : comp. me 
 animi fallit Lucr. i 922. In the 
 same way we have vagus animi 
 Cat. 63, 4, and dubius animi 
 Verg. Georg. in 289. See also 
 Dr^eger i p. 443 sq., and my 
 note on Trin. 454 satin tu^s 
 sanus mentis aut animi tuiwhich 
 passage seems to show that 
 animi is in these constructions 
 a real genitive (used of relation), 
 
 and not a locative, as has been 
 asserted by some scholars. 
 Comp. also Epid. i 2, 35 desi- 
 piebam mentis and ibid, ii 2, 55 
 sermonis fallebar. 
 
 106. sed is necessary on ac- 
 count of nam in the following 
 line. Euclio says that, although 
 he does not like to go out, he 
 has nevertheless his reason for 
 doing so. This reason is given 
 by nam. 
 
 107. Vtrum legitimos habent 
 onvnes tribus divisores suos, quos 
 Plautus magistros curiarum in 
 Aulularia vocat? is the question 
 raised by Asconius on Cic. Verr. 
 I 8, 23, although there is no 
 serious foundation for it, the 
 divisores being no legally autho- 
 rised persons, but distributors 
 of bribery money. See Long's 
 note and Cic. pro Plancio 19, 
 48. We may however remark 
 that the expression magister 
 curiae is a a7ra| Xeyofievov, and 
 was doubtless meant as a trans- 
 lation of the TpLTTvdpxf]^ of the 
 Greek original (see de Aul. p. 
 15). The whole passage treats 
 of Athenian life: distributions 
 of money among the citizens 
 were very frequent at Athens, 
 but almost unknown at Rome 
 before the time of the emperors. 
 — Observe the fulsomeness of 
 expression in nobis nostrae, in- 
 stead of which 0. Seyffert has 
 ingeniously conjectured Nestor 
 nostrae. 
 
 108. dividere instead of se 
 divisurum esse, in accordance 
 with the loose construction so 
 
I. 2. 81—41.] 
 
 AVLVLAR 
 
 id si relinquo ac non peto, omnes ilico 
 110 me suspicentur (credo) habere aurtim domi. 
 nam v^ri simile n6n est, hominem paiiperem 
 pauxillum parvi facere quin nummum petat. 
 nam nunc quom celo s^dulo omnis, n^ sciant, 35 
 omn^s videntur scire et me benignius 
 115 omn^s salutant quam salutabant prius. 
 adeunt consistunt, c6pulantur dexteras, 
 rogitant me, ut valeam, quid agam, quid r^rum 
 
 geram. 
 nunc qu6 profectus sum ibo : postidea domum 40 
 me rursum quantum potero tantum r^cipiam. 
 
 common inPlautusand Terence. 
 For instances see the Index to 
 my edition of Terence, s. v. 
 infinitive, and note on Trin. 5. 
 — nummus ' has a different sense 
 in Plautus according as it means 
 Greek or Roman money. As a 
 Roman coin, it is equivalent to 
 a sestertius (Epid. 1 1 , 52. Most. 
 II 1, 10) : in the other case to a 
 drachma (Trin. 844) or didrach- 
 ma (True, ii 7, 10. Pseud, iii 
 2, 20. Pers. i 1, 38. iii 3, 33. v 
 2, 70). It is impossible to de- 
 cide whether drachma or di- 
 drachma be meant in such pas- 
 sages as Aul. 445. Men. i 4, 1. 
 II 2, 16. Epid. Ill 2, 36; nor 
 is it clear whether drachma or 
 sestertius should be understood 
 Epid. V 2, 36. As drachma the 
 word is taken by Bentley in Ter. 
 Haut. tim. iii 3, 45. Where 
 aureus is added, the nummus 
 Philippeus is meant.' Brix on 
 Trin. 844. — in vivos, /car' dvdpas, 
 viritim ; see Public School 
 Latin Gramm. § 93, C, i, 5. 
 
 109. For id see my note on 
 Trin. 405. ilico is the legiti- 
 
 mate spelling, not illico : see 
 Ritschl, proll. Trin. cii. 
 
 114. benignius salutant ' they 
 are more profuse in their com- 
 pliments.' Comp. Hor. Ep. i 
 5, 11 sermone benigno ' copious, 
 plentiful talk.' See also Qd. i 
 17, 15. II 18, 10. In most cases, 
 where w^e are generally inclined 
 to translate benignus by 'kind,' 
 the original sense of the word 
 'generous, profuse' will give a 
 more distinct and impressive 
 idea of the meaning of the pas- 
 sage. 
 
 116. copiilantur ' shake hands 
 together:' this verb occurs as 
 deponent only in this passage. 
 See also Brix on Mil. gl. 172. 
 
 118. profectus sum * where 
 I've set out to go.' Ter. Eun. 
 II 2, '^d fortasse tu profectus alio 
 fueras, on which passage West- 
 erhov rightly observes 'profec- 
 tus dicitur etiam de eo qui inci- 
 pit proficisci.' This explains 
 such a phrase as profectu's ire 
 Rud. Ill 6, 9. 
 
 119. quantum potero tantum 
 reciplam 'I shall come back 
 
92 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 as quick as possible.' Ter. Ad. 
 Ill 2, 52 tu quantum potes abi, 
 where Fleckeisen adopts Guyet's 
 emendation potest. It is true 
 that in this phrase either the 
 best or at least good mss. give 
 potest as an impersonal in Ter. 
 Ad. V 7, 11. Phorm. v 8, 3. iv 
 3, 69. Ad. IV 5, 66 ; but Andr. 
 V 2, 20 and Ad. iii 2, 52 potes 
 alone is recorded as the read- 
 ing of the mss. It should there- 
 fore not have been changed into 
 
 potest; moreover, this line of 
 the Aulularia proves that in this 
 phrase the verb could be perso- 
 nal as well as impersonal: a 
 fact which appears also from 
 Capt. II 3, 88 ut quam primum 
 possis redeas, where Brix com- 
 pares Ter. Andr. iii 3, 45 quan- 
 tum queam and Eun. v 2, 5 quan- 
 tum queo. See also Brix on 
 Men. 432, and both Lorenz and 
 Brix on Mil. gl. 115. 
 
11. 1. 1—11.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 93 
 
 ACTVS II. 
 
 EVNOMIA. MeGADORVS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 120 EvN. Velim te arbitrari, med hade verba, frater, 
 
 meai fidei tuaique rdi 
 
 causa facere, iit adquomst germ^nam sor6rem. 
 
 quamquam baud falsa sum, nos odi6sas habdri: 
 
 nam mtiltum loqudces merito omnes babdmur, 
 125 nee mutam profdeto repdrtam ullam esse b6die 
 dicunt ullo in sadclo. 
 
 verum hoc, frater, unum tamdn cogitate, 
 
 tibi proxumam me mibique esse itdm te. 
 
 ita a^quomst, quod in rem esse utrique arbitrdmur, i 
 130 et mibi te et tibi me consulere et mondre, 
 
 120. The forms med and ted 
 are used by Plautus both in the 
 accus. and abl. sing. 
 
 122. ut aequomst sc. facere. 
 The infinitive in such construc- 
 tions is sometimes omitted and 
 aequomst seemingly assumes the 
 same construction as decet. 
 Comp. Rud. 47 is lenoj ut se 
 aequomsty Jiocci non fecit fidem. 
 See below v. 721. 
 
 124. multum has here an ad- 
 verbial sense, comp. Stich. 206 
 multum miseri. Examples of 
 this use from Horace are gener- 
 ally known : Ep. i 10, 3 multum 
 dissimiles. Serm. ii 5, 92 mul- 
 tum similis^ and others, multilo- 
 quaceSf the word proposed for 
 this line by Passerat, has for 
 itself the authority of an old 
 glossary, but cannot be admitted 
 on account of the metre. Plautus 
 employs the word multilocus 
 
 Cistell. I 3, 1 and Pseud. 794. 
 
 125. Lambinus' note on this 
 line is well worth preserving. 
 *Ego tamen,' he says, 'qui cum 
 haec scriberem, annum aetatis 
 agebam lvi, duas mutas mulie- 
 res vidi.' This provokes old 
 Taubmann's fun, who for his 
 part assures Lambinus, that at 
 the age of 29 he knew already 
 more than two dumb women. — 
 Ben Jonson (Silent Woman i 5) 
 calls a woman's silence ' a weal- 
 thy dowry.' 
 
 126. Adelphasium uses al- 
 most the same words Poen. i 2, 
 28 itdst: verum hoc unum tam4n 
 cogitdto. 
 
 130. A construction monere 
 alicui does not exist. It is 
 therefore clear that in this line 
 the datives depend on coiisulere, 
 and monere follows its analogy 
 by way of zeugma. 
 
94 AVLVLARIA. [II. 1. 12—20 
 
 neque occultum hab^ri id neque p^r metum mussari, 
 quin participem pariter ego te ^t tu me ut facias, 
 eo nunc ego secreto foras te hue sedtixi, 
 ut^ tuam rem ego t^cum hie loquer^r familiarem. i5 
 135 Meg. da mi, optuma femina, manum. EvN. ubi 
 
 east ? et quis east nam optuma ? 
 Meg. tu. EvN. tune ais? Meg. si negas, nego. 
 
 EvN. decet te equidem vera pr61oqui. 
 nam optuma nulla eligi potest : alia alia peior, 
 
 frater, est. 20 
 
 131. mussare is explained by 
 Nonius 427, 15 'hominumocculte 
 quid et pressa voce loquentium.' 
 The frequentative mussitare (e.g. 
 metu mussitant Cas. iii 5, 33) 
 is explained by Donatus on Ter. 
 Ad. II 1, 53 'proprie est dis- 
 simulandi causa tacere, dictum 
 vel a muto velab M, quae littera 
 est nimium pressae vocis ac 
 paene nullius, adeo ut sola om- 
 nium, cum inter vocales incide- 
 nt, atteratur atque suh'sidat.^ 
 Comp. the English to mutter 
 and see Munro on Lucr. vi 1179. 
 
 133. Though it appears to 
 us strange that a confidential 
 conversation should purposely 
 take place in a public street, 
 we should not forget that the 
 constant habit of the Eoman 
 comedy compelled the poets 
 to let all such things pass in 
 the streets as would otherwise 
 require a more appropriate 
 scenery. Comp. Pompon. 142 ss. 
 Ribb. ego dedita opera te, pater 
 solum foras Seduxi, ut ne quis 
 esset testis tertius Praeter nos. 
 
 135. femina] For the long 
 quantity of the voc. -a seelntrod. 
 p. 12. — quis east] quis is more 
 frequently found in Plautus as 
 the feminine than quae, see the 
 copious collection of 
 
 in Brix's note on Mil. gl, 361. 
 See V. 168. Instances of this 
 usage are collected by Nonius 
 197, 30 ss. — For the separation 
 oinam from quis, see note on v. 
 42. 
 
 136. ais and ait are gener- 
 ally monosyllables in Plautus, 
 aio and aiunt never. See 
 Eitschl, proU. Trin. clxii. — For 
 the pronunciation of decet = dece 
 see Introd. p. 34. — We should not 
 write quidem instead of equidem, 
 which is the reading of the mss., 
 as it has been shown that equi- 
 dem is merely a strengthened, 
 and as it were emphatic, form 
 instead of quidem, comp. hem 
 ehem, heu elieu, nam enim. The 
 common opinion, according to 
 which equidem is a contraction 
 of ego quidem, should be given 
 up now. See Eibbeck's valuable 
 treatise, on Latin particles 
 {Leipzig, 1869), p. 36—42, and 
 my note on Trin. 352. 
 
 137. The accentuation op- 
 tuma would be startling to those 
 who believe in a general ten- 
 dency of Plautine prosody to 
 preserve the common accentua- 
 tion of daily life. There are, 
 however, many instances of such 
 metrical paroxytona as optuma 
 to be found in Plautus and the 
 
II. 1. 21—31.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 96 
 
 Meg. idem ego arbitror, 
 nee tibi advorsari certumst me de istac re umqu^m, 
 soror. 
 140 EvN. da mi operam, amabo. 
 
 Meg. tu^st: utere atque impera si quid me vis. 
 EvN. id quod in r^m tuam optumum esse arbitror, 
 te id m6nitum advento. 
 
 Meg. soror, more tuo facis. EvN. facta volo. 25 
 145 Meg. quid dst id, sor6r ? Evx. quod tibi sempi- 
 t^rnum 
 saltitare sit, liberis procreandis — 
 Meg. (ita di faxint) EvN. volo te uxorem 
 domum dticere. Meg. heia, occidis. EvN. quid ita ? 
 Meg. quia ml misero cerebrum ^xcutiunt 
 150 tua dicta, soror: lapidds loqueris. 30 
 
 EvN. heia, tioc face, quod te iubet soror. Meg. si 
 
 lubeat, faciam. 
 EvN. in rem hoc tuamst. Meg. ut quidem ego 
 
 ^moriar, 
 priusquam ducam. 
 
 other comic poets. Comp. de- 
 sfne (Naev. 60. Caec. 60. Ribb.). 
 piscibus Rud. 11 6, 29. ovimbus 
 Trin. 54. consulit Pseud. 1092. 
 monhus Aul. 500. unicus Poen. 
 prol. 65. altera ibid. SB.Jilius 
 Gas. prol. p. 55. See Ritschl, 
 proU. Trin. p. ccxxiv. 
 
 140. amabo 'pray:' see my 
 note on Ter. Eun. 130. It is 
 ordinarily used parenthetically 
 without influencing the con- 
 struction of the sentence. 
 
 141. Comp. Capt. v 3, 1 
 Hegio, ailsum : si quid vie vis, 
 impera. 
 
 144, facta volo * est non 
 comica magis formula quam 
 translaticiae humanitatis. quod 
 est: cupio tibi fieri quod vis, 
 et quantum in me est, ut fiat, 
 
 operam dabo. Bacch. 495. Asin. 
 685.' J. F. Gronovius ad Gell. 
 vii 8. Compare Ter. Ad. v 7, 
 21. Phorm. v 3, 4. 
 
 148. occidis] The present 
 stands in this phrase Pseud. 
 931 and Men. 922, the perfect 
 occidisti Aul. 712 and Ter.' 
 Phorm. IV 3, 67. 
 
 150. lapides loqueris 'you 
 speak stones.' (Aristoph. Eq. 
 628, Kprjfxvoijs ipeiduv. ) Compare 
 Shakespeare, Hamlet in 7 *Z 
 will speak daggers to her, but 
 use none.'' Much Ado about 
 Nothing wi'She speaks poniards, 
 and every word stabs.* The 
 contrary is expressed by Aris- 
 tophanes Nub. 910 poda /x' etprj- 
 
96 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 [II. 1. 32—41. 
 
 [sed his legibus, quam dare vis, ducam :] 
 
 quae eras veniat, perendie foras ecferatur. 
 
 soror, his legibus si quam dare vis, 
 155 cede, nuptias adorna. 35 
 
 EvN. cum maxuma possum tibi, frater, dare dote : 
 
 sed grandior es : mtilieris est aetas media. 
 
 eam si iubes, frater, tibi me poscere, poscam. 
 
 Meg. num. nevis me interrogare te ? EvN. immo 
 si quid vis, roga. 
 160 Meg. post mediam aetatem qui media dii.cit uxo- 
 rem domum, 4o 
 
 si ^am senex anum praegnantem fortuitu fecerit, 
 
 154. perendie * the day after:' 
 this is the original meaning of 
 this word which will thus be 
 constantly met with in Plautus. 
 Comp. the phrase used in the 
 legis actiones ' in diem tertium 
 sive perendinujn' (see Bergk, 
 Bhein. Mus. xix 606) and Merc. 
 378 eras agito, perendie agito. 
 Megadorus seems to have the 
 same opinion of married life 
 which Hipponax expresses in 
 the following lines dv rjix^pat 
 yvvaiKos eltnv ^diaraL, 'Orav 
 yafxrj tls KdK(p^py TedvqKviav. 
 Another sentence of the same 
 kind is reported of Chaeremon 
 yvvouKa daTrreLv KpeXaaov icmv i] 
 yafJieiv, 
 
 157. The reading of this 
 line is very uncertain. In the 
 reading adopted in our text we 
 have the final syllable in gran- 
 dior long (see Introd. p. 14), 
 and the last syllable in mulieris 
 as anceps, which in the caesura 
 may be excused. — aetas media, 
 i.e. inter senemiuvenemqiie, sed 
 propior seni, as Seneca expresses 
 it Oed. 776. aetatis mediae mu- 
 lier Phaedr. 11 2, 3, the same 
 
 person being subsequently styled 
 anus (10). Cicero has media 
 aetas de sen. 17, 60 and 20, 
 76. 
 
 159. nevis is a reading not 
 absolutely certain in this place, 
 and it is possible that Plautus 
 wrote the common non vis. 
 See Ritschl, Opusc. 11 249. 
 But in support of our reading 
 we may quote the analogous 
 passage, Poen. v 2, 119, at te 
 moneri num nevis? See, how- 
 ever, also Most. 336. 
 
 161. Megadorus contemptu- 
 ously calls a wife of somewhat 
 maturer years anus, to express 
 that she is nearly old enough 
 to deserve this title. The epi- 
 thets senex and anus are, how- 
 ever, not to be taken as expres- 
 sive of a very old age, as 
 they are sometimes applied to 
 persons of about 45 to 50 years. 
 E. g. Amphitruo is styled se- 
 nex in the comedy bearing his 
 name v 1, 20, and iv 2, 12, 
 though he seems a newly- 
 married man in the prime of his 
 years. 
 
11. 1. 42 — 50.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 97 
 
 quid dubitas, quin sit paratum nomen puero Pos- 
 
 tumus ? 
 nunc ego istum, sor6r, laborem demam et demi- 
 
 nuam tibi. 
 6go \irtute d^um et maiorum nostrum dives siim 
 
 satis : 
 165 istas magnas factiones ^nimos dotis dapsilis 45 
 
 clamores imp^ria eburna v^hicla pallas ptirpuram 
 nil moror, quae in s^rvitutem stimptibus redigtint 
 
 viros. 
 EvN. die mihi quaeso, quis east quam vis diicere 
 
 uxorem ? Meg. ^loquar. 
 nostin hunc senem Eticlionem ex pr6xumo paupdr- 
 
 culum ? 
 170 EvN. novi hominem baud malum mecastor. Meg. 
 
 eius cupio filiam 50 
 
 162. postumus is a formation 
 of the same kind as infumus 
 intumus extumus. It generally 
 means a son born after his 
 father's death, but sometimes 
 even sons born when their fa- 
 thers were very old were called 
 so. See Virgil, Aen. vi 763 
 Silvius, Alhanum nomen, tua 
 postuma proles, Quern/ tibi long- 
 aevo serum Lavinj/a coniunx 
 Educet sh^is. Genius gives us 
 the note of— aiTancient gram-, 
 marian, Caesellius, on this pas- 
 sage ^postuma proles non eum 
 significat qui-patre mortuo, sed 
 quipostrevio loco natus est. si- 
 cuti Silvius qui Aenea iam sene 
 tardo seroque partu est editus.' 
 Noct. att. II 16 with Gronovius' 
 note. — For the nominative, see 
 note on Trin. 8, and E. Becker 
 in Studemund's ' Studien ' i p. 
 170. 
 
 164. The same expressions 
 are used Trin. 346 and the 
 
 W. P. 
 
 whole line appears again Capt. 
 321, where it is however con- 
 sidered spurious by Fleckeisen 
 and Brix. See also Kitschl's 
 conclusive remarks Opusc. 11 
 284. 
 
 165. For f actio we may com- 
 pare such passages as Trin. 
 452. 464. 497. Cistell. 11 1, 17. 
 The adjective factiosus (v. 225) 
 means therefore ' multis innix- 
 us et florens clientelis.' — dotis: 
 the gen. plur. dotium occurs 
 Digest XXIII 3 'de iure dotium,^ 
 dapsilis = da\l/i\r}s. dapsilus is 
 no Latin form : the passage 
 generally quoted. Pseud. 396, is 
 too corrupt to prove anything. 
 The adverb daps He is read in a 
 fragment of Pomponius (v. 161. 
 Com. Ribb. p. 21U). 
 
 168. For quis east see note 
 on V. 135. 
 
 169. pauperculum • rather 
 poor.' The diminutive ex- 
 presses commiseration. 
 
98 AVLVLARIA. [11. 1. 51; 2. 4. 
 
 vfrginem mihi d^sponderi. v^rba ne facias, soror : 
 
 scio quid dictura s, Jhanc esse patiperem. haec pau- 
 per placet. 
 
 EVN. di bene vortant. Meg. idem ego spero. 
 EvN. quid ? me numquid vis ? Meg, vale. 
 
 EvN. ^t tu, frater. Meg. ^go conveniam Eticlionem, 
 si domist. 
 175 s^d eccum video, nescio unde sese homo recipit 
 domum. 55 
 
 EvcLio. Megadorvs. 
 
 ^- 
 
 Ev. pra^sagibat mi animus, frustra me ire, quom 
 
 exibam domo : II 2 
 
 itaque abibam invitus. nam neque quisquam cu- 
 
 rialiunj. 
 ve^nit neque magister, quem dividere argentum 
 
 opdrtuit. 
 nunc domum properare propero : nam ^gomet sum 
 
 liic, animus domist. 
 
 172. quid dictura 's,i.e. dic- 
 tura es, though we should ex- 
 pect either sis or quod es dictura. 
 But in Plautine language the 
 difference between the subjunc- 
 tive and indicative in construc- 
 tions like the present is not yet 
 accurately developed. We may 
 compare Bacch. 78 scio ego quid 
 ago : : at ego pol scio quidmetuo 
 with Aul. 106 sed quid agam scio. 
 
 173. Seeing her brother de- 
 termined on his choice, , Eu- 
 nomia gives her assent with the 
 words generally used on such 
 occasions di bene vortant: see 
 Txin. 67.3. — ' Abituri, ne id dure 
 facei'ent, numquid vis dicebant 
 iis- quibuscum constitissent.' 
 Donatus on Ter. Eun. 11 3, 49. 
 Comp. Hor. Serm. i 9, 6. 
 
 174. For the hiatus conveni- 
 am I Euclionem see Introd. p. 
 66. 
 
 175. nescio unde should be 
 joined: 'from some place or 
 other.' 
 
 179. properare propero is a 
 comical exaggeration frequently 
 met with in Plautus : see v. 
 242. Comp. Cure. 637 propere 
 propero. — animus domist: comp. 
 Persa 709 animus iam in navist 
 mihi. Merc. 589 si domi sum, 
 foris est animus : sin foris sum, 
 animus domist. Similar expres- 
 sions are found Pseud. 32. Men. 
 584; Ter. Eun. iv 7, 46 and 
 Cic. ad Att. xii 12. Hence we 
 should explain Cas. iii 3, 9 s. 
 Thus also Aristoph. Acharn, 
 398 sq. , 6 vovs fxh f^w ^uW^yw^ 
 
II. 2. 5—14.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 99 
 
 180 Meg. salvos atque fortunatus, Eticlio, semper sies. 5 
 Ev. di te ament, Megaddre. Meg. quid tu ? r^cten 
 
 atque ut vis vales ?^ 
 Ev. non temeraritimst, ubi dives blande adpellat 
 
 pauperem. 
 iam illic homo aurum m^ scit habere : eo m^ salutat 
 
 blaodius. 
 Meg. ain tu te valdre ? Ev. pol ego baud p^rbene 
 
 a pecunia. \ 
 185 Meg. p61 si est' animus a^quos tibi, sat babes qui 
 
 bene vitd,m colas. lo 
 
 Ev. anus hercle huic indicium fecit de auro : per- 
 
 spicu^ palamst : 
 quoi ego iam linguam praecidam atque oculos ec- 
 
 fodiam domi. 
 Meg. quid tu solus t^cum loquere ? Ev. meam 
 
 pauperiem conqueror. ^ 
 virginem habeo grandem, dote cassam atque in- 
 
 locabilem : 
 
 iirvWia, ovk ^udov. We may com- 
 pare even such a passage as in 
 Shakspere's Henry V. i 2 : suh- 
 jects, whose hearts have left 
 their bodies here in England, 
 And lie pavilioned in the fields 
 of France. 
 
 182. non temerariuvist 'it's 
 not for nothing ' (Thorn.), comp. 
 V. 616. 
 
 183. eo has here a monosyl- 
 labic pronunciation: seelntrod. 
 p. 62. — hlandius 'very kindly,' 
 i.e. more kindly than he usually 
 does. In this way the compara- 
 tive is sometimes equal to a 
 strengthened positive, comp. 
 Amph. prol. 56 sed ego stultior, 
 i.e. * I'm very stupid.' The same 
 expression occurs Merc. 919. 
 
 184. a pecunia 'as to my 
 pecuniary circumstances,* comp. 
 
 ah ingenio improbust True, iv 3, 
 59. 
 
 185. For habe{s) see Introd. 
 p. 40. 
 
 186. Euclio misunderstands 
 the philosophic sentence with 
 which Megadorus tries to com- 
 fort him, viz. that a contented 
 mind is the best foundation of 
 happiness, and at once jumps to 
 the conclusion that Megadorus' 
 expression sM habes alludes 
 to his treasure. — perspicue pa- 
 lamst: the two synonyms ex- 
 press together only one idea 
 ' it is quite clear.' Here, as in 
 properare propero (v. 179), alli- 
 teration helps to strengthen the 
 expression. 
 
 187. . For the hiatus quoi 
 ego see Introd. p. 68. 
 
 189. Virgo grandis * a full- 
 
 7-2 
 
100 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 [IT. 2. 15—21. 
 
 190 neque earn queo locare quoiquam. Meg. tace, bo- 
 
 num habe animum, Euclio. is 
 
 dabitur : adiuvabere a me : die si quid opust : impera. 
 Ev. nunc petit, quom pollicetur: inhiat aurum, ut 
 
 devoret. 
 altera manu fert lapidem, panem ostentat altera, 
 nemini credo qui large blandust dives patiperi. 
 195 tibi manum inicit benigne, ibi onerat aliquam za- 
 
 miam. 20 
 
 4go istos novi polypos qui ubi quidquid tetigerunt 
 
 tenent. 
 
 grown girl.' grandis is idio- 
 matically used of growth, see 
 note on Trin. 374. cassus is, 
 as Priscian justly observes, of 
 the same root as carere, and 
 therefore governs the same case 
 as the verb. 
 
 190. The words neque earn 
 queo locare quoiquam are no 
 superfluous addition after inlo- 
 cabilis in the preceding line, 
 as some commentators say. 
 The sense is ' I've an unmar- 
 riageable daughter, and indeed 
 I can't dispose of her.' These 
 two expressions together ex- 
 haust, so to say, the whole of 
 the idea, such fulness as this 
 being one of the characteristic 
 features of popular speech. 
 Comp. Mil. gl. 452 neque vos 
 qui homines sitis novi neque 
 scio. Amph. v 1, 8 nee me 
 miserior femindst nee ulla vide- 
 atur magis. Trin. 130 quid 
 secus est aut quid interest F — 
 See V. 211. 
 
 191. dabitur, sc. auxilium, 
 pecunia. 
 
 192. inhiare c. ace. ' to gape 
 for something,' iyxaiveiv tl in 
 Alciphron, a phrase very fre- 
 quent with Plautus : e. g. Aul. 
 
 265. Trin. 169. Mil. gl, 715. 
 1199. True. II 3, 18. Stich. 
 605 : later writers use the da- 
 tive after this verb. See Ritschl 
 in Eeifferscheid's Suetonius p. 
 490. 
 
 193. Erasmus suggests that 
 the allusion is taken from en- 
 ticing a dog by holding bread in 
 one hand and a stone in the 
 other, ready to throw as soon as 
 the dog comes nearer. Comp. 
 also St Matth. vii 9 r} ris eatip 
 €^ vfxwv dvdpwTTos ov ahrjaei 6 
 vlos avTOv dpTov, ixrj \idov iiridu)- 
 (T€L avT(^; 
 
 195. manum inicere = copu- 
 lari manus v. 116. — onerare is 
 sometimes synonymous with im- 
 jwnere, inferre, e.g. in Virgil's 
 expressions vina onerare cadis 
 (Aen. I 195) and dona Cereris 
 canistris onerare (Aen. vili 180). 
 zamia, ^ajxla {^yjfiia), i.e. dam- 
 num, detrimentum. The word 
 seems a dVa^ Xe7. — Brutus (in 
 Cicero's Ep. ad fam. ii 13) ex- 
 presses the same meaning by 
 iniungere detrimentum. 
 
 196. According to the usual 
 idiom, we ought to have quidque 
 instead of quidquid. But it is 
 unnecessary to correct the pre- 
 
II. 2. 22—29.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 101 
 
 Meg. da mi operam partimper : paucis, Eucliost, quod 
 
 te volo 
 d^ commimi re adpellare ra^a et tua. Ev. ei 
 
 misero mihi. 
 atirum mihi intus harpagatumst : nunc hie earn rem 
 
 v61t, scio, 
 200 m^cum adire ad pactionem. vdrum intervisam 
 
 domum. 25 
 
 Meg. quo abis? Ev. iam hue ad t^ revortar: 
 
 nam ^st quod visam ad m4 domum. 
 Meg. credo edepol, ubi mentionem ego f^cero de 
 
 filia ' 
 
 mllii ut despondent, sese a me d^rideri r^bitur. 
 * * * * * * ' 
 
 n^que illo quisquamst alter hodie ex patipertate 
 parcior. 
 
 sent passage, as there are nu- 
 merous other passages of the 
 same kind to support it. Comp. 
 Most. 831 ut quidquid magis 
 contemplor, tanto magis placet j 
 with Lorenz's note. 
 
 199. harpagare, B.hjhTidLYeTb 
 formed from the Greek dpirayrj, 
 ♦"epeatedly occurs in Plautus : 
 Bacch. 657. Pseud. 139. 957. 
 Trin. 289. 
 
 , 200. adire ad pactionem = 
 pacisci, and thus the construc- 
 tion should be explained. See a 
 similar case v. 281. — intervisam: 
 as vis- means * go and see,' so in- 
 tervis- means *go and hunt up,' 
 'go and see thoroughly into.' 
 Key, Transactions of the Phil. 
 Soc. 1854 p. 67. This explana- 
 tion accounts for the ace. do- 
 vmm here and in the next line, 
 which some editors change into 
 domi, but compare Merc. 555 
 interea tamcn hue ad vie inter- 
 visam domum. 
 
 202. The construction is 
 
 most peculiar and, we suppose, 
 unexampled by any other pas- 
 sage. Even mentionem facis ut 
 filiam mihi despondeat would 
 be strange, as mentionem facio 
 would still be used in the sense 
 of postulare, whence also the 
 dependent sentence with ut. 
 
 203. After this line I have 
 marked a gap, as there is no 
 connexion between 203 and 204. 
 I have formerly observed 'ea 
 quae interciderunt ad hanc fere 
 sententiam composita fuissecre- 
 diderim : etenim se meis opibus 
 parem esse suasque fortunas ad 
 meos sumptus aequandos suffi- 
 cere negabit ; cf. Trin. 467 ss., 
 ubi similia leguntur.' 
 
 204. quisquam alter is read 
 here and Asin. 492. Camerarius 
 explains ex paupertate * ex or- 
 dine seu numero pauperum ut 
 ex nohilitateJ' Tbis use of pan- 
 pertas is not, however, supported 
 by other examiDles. 
 
102 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [II. 2. SO— 89. 
 
 205 Ev. di me servant, salva res est. salvomst, si qiaid 
 
 comperit. so 
 
 nimis male timui : priusquam intro redii, exani- 
 
 mattis fui. 
 r^deo ad te, Megadore, si quid me vis. Meg. habeo 
 
 gratiam. 
 qaadso, quod te percon tabor, ne id te pigeat proloqui. 
 Ev. dum quidem ne quid perconteris quod mi haud 
 
 lubeat proloqui. 
 210 Meg. die mihi : quali me arbitrare genere pro- 
 
 gnatum ? Ev. bono. 85 
 
 Meg. quid fide ? Ev. bona, ' Meg. quid factis ? 
 
 Ev. neque malis neque improbis. 
 Meg. a^tatem meam scis? Ev. scio esse grandem 
 
 item ut pectiniam. 
 Meg. certe edepol equid^m te civem sine mala omni 
 
 malitia 
 semper sum arbitratus et nunc drbitror. Ev. aurum 
 
 huic olet. 
 
 205. The mss. read non perit, 
 which is unintelligible, unless 
 we assume perit to be a con- 
 tracted form of the perfect — an 
 assumption entirely unwarrant- 
 ed in Plautus, and especially 
 at the close of a hne. I 
 have, therefore, admitted Vah- 
 len's emendation, comperit. The 
 sense is now ' The money is 
 safe, if indeed Megadorus has 
 heard anything of its existence. ' 
 
 206. intro redii, ' went back 
 into the house.' — exanimatus: 
 see V. 179. 
 
 211. neque malis neque im- 
 probis : see note on v. 190. 
 
 213. For mala malitia see 
 on V, 42. malitia is often used 
 by the comic writers in the 
 sense of cunning or shrewdness^ 
 
 e.g. Ter. Phorm. iv3, 54. Plant. 
 Epid. in fine : hie is homost qui 
 libertatem malitia invenit sua. 
 Cicero too has the word in this 
 sense, ad Att. xv 26. — Instead 
 of omni, Cicero would have pre- 
 ferred ulla: see my note on Ter. 
 Andr. 723 and on Trin. 338, 
 sine omni malitiast. 
 
 214. For arbitror comp" Cas, 
 II 4, 5 bonae frugi hominem te 
 iam pridem esse arbitror : : in- 
 tilligo, and see Introd. p. 17. — 
 aurum huic olet : *' A faint sus- 
 picion about anything language 
 is apt to represent under a 
 figure borrowed from the sense 
 of smell. Thus subolet mihi is 
 the favourite mode of expressing 
 this idea with Plautus and Ter- 
 ence \pboluit huic marsuppium 
 
II. 2. 40—49.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 103 
 
 215 quid nunc me vis ? Meg. quoniam tu me et dgo te 
 
 qualis sis, scio : ' 40 
 
 quad res recte vortat mihique tibique tuaeque 
 
 ffliae, 
 filiam tuam mi uxorem p6sco. promitte hoc fore. 
 Ev. Leia, Megadore, haA decorum facinus tuis factis 
 
 facis, 
 tit inopem atque inn6xium abs te atque abs tuis me 
 
 inrideas. ' 
 
 220 u^m de te neque r6 neque verbis mdrui, ut faceres 
 
 qu6d facis. 45 
 
 Meg. ndque edepol ego t4 derisum vdnio neque 
 
 'derideo, 
 ndque dignum arbitror. Ev. cur igitur poscis meam 
 
 gnatam tibi? 
 Meg. tit propter me tibi sit melius miliique propter 
 
 te 4t tuos. 
 Ev. vdnit boc mi, Megadore, in mentem, ted esse 
 
 hominem divitem, 
 
 Men. 384]. The medium by 
 which the scent is conveyed is 
 of course the air, and thus we 
 have the phrase *to wind,' 
 meaning *to catch a scent of 
 anything,' so also ' to get wind 
 of,' or as the Germans say wind 
 davon haben/^ Key. 
 
 215. For the prolepsis see 
 note on v. 440. 
 
 216. Formulas of this kind 
 were usual on such occasions as 
 this: see v. 780. 
 
 218. decorum tuis factis 
 should be joined : ' a deed 
 becoming your general beha- 
 viour.' We may, moreover, draw 
 attention to the assillabation 
 perceptible in dor and decoium. 
 facinus facere is an instance of 
 the so-called ^^ifra etymologica, 
 of which Plautus makes fre- 
 
 quent use, e.g. this very phrase 
 occurs again Cure, i 1, 24. 
 Cicero too has it, de fin. 11 29, 95, 
 most probably in consequence 
 of a remembrance from some 
 poet. Comp. Trin. 446. 599. 
 
 219. * A poor man, who 
 never gave offence to you or 
 yours,' (Thornton). For abs see 
 Draeger i § 285, 4 (p. 579 sq.). 
 
 220. For the construction 
 mereri ut Brix on Capt. 419 
 quotes the following passages : 
 Capt. 419. 740. Epid. v 2, 47. 
 Ter. Andr. i 5, 46. Cic. de or. 
 I 54, 232. Liv. xl 11. 
 
 221. Comp. Trin. 448 neq^te 
 te derisum advenio neque dig- 
 num arbitror y where advenio is 
 the reading of the Ambrosiau 
 palimpsest, and veni that of the 
 other mss. 
 
104 
 
 AVLVLATMA. [II. 2. 50 — 58. 
 
 225 factiosum: me aij^tem esse hominem pauperum pau- 
 
 perrumum : so 
 
 nunc si filiam locassim meam tibi, in mentem venit, 
 te bovem esse et me esse asellum: ubi tecum con- 
 
 iuncttis siem, 
 tibi onus nequeam f^rre pariter, iaceam ego asinus in 
 
 luto, 
 tti me bos magis hau respicias, gnatus quasi num- 
 
 quam siem; 
 280 et te utar iniquiore et m^us laed ordo inrideat : 55 
 neutrubi habeam stabile stabulum, si quid devorti 
 
 fuat. 
 asini mordicus me scindant, boves incursent corni- 
 
 bus: 
 hoc magnumst periclum ab asinis me ad boves tran- 
 
 scendere. 
 
 225. item never has the sense 
 'attributed to it by Hildyard 
 *on the other hand,' and the 
 passage quoted by him (Aul. 
 prol. 20} very well admits of 
 the common sense of the word. 
 I have therefore adopted Brix's 
 emendation of this passage.- — 
 For factioswYh see note on v. 
 165. 
 
 226. locassim arises from an 
 original form locavesim (from 
 which the common form loca- 
 verim is derived with the change 
 of an s into an r) ; by a com- 
 pression of the middle syllables 
 we get locasim or locassim (comp. 
 causa caussa and Introd. p. 44). 
 — locare is frequently used by 
 the comic poets where later 
 writers would have said conlo- 
 care: see the examples given 
 by Bentley in his note on Ter. 
 Phorm. v'l, 32. 
 
 229. With the collocation of 
 the words magis hau compare 
 TriQ. 233 de hac re mihi satis 
 
 hau liquet. — gwasi , stands here 
 in its original sense as the 
 equivalent of its decomposition 
 quam si (see Bentley on Ter. Ad. 
 IV 1, 12). Comp. Trin. 265 
 peius perit quasi saxo saliat. 
 Mil. gl. 481 s. neque erile hie 
 negotium Plus curat quasi non 
 servitutem serviat {quam si Bb 
 and late mss). Cure. 51 tarn a 
 me pudicast quasi soror mea sit 
 [quam si J7). See also Bii- 
 cheler, On Latin declension p.' 
 30. 
 
 230. For utdr see Introd. 
 p. 17. — iniquiore 'quite une- 
 qual.' See note on v. 183. 
 
 231. stabile stabulum : see 
 note on v. 42. — For fuat see 
 Key, L. G. § 725, and my note 
 on Trin. 594. 
 
 232. For the adv. mordicus 
 see Eitschl Opusc. 11 248, who 
 has collected all the Plautine 
 examples of it. — For boves (or. 
 bous) see Introd. p. 39. 
 
II. 2. 59— G7.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 105 
 
 Meg. quam ad probos propinquitate proxume te 
 
 adiunxeris, 
 235 tarn optumumst. tu condicionem banc accipe. aus- 
 
 culta mihi 6o 
 
 atque earn mihi desponde. Ev. at nihil est dotis 
 
 quod dem. Meg. n^ duas. 
 dum modo morata recte v^niat, dotatast satis. 
 , Ev. eo dico, ne m^ thensauros r^pperisse censeas. 
 Meg. novi: ne doceas. desponde. Ev. fiat, sed pro 
 
 luppiter, 
 240 num 4go disperii? Meg. quid tibist? Ev. quid 
 
 cr^puit quasi ferrtim modo? 65 
 
 ni mirum occiddr, nisi ego intro hue propere propero 
 
 cur r ere. II 8, 23 
 
 Meg. hie apud me horttim confodere iussi. sed ubi 
 
 hinc ^st homo? 
 
 234 s. quam proxume^ tarn 
 o-ptumumst = quopropius, eo me- 
 lius, a construction not unfre- 
 quently met with in the comic 
 writers : e.g. Ter. Haut. tim. v 
 2, 44 quam minima in spe situs 
 erit, tam facillime ...jpacem ... 
 copjiciet. Ad. iii 4, 56 s. quam 
 vos facillume agitis, quam estis 
 Viaocume, tam maxume vos aequo 
 animoaequanoscereoportet. The 
 same construction is found in 
 Sallust, lug. 31 ita quam quis- 
 que pessume fecit j tam maxime 
 tutus est. See also Euddimann, 
 Inst, gramm. lat. 11 p. 306 ed. 
 Lips. 
 
 235. The right spelling of 
 condicio is with a c ; see Bram- 
 bach, on Orthography p. 21. 
 ' The word is often used in the 
 sense of ' marriage-offer,' e.g. v. 
 472. See my note on Ter. Andr. 
 79.— Plautus often uses auscul- 
 tate instead of auscultari. 
 
 236. For duas see note on 
 V. 62. In another passage, Men. 
 267, it is doubtful whether duas 
 or duis is the true reading. 
 
 237. The adjective moratus 
 is by no means confined to 
 Plautine language; just as we 
 have here recte morata^ Cicero 
 says vir bene moratus Or. i 43 : 
 see the lexica. 
 
 240. num disperii, 'let me 
 hope I am not totalhj undone ? ' 
 Comp. Most. V 1, 36. Trin. 
 1089. Ter. Ad. ni 3, 1. 
 Haut. tim. v 2, 17. Similar 
 compounds are : discrucior Aul. 
 105. discupio, dispudet Bacch. 
 481. Most. 1166. Ter. Eun. v 
 2, 16. distaedet Amph. i 3, 5. 
 Ter. Phorm. v 9, 22. All these 
 expressions belong to every day 
 life, which is always fond of ex- 
 aggerations. 
 
 242. The infin. act. confo- 
 dere should be explained by sup- 
 
106 AVLVLARiA. [IT. 2. 68—75. 
 
 abiit neque me cdrtiorem f^cit: fastidit mei, 
 
 quia videt me suam amieitiam velle. more homintim 
 
 facit. 
 245 nam si opulentus it petitum pauperioris gratiam, 
 paliper metuit ediigredm; p^r metum male r^m 
 
 gerit. ' 70 
 
 idem quando occasio illaec p^riit, post sero cupit. 
 Ev. si h^rcle ego te non ^lingiiandam dedero usque 
 
 ab radicibus, 
 impero, auctor sum, tit me quoivis hdmim castrandum 
 
 loces. 
 250 Meg. video ego hercle, me arbitraris, Euclio, homi- 
 
 nem idoneum, 
 quem senecta aetate ludos facias, baud merito meo. 75 
 
 posing the ellipsis of an accus. 
 like servos. Hildyard justly com- 
 pares the following passages 
 from Virgil: Aen. ii 185 — 6. 
 in 472. V 385. 773. This negli- 
 gent construction is very fre- 
 quent after iubeo : see the ex- 
 amples given by Zumpt § 617. 
 — We should explain ubi hinc 
 est by assuming a o-uYxutrts of 
 two constructions : quo hinc ivit 
 et ubi est. It is, however, possi- 
 ble that we should write hie, 
 comp. Ter. Andr. 965.. 
 
 243. fastidit mei ' he scorns 
 me:' see Key, L. G. §939. 
 
 246. congrediri, from the 
 crude form con-gredi — , see 
 Key, L. G. § 555. Comp. also 
 242. 
 
 247. post is redundant, but 
 a similar instance of post at the 
 beginning of the apodosis oc- 
 curs Trin. 417. 
 
 248. For hercle see note on 
 V. 48. — The verb elinguare oc- 
 curs only in this passage and in 
 the treatise de differentiis ver- 
 borum by Cornehus Fronto (p. 
 
 2200 Putsch) ^ elinguis habet 
 linguam, sed usu eius caret : 
 elinguatus amisit.' Comp. also 
 elinguatio yXwacroTOfxia and elin- 
 guOt as diroy\o}TTi^(a gloss. Lab. 
 p. Q4:.— usque ab is not so fre- 
 quently met with as usque ad. 
 Terence has it only once, Phorm. 
 II 3, 48. 
 
 249. Comp. Poen. i 18 auc- 
 tor sum, sino. For the omission 
 of the copula que see Key, L. G. 
 § 1436. 
 
 250. ¥oT the constT.idoneus 
 qui {likedignus qui) comp. Ter. 
 And. 492 s. 
 
 251. In senecta aetas the 
 first word should be considered 
 as an adjective, see on Trin. 
 43. aetate iuenta (i.e. iuu) oc- 
 curs at the end of a hexame- 
 ter in an ancient inscription : 
 Kitsehl, P. L. M. E. tab. 80, c. 
 Terence has senecta alone Ad. 
 v 8, 31 ; in all other passages he 
 uses senectus. — ludos jacere — 
 ludere, ludijicari, and hence we 
 should explain the construction 
 c. ace. (see an analogous case 
 
II. 2. 76— 8L] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 107 
 
 Ev. n^que edepol, Megaddre, facio, nequa si cupiam, 
 
 cdpiast. ^ 
 
 Meg. quid nunc? etiam mihi despondes filiam? 
 
 Ev. illis l^ibus, 
 cum ilia dote quam tibi dixi. Meg. sponden ergo ? 
 
 Ev. spondeo. 
 255 di bene vortant. Meg. ita di faxint. Ev. illud 
 
 facito ut m^mineris 
 c6nvenisse, ut n^ quid dotis m^a ad te adferret 
 
 filia. 80 
 
 Meg. memini. Ev. at seio vos qu6 soleatis pacto v-^^''^ 
 
 perplexarier. 
 
 V. 194 s.). Plautus joins this 
 phrase also with a dative (M^erc. 
 II 1, 1. Bud. Ill 1, 1. True. 
 IV 2, 46. Most. II 1, 80. Cas. 
 IV 1, 3), but the accusative ap- 
 pears to be more frequent. See 
 Eitschl, Par. i 428, where a spe- 
 cial essay on this phrase will 
 be found showing that ludo 
 facere aliquem, ludum facere 
 aliquem, hidos dare aliquem are 
 not Plautine expressions. 
 
 252. In cnpmm. copisLsi ob- 
 serve the alliteration together 
 with assonance. Thornton re- 
 marks ' There is a poor conceit 
 here. Megadorus had said lu- 
 dos facias, which may signify 
 you make sport of me, or. you 
 give a public show, play or spec- 
 tacle ; in which latter sense 
 Euclio takes it and replies I 
 could not, if I would, by reason 
 of his poverty.' This play on 
 the expression used by Mega- 
 dorus is really so very poor 
 that we cannot believe it to be 
 intended by Plautus himself, 
 but it seems rather due to the 
 refinement of the commentators. 
 Euclio very strongly expresses 
 the idea * how could so poor a 
 
 man as I make sport of so rich 
 a gentleman as you ? ' copia is 
 not rarely equivalent to ' possi- 
 bility, chance.' 
 
 254. It is of course equally 
 correct whether we accent ciXm 
 ilia or cum ilia, but the first 
 pronunciation seems to har- 
 monize more with the habit of 
 Plautus : see Introd. p. 68. — 
 Comp. Trin. 571 nunc tuam so- 
 rorem jilio posco meo, Quae res 
 bene vortat. — Le. di bene vor- 
 tant : spondeo. Other instances 
 of the same phrase are Pseud. 
 646. Trin. 302. Ter. Ad. 725. 
 Eim. 390. Hec. 196. (0. Seyf- 
 fert, Studia Plautina, p. 2.) 
 
 255. facito ut memineris is a 
 phrase recurring in other pas- 
 sages : Bacch. 328. Cure, i 3, 
 54. Pseud. 515. Stich. 47. fa- 
 cito in memoria habeas occurs 
 Poen. V 4, 108. Cas. iii 1, 9. 
 (0. Seyffert, 1. c.) 
 
 257. The verb perplcxari 
 occurs only here in Plautus; 
 Terence expresses the same by 
 perplexeloqui'EiWn.N 1,1, Comp. 
 verbum perplexabile As. iv 1, 
 47. 
 
 ^UNIVERSITY] 
 
108 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 [11. 2. 82—89. 
 
 pactum non pacttimst, non pactum pactumst, quod 
 ^ vobis lubet. 
 
 ' Meg. nulla controvorsia mibi tecum erit. sed ntip- 
 
 tias 
 
 260 hodie quin faciamus, numquae causast ? Ev. immo 
 
 hercle optuma. 
 
 Meg. ibo igitur, parabo. numquid me vis ? Ev. 
 
 istuc. Meg. sic: vale. 85 
 
 hetis, Strobile, s^quere propere me ad macellum 
 
 str^nue. 
 Ev. fllic hinc abiit. di inmortales, obsecro, aurum 
 
 quid valet, 
 cr^do ego ilium iam inatidivisse, mihi esse thensau- 
 rum domi: 
 265 id inbiat, ea afFinitatem banc obstinavit gratia. 
 
 258. pdctum non pactHmst 
 ' hac (accentus) variatione boni 
 poetae saepissime utuntur in 
 repetitione, ne idem vocabulum 
 eodem accentu recurrat..Jtalis 
 quoque haec perquam f amiliaria 
 sunt nee nostris poetis (i.e. Ger- 
 manis) Anglisve aliena.* Lach- 
 mann on Propert. ii 3, 43. — quod 
 vobis lubet 'just as it pleases 
 you.' quod = quoad : comp. Mil. 
 gl. 1160 impetrabis, imperator, 
 qu6d egopotero, quodvoles *thou 
 shalt have anything, as far as 
 it is in my power' {quot or 
 quod the mss., quoad Ritschl's 
 edition). In a tetrameter bac- 
 chiacus Men. 769 we have the 
 same verumst modus tamen, quod 
 pati uxorem oportet, ' still there 
 is a measure whereto a wife 
 must be patient' {quod CD, quo 
 adpati B, quoad Ritschl after 
 Lambinus). In Terence we find 
 two instances of this meaning 
 of quod : Eun. ii 1, 7 s. munus 
 nostrum ornato verbis quod po- 
 teriSy et ilium aemulum, Quod 
 
 poteris ab eo pellito, and Haut. 
 tim. Ill 1, 7, quod potero, adiu- 
 tabo senem. In the construc- 
 tion quod eius it is generally 
 known in this sense, see Key, 
 L. G. § 922. 
 
 260. Translate: 'I hope there 
 is no reason why we should not 
 have the wedding even to-day.' 
 For the construction compare 
 Capt. II 2, 103 s. Amph. ii 
 2, 222. Amph. fr. ap. Non. 
 327, 2. Cas. v 4, 24. Ter. 
 Phorm. II 1, 42. Most. 434. 
 Capt. Ill 4, 92 s. Hor. Serm. 
 1 1, 20. Euclio answers immo 
 edepol optima [causa est ut fa^ 
 ciamus). ' 
 
 261. For the phrase numquid 
 me vis see note on v. 173. — 
 Euclio is going to say istuc de 
 dote facito ut memineris (see v. 
 255), but Megadorus cuts him 
 short by saying sic 'yes ' (comp. 
 Ter. Phorm. 813). 
 
 262. propere si?'eni^e express to- 
 gether only one notion ' directly. ' 
 264. inaudire always means 
 
II. 3. 1—9.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 * * 
 
 109 
 
 tibi tu es quae deblateravisti iam vicinis omnibus II 3 
 mea^ me filial daturum dotem ? heus, Staphyla, te 
 
 voco. 
 ^cquid audis? vascula intus piire propera atque elue^ 
 filiam desp6iidi ego, hodie nuptum huic Megadoro 
 dabo. 
 270 St. di bene vortant. v^rum ecastor non potest, subi- 
 tumst nimis. s 
 
 Ev. tace atque abi. curata fac sint, quom a foro re- 
 • deam domum, 
 
 ^ ^tque aedis occlude, iam ego hie adero. St. quid 
 I I * ego ntinc agam ? , 
 
 V( nlinc nobis prope ad^st exitium, mihi atque erili 
 filiae. 
 ntinc probrum atque partitudo prope adest ut fiat 
 palam. 
 
 ' to hear by chance,' see Brix on 
 Mil. gl. 212. 
 
 265. id represents the gene- 
 ral notion of the thing—' that's 
 what he is after.* So we have 
 eo in reference to quadraginta 
 minae Trin. 405. Comp. As. i 
 1, 76 viginti iam usust Jilio ar- 
 genti minis : Face id ut para- 
 tum iam sit. — obstinare is ex- 
 plained by Festus to be 'affir- 
 mato et perseveranti animo ex- 
 petere.' It occurs thus only 
 here in Plautus. 
 
 266. deblaterare is an inten- 
 sion of the simple verb bldtera- 
 re used by Horace (Serm. ii 7, 
 35) and some earlier poets, e.g. 
 Afranius and Caecilius (Nonius 
 p. 78, 30). Plautus has bldtire 
 Amph. II 1, 71. Epid. in 1, 
 13. Cure. Ill 82. See Gellius 
 I 15, where a whole chapter is 
 devoted to loquacity. The Ger- 
 
 man plappern and the English 
 to blab are derived from the 
 medieval form blaberare. 
 
 267. The Future Infinitive 
 is one of the cases in which the 
 auxiliary may be omitted even 
 in Plautus. — Comp. Cure, v 3, 
 8 heus tu, leno, te volo. It is 
 not impossible that volo is like- 
 wise the true reading in this 
 passage, although voco gives a 
 good sense and is, moreover, 
 the reading of the mss. 
 
 268. We should observe the 
 hyperbaton in the words pure 
 propera atque elue, instead of 
 propera atque intus pure elue 
 vascula; comp. Ter. Ad. 917 
 tu illas abi et traduce. 
 
 270. potest =pote est or in 
 later latinity possibile est. So 
 again v. 275. This usage is 
 confined to the language of the 
 earlier poets. 
 
110 AVLVLARIA. [II. 3. 10—12. 
 
 275 quod celatum atque occultatumst usque adhuc, nunc 
 non potest. lo 
 
 ibo intro, ut erus quae imperavit, facta quom veni(^t 
 sient. 
 
 nam ^castor malum maerorem m^tuo ne inmixtim 
 bibam. 
 
 277. We may comp. Most. Key, L. G. § 780. Munro on 
 
 352 mail maeroris montem max- Lucr. i 20, Biicheler, on Lat. 
 
 umum. In the present pass- declension p. 23. It is however 
 
 age, however, we may doubt the a dV. Xe7. — Comp. Cas. v 2, 52 
 
 phrase, and perhaps we should tit senex hoc eodem poculo quo 
 
 correct malum et maerorem. ego bibi biberet. In English we 
 
 There are two things necessary may say with the same simile 
 
 for a mixture. For the forma- to empty the cup of misfortune. 
 tion of the adverb inmixtim see 
 
11. 4. 1—4.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 Ill 
 
 ACTYS III. 
 
 Strobilvs. Anthrax. Congrio. (Phrygia. 
 Elevsivm.) 
 
 Str. Posquam 6bsonavit ^rus et conduxlt coquos II 4 
 tibicinasque hasce apiid forum, edixit rnihi, 
 280 ut dispertirem obs6iiium hie bifariam. - 
 
 Con. me quidem hercle Aic hodie ^am palam lioii 
 divides : 
 
 Strobilus returns from the 
 market with two cooks and two 
 music-girls whomMegadorus has 
 hired for the celebration of his 
 nuptials with Euclio's daughter. 
 In the following dialogue be- 
 tween Strobilus and the cooks 
 we have a lively, though comi- 
 cally exaggerated, picture of 
 Euclio's meanness and avarice. 
 Comp. Athen. xiv p. C59 b 
 IxdXiffTa 5^ eladyovTai (sc. ev rrj 
 v^q. KiOfiipdigL) ixdyeipoi (TKOiirTiKoL 
 Tives, and Meineke, Men. et Phi- 
 lem. rell. 1823 p. 64, and see 
 also my note on Ter. Eun. 776. 
 
 278. posquam instead of post- 
 quam is repeatedly attested by 
 the best authorities (here the 
 ms. B)\ see Ritgchl, Opusc. ii 
 548 sqq. — obsonare *to get vic- 
 tuals,' 'to market,' e.g. Bacch. 
 97. 143. obsonari as deponent 
 
 ^sfands v. 293. Comp. Stich. 
 681 Stichus obsonatust ' has 
 bought provisions.' 
 
 279. apud here drops its 
 final d: see Introd. p. 34. — apud 
 forum is the usual expression, 
 not in forOi — forum : comp. 
 
 Pseud. 790 s. forum coquinum 
 qui vocant, stulte vocant: Nam 
 7ion coquinumst, verum furinum 
 forum. 
 
 281. Congrio plays upon his 
 own name and the expression 
 dispertire ohsonium used by 
 Strobilus. By obsonium and 
 oxj/ov especially /s/i was under- 
 stood, whence 6\pdpiov in the 
 liinguage of the New Testament 
 simply means ' fish ' (comp. the 
 modern Greek xf^dpi). Strobilus 
 having signified his intention to 
 divide the obsonium, into two 
 parts, Congrio rephes that he 
 shall certainly not divide him, 
 j ust as if he was afraid of being 
 comprehended under the cate- 
 gory otjish, the conger being a 
 kind of eel, which was cut into 
 pieces before it was cooked 
 (comp. V. 396). For dispertire 
 he substitutes dividere, a word 
 which is sometimes used in a 
 dishonest sense: see Petron. 11 
 p. 13 Biicheler. Compi also 
 Cio. ad fam. ix 22, 4 non hones- 
 turn verbum est divisio? at inest 
 obsceuum. 
 
112 AVLVLARIA. [11. 4. 5 — 10. 
 
 si qu6 tu totum me ire vis, operam dabo. 5 
 
 A. bellum et pudicum vero prostibultim popli. 
 po^, si quis vellet, t4d baud nolles dividi ? 
 
 285 Con. atque 4go istuc, Antbrax, aliovorsum dixeram, 
 non istuc quo tu insimulas. Str. sed erus nuptias 
 meus hodie faciet. CoN. quoius ducit fibam ? 10 
 Str. vicini buius EucHonis hinc e proxumo. 
 ei adeo obsoni bine dimidium iussit dari, 
 cecum alterum itidemque alteram tibicinam. 
 
 290 Con. nempe buc dimidium dicis, dimidium domu7n? 
 Str. nempe sicut dicis. Con. quid bic non poterat 
 
 d^ SUO 15 
 
 senex obsonari fiba^ nuptiis ? 
 
 282. operam dabo *I will 
 told myself ready for your ser- 
 vice.* 
 
 283. popli instead of populi : 
 comp. Lorenz on Most. 15, who 
 shows that Plautus employs the 
 shorter form only at the end of 
 a line or before the principal 
 caesura. 
 
 284. Anthrax, the other cook 
 who seems more honest but less 
 witty than Congrio, catches at 
 Congrio's expression hie tarn 
 palam, and calls him therefore 
 pudicum prostibulum, adding as 
 his suspicion that Congrio would 
 perhaps not refuse to yield to 
 such a proposal, if made at a 
 fitter time and place. — hand 
 nolles, an intensifying Xiroro^s 
 for velles ' you would be quite 
 ready.' (See Eitschl Opusc. 11 
 250.) 
 
 285. Congrio repHes that he 
 meant operam dare v. 282 in a 
 different sense, not obscenely 
 as Anihrax would insinuate. — 
 aliovorsum dicere : comp. Ter. 
 Eun. I 2, 2 aliorsum accipere. 
 
 286. istuc is here adverb = 
 istoc, see Key, L. G. § 366.— 
 Strobilus intends to avoid all 
 further quarrel and says there- 
 fore sed erus &c. ' but to. come 
 to the point, my master is going 
 to marry.' For this usage of 
 sed see Zumpt § 739. . 
 
 288. huius is here monosyl- 
 labic =7iwis, see Introd. p. 63, 
 note 3. 
 
 291. 'Do you mean to say 
 that you are going to send one 
 half here, the other to your own 
 house?' 
 
 292. nempe has its first syl- 
 lable short: see Introd. p. 51. 
 
 293. The same expression 
 Jiliai nuptiis occurs v. 370. 532. 
 790. In these three passages 
 the mss. rightly omit in, which 
 must be omitted, since the final 
 i in Jiliai cannot be elided : 
 comp. Lachmann, Lucr. p. 161. 
 In this passage we are at liberty 
 to take nuptiis either as a da- 
 tive or an ablative (see Key, L. 
 G. § 992. Zumpt § 475), but in 
 others it must be ablative. 
 
^^ 
 
 II. 4 17—22.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 <3^MVt^.>4; 
 
 113 
 
 Str. vah. Con. quid negotist? Str. quid negoti 
 
 sit, rogas? 
 295 pum^x non aequest ^ridus atque hie ^st senex. 
 
 Con. ain tandem? Str. ita esse ut dLci, tute exis- 
 
 tima. 
 quin divom atque hominum clamat continud fidQm,2(L 
 suam r^m perisse sdque eradicarier, 
 de su6 tigillo fumus si qua exit foras. 
 
 295. This was a proverbial 
 expression, comp. Persa i 1, 41 
 aquam e pumice postulas qui 
 ipsus sitiat and Pseud. ISpumi- 
 cei oculi. — For aridus see the 
 commentators on Ter. Haut. 
 tim. in 2, 15 sed habet patrem 
 quendam avidum miserum atque 
 aridum. It is frequently used 
 to denote the nature of the pu- 
 mice-stone, e.g. Catull. 1, 2. 
 Martial viii 72. pumex is ge- 
 nerally a masculine, but some- 
 times we have it also as a femi- 
 nine, see Priscian vi 712 (P.). 
 Servius on Aen. xii 587 ^pumi- 
 cem autem iste (Vergihus) mas- 
 culino genere posuit, et hunc 
 sequimur ; nam et Plautus ita 
 dixit' seems to allude to this 
 passage in the Aulularia. We 
 should probably pronounce ar- 
 dus in the present passage, in 
 order to avoid an incorrect ana- 
 paest in the fourth foot of the 
 trimeter, ardm occurs in an 
 inscription, C. I. L. i 577, 2, 21, 
 and was used by Lucilius. See 
 0. SeyfEert Stud. Plant, p. 6. 
 
 296. tandem expresses Con- 
 grio's unwillingness to believe 
 what Strobilus tells him. See 
 Zumpt § 237. The same in- 
 dignant question ain tandem 
 occurs Ter. Andr. 875. Phorm. 
 373. 
 
 297. quin here and v. 300 
 
 W. P. 
 
 means 'even:' see Zumpt § 542. 
 If found with an indicative, this 
 particle is quite different in ori- 
 gin from quin c. coni. In the 
 latter case, it is a compound of 
 the relative pronoun qui and 
 the original negation ne; in the 
 first, it is the interrogative qui 
 and ne. In translating it by 
 * why,' we may preserve its ori- 
 ginal meaning. 
 
 298. eradicari= usque dbra- 
 dicihus (v. 248) perire: see the 
 commentators on Ter. Andr. iv 
 4, 22. Haut. tim. iii 3, 28. 
 
 299. tigillum is a diminutive 
 of tignum, formed in the same 
 way as sigillum from signum. 
 Isidore's derivation from tegulae 
 (Orig. XIX 10) is quite groundless. 
 Most of the commentators take 
 de sux) tigillo in the, sense of 
 ' from his house, ' or, as Hildyard 
 says, 'through the rafters of his 
 house.' As there is no other 
 passage in any author, where 
 tigillum would have the sense 
 of domiciliwm brevey I prefer 
 the explanation given by Parens 
 according to which we need not 
 invent a new sense for this 
 passage. Euclio thinks that he 
 is undone, when the smallest 
 piece of wood is burned in his 
 house, and he therefore keeps 
 no wood in the house: see 
 V. 355. 
 
 8 
 
114 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [II. 4. 23—32. 
 
 300 quin quom it dormitum, fdllem obstringit 6b gulam. 
 Con. cur? Stk. n6 quid animae forte amittat 
 
 dormiens. 
 Con. etiamne opturat Inferiorem gutturem ? 25 
 
 Str. cur ? Con. n^ quid animae forte amittat dor- 
 "■\__^miens. 
 
 Str. Eaec mihi te ut tibi me aequom ^sse credo 
 
 credere. 
 805 Con. immo dquidem credo. Str. at scin etiam qu6 
 
 modo ? 
 aquam h^rcle plorat, quom lavat, proftindere. 
 Con. cens^n talentum magnum exorari pote 30 
 
 ab istoc sene ut det qui fiamus liberi ? 
 Str. famem h^rcle utendam, si roges, numquam 
 
 dabit. 
 
 300. ' Some commentators 
 suppose, by follem is meant a 
 purse y but the plain and obvious 
 sense of this word ap|)ears to be 
 a kind of bag, which Strobilus 
 supposes Euclio to fasten to his 
 mouth and throat to catch his 
 breath in, while he is asleep. 
 The thought is extravagant, 
 but humorous.' Thornton. 
 
 302. guttur is masculine in 
 two other Plautine passages, 
 Mil. gl. 835, and Trin. 1014. 
 Novius too has usque ad imum 
 gutturem v. 118, Eibb. 
 
 304 'Innuit neutri ab altero 
 esse credendum.' Acid alius. 
 Comp. Poen. 494 an mi haec 
 non credis ? — Credo ut mi ae- 
 quomst credier. 
 
 305. The words at scin etiam 
 quomodo simply form a con- 
 nexion between the preceding 
 jokes and those that foUow. 
 This same phrase is generally 
 used to express threats, and 
 thus we have it v. 47: see 
 
 Weise's note on Poen. i 2, 165 ; 
 but it occurs in the same way 
 as here in another passage, 
 Poen. I 3, 29.— For the hiatus 
 in this line see Introd. p. 67. 
 
 306. plorat 'he cries his eyes 
 out ; * for the infin. comp. Hor. 
 Od. Ill 10, 4. Aristophanes has 
 a similar joke about a mean 
 Athenian, Patrocles, Plut. 84 
 iK narpoKKiovs ^pxof^ai, os ovk 
 iXovcrar i^ orovirep eyivero. This 
 however means that Patrocles 
 never took a bath since his 
 birth, because he was too mean 
 to pay for it. 
 
 307. pote alone stands not 
 only for potes (e.g. Trin. 353) 
 and potest, but even for posse. 
 See Ritschl, Proll. cxi. — ^For the 
 so-called * great ' talent, see 
 Smith's Dictionary of Antiqui- 
 ties s. V. Talentum. 
 
 308. For ah istoc see Introd. 
 p. 46. — qui = xit inde, see Key, 
 L. G. § 312, 2. 
 
 309. See note on v. 96. 
 
II. 4. 83—43.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 115 
 
 310 quin ipsi pridem tonsor unguis d^mpserat, 
 
 conl^git, omnia abstulit praesdgmina. 
 
 Con. edep61 mortalem parce parcum pra^dicas. 35 
 
 censen vero adeo parce ei misere vivere ? 
 
 Str. pulm^ntum pridem eripuit ei miluos : 
 315 homo ad praetorem pl6rabundu3 d^venit, 
 
 infit ibi postulare plorans ^iulans, 
 
 ut sibi liceret miluom vadarier. , 40 
 
 sescdnta sunt, quae m^morem, si sit otium. 
 
 sed ut^r vostrorumst celerior ? memora mihi. 
 320 Con. ego et multo melior. Str. cocum ego, non 
 fur^m ro^o. 
 
 311. praesegminay d.irovvx'- 
 o-fxara, 'parings.' 
 
 312. parce parous *a most 
 stingy wretoh' (Thornton). For 
 the expression comp. Pseud. 11 
 misere miser or Gas. iii 1, 8 
 scite scitus and similar pas- 
 sages : see also note on v. 42. 
 
 313. censen vero etc. *do 
 you indeed believe that he lives 
 so economically and miserly?' 
 Perhaps this line should be at- 
 tributed to Strobilus. It would 
 then form a kind of prelude to 
 the example related in v. 314— 
 317. 
 
 314. miluos and larua are 
 always trisyllabic in Plautine 
 prosody. 
 
 317. The subj. liceret is 
 conceived dependent upon the 
 historical present injit. But 
 liceat would not have been in- 
 correct. — vadarier * aliquem est 
 accipere ab eo vades, h. e. fide- 
 iussores locupletes qui certa 
 sponsione pecuniae ilium, unde 
 petebatur, vadimonium obitu- 
 rum seu in ius venturum reci- 
 piant et promittant. dabantur 
 autem vades, ne in carc^e atti- 
 nerentur usque in diom iudicii.' 
 
 Gronovius, Lect. Plant, p. 51. 
 See Plant. Cure, v 2, 23—27 
 and the commentators on Hor. 
 Serm. i 9, 74—78. (Walter, 
 rom. Rechtsgesch. § 728 ss.) 
 
 318. On sescenta see Dona- 
 tus' note on Ter. Phorm. iv 3, 
 63 'perspicere hinc licet con- 
 suetudinem utriusque sermonis. 
 nam ApoUodorus fivpias dixit 
 pro multis, et ut apud Graecos 
 fivpia, ita apud nos sescenta 
 dicere pro multis usitatum est.' 
 Hildyard observes that sescenta 
 tanta, Pseud, ii 2, 37, might be 
 translated ^ve hundred times. 
 
 319. ' vostrorum multHaxisim. 
 scrip turn est pro vostrum' ac- 
 cording to GelUus XX 6, 12. 
 Plautus has also nostrorum in- 
 stead of nostrum. See Lorenz 
 on Most. 270, and Brix on Mil. 
 gl. 174. 
 
 320. Cooks enjoyed a bad 
 repute at Rome, as the whole 
 scene in the Pseudolus iii 2 
 between Ballio and the cook 
 shows. Celeres manus are an 
 attribute of thieves, e.g. in a 
 line quoted from Plautus' Cor- 
 nicularia (p. 1470 Taubm.) 
 mihi, Lavernaf in furtis cele- 
 
 8—2 
 
116 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [11. 4. 44 ; 5. 2. 
 
 Con. cocum 4rgo dico. Str. quid tu ais? A. sic 
 
 sum tit vides. 
 Con. cocus ille nundinalist : in nontim diem 45 
 
 solet ire^ooctum. A. tun trium litterarum homo 
 jpae vitup'6ras ? CoN. fur ? ^tiam fur triftircifer. 
 2o Str. tace ntinciam tu atque agnum hinc uter est 
 
 pinguior... II 5 
 
 A. licet. . . Str. tu, Congrio, elim sume actutum tihi 
 
 ■im « 
 
 ^•'52rsi 
 
 rassis manus. Congrio himself 
 prays to Lavema, v. 442. 
 
 321. With sic sum ut vides 
 comp. Theocr. Id. xxii 59 roiba^' 
 oXov 6pq.s. The same phrase oc- 
 curs PI. Amph. II 1, 57. 
 
 322. The explanation of the 
 expression cocus nundinalis is 
 not quite settled, and we learn 
 from Festus (p. 173 M.) that 
 the ancient grammarians them- 
 selves were not quite agreed 
 with regard to the explanation 
 of this passage. nundinalis 
 would come from nundinae 
 (=novendinae) and would of 
 course mean a very bad and 
 worthless cook hired only on 
 fair- days. I should however 
 prefer the other reading, which 
 is clearly indicated by Festus, 
 but generally confounded with 
 nundinalis, and this is nundia- 
 lis. novendialia are explained 
 in an old glossary ^para iirl ve- 
 Kpov dySfxeva (see e.g. Petron. 
 65) : cocus nundialis would thus 
 signify a cook hired for the so- 
 called *silicernium,' and for fes- 
 tivals of that nature not the 
 best cooks seem to have been 
 generally hired. The leno Bal- 
 lio says of a very bad cook in 
 this sense quin oh earn rem Orcus 
 recipere ad se hunc noluit, Vt 
 esset hie qui mortuis cenam co- 
 quat: Pseud. 795 s. It may be 
 added that in the ms. B the 
 
 - third n in the wofd nundinalis 
 is by the hand of a corrector; 
 see Lorenz's progr. p. 9. 
 
 323. I have not adopted the 
 spelling littrarum, though there 
 is little doubt that we should 
 actually pronounce so. It is 
 not very probable that triuvi 
 is capable of a monosyllabic 
 pronunciation. 
 
 324. Congrio is not slow to 
 understand Anthrax's meaning, 
 and retort upon him. (Comp. 
 Cas. II 2, 49 where fures are 
 called litterati.) Anthrax gives 
 him the title of thief (Fve), and 
 he calls him fur trifurcifer. On 
 furcifer I add the explanation 
 given by Donatus on Andr. iii 
 6, 12 *furciferi dicebantur qui 
 oId leve delictum cogebantur a 
 dominis ignominiaemagisquam 
 suppHcii causa circa vicinos 
 furcam in coUo ferre, subligatis 
 ad eam manibus, et praedicare 
 peccatum suum simulque con- 
 monere ceteros ne quid simile 
 admittant.' tri- adds to the 
 strength of the expression, comp. 
 trivenejica v. 86. The same 
 word trifurcifer occurs twice 
 Rud. Ill 2, 29 s. It is by no 
 means the same with trifur v. 
 625. 
 
 325. For tace see Introd. 
 p. 26. 
 
 326. licet 'it shall be done:' 
 for instances see Men. 158. 213. 
 
II. 5. 3—18.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 117 
 
 atque intro abi illuc, ^t vos ilium s^quimini. 
 
 vos c^teri illuc ad nos. A. hercle iniuria 
 
 dispdrtivisti : pinguiorem agnum isti nabent. 5 
 
 330 Str. at mine tibi dabitur pinguior tibicina. 
 
 i sane cum illo, Phrtigia. tu autem, Eleusium, 
 
 hue intro abi ad nos. CON. 6 Strobile stibdole, 
 
 hucine detrusti me ad senem parcissumum ? 
 
 ubi si quid poscam, usque dd ravim poscam prius lo 
 335 quam quicquam detur. Str. stultus et sine gratia's. 
 
 tibi r^cte facere ? quando quod facias, perit. 
 
 Con. qui v^ro ? Str. rogitas ? iam principio in 
 a^dibus 
 
 turba istic nulla tibi erit. si qui uti' voles, 
 
 domo abs te adferto, ne operam perdas poscere. is 
 340 hie apud nos magna turba ae magna familiast, 
 
 sup^llex aurum v^stis vasa arg^ntea : 
 
 ibi si perierit quippiam (quod td scio 
 
 Most. 401. 930. 1153. Capt. v 
 1, 28. Bacch. 35. 
 
 330. Such proceleusmatics 
 as -tihi ddhi- are not rarely 
 found in the second foot of iam- 
 bics, though they are more com- 
 mon in the first. See Ritschl, 
 
 ProU. QCLXXXIX. 
 
 331. Phrygia, i. e. ^pvyia, 
 was a very appropriate name for 
 a music -girl, a pecuHar kind of 
 flutes being called tibiae Phry- 
 giae. See the commentators 
 on Tib. II 1, 86. Cat. 63, 23 and 
 J. F. Gronovius' Obs. lat. i 17. 
 
 336. tibi recte facere 'how 
 could I please you?' The use 
 of the infinitive of indignation 
 is very common in the third 
 person, but very rare in the 
 second and first. Of the first, 
 Lachmann in his note on Lucr. 
 II 16 gives only two instances : 
 the present passage in the Au- 
 lularia and Ter. Andr. v 2, 29 
 tantum laborem capere ob talem 
 
 Jilium? *that I should have so 
 much trouble for such a son.' 
 
 337. qui vero {mihi recte 
 facis) ? * but how are you favour- 
 ing me?' Congrio does not under- 
 stand the gratia which Strobilus 
 pretends to confer upon him. 
 
 338. qui is the old ablative 
 instead of quo ( = qua re). 
 
 339. The infinitive poscere ' 
 is here negligently used instead 
 of the regular construction pos- 
 cendo. See Key, L. Gr. § 1255 
 and Lorenz on Most. 1159. 
 Hildyard quotes Epid. ii 2, 13 
 omnem per urbem sum defessus 
 quaerere { = quaerendo): see also 
 V 2, 54 s. Catullus expresses 
 the same, defessus . . essem te 
 mihi, amice, quaeritando: c. 65 
 in Haupt's edition. 
 
 340. For the pronunciation 
 of apud see Introd. p. 34. 
 
 342. For quod abstinere ('to 
 abstain from which') see Key, 
 L. G. § 909. The Plautine 
 
118 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [II. 5. 19 ; 6. 5. 
 
 facile abstinere posse, si nihil 6bviamst) 
 dicant ' coqui abstul^runt, compreh^ndite, 20 
 
 845 vincite verberate, in puteum condite/ 
 horlim tibi istic nihil eveniet, quippe qui 
 ubi qu6d su6rwpia5 nihil est. sequere hac md. CoN. 
 sequor. 
 
 Strobilvs. Staphyla. Congrio. 
 
 116 
 
 Str. heus, Staphyla, prodi atque 6stium aperi. St. 
 
 qui vocat ? 
 Str. Strobilus. St. quid vis ? Str. h6sc^ ut ac- 
 
 cipias coquos 
 350 tibicinamque obs6niumque in nuptias. « 
 
 Megadorus iussit Euclioni haec mittere. 
 St. Cererin, Strobile, hi stint facturi niiptias ? 5 
 
 passages, in which this con- 
 struction occurs, have heen col- 
 lected by Brix in his note on 
 Men. 985. 
 
 345. For puteus comp. v. 
 363. I do not find any other 
 passages where this kind of 
 punishment for slaves is men- 
 tioned. In Greek the corre- 
 sponding word XaKKos means 
 also a kind of cellar. 
 
 346. The construction of the 
 words is quippe qui ubi nihil 
 est quod subrupias. For quippe 
 qui with a following indicative 
 see Key, L. G. § 1194 note. 
 qui in this connexion is an 
 archaic asseverative particle, 
 which in later language is only 
 known in the compound atqui. 
 For instances see Rud. 384. 
 True. I 1, 49. Bacch. 368. 
 Pseud. 1274. Ter. Haut. tim. 
 638. In the same way we have 
 ut qui in several instances which 
 
 have per-versely been corrected 
 by the editors : As. 505. Trin. 
 637. Capt. 553. Bacch. 283. 
 See Fleckeisen, Krit. Miscellen. 
 p. 32 s. 
 
 347. For subrupias oee note 
 on V. 39. 
 
 348. For qui as a direct in- 
 terrogative see Madvig, § 88, 1. 
 
 351. The active infinitive 
 mittere is defended in note on 
 V. 242. 
 
 352. In the festivals called 
 Cereris nuptiae the use of wine 
 was not permitted : see Servius 
 on Verg. Georg. i 344 and Ma- 
 crobius, Saturn, in 11. The 
 original significance of these 
 festivals is not quite evident ; 
 Preller (rom. Myth. p. 439) 
 thinks that they commemorated 
 the wedding of Pluto and Pro- 
 serpina, at which Ceres was 
 conceived in the character of 
 hostess. 
 
II 6. 6 ; 7. 5.] 
 
 AVLVLAKIA. 
 
 119 
 
 Str. qui ? St. quia temeti nihil adlatum int^llego. 
 
 Str. at iam adferetur, si a foro ipsus rddierit. 
 855 St. ligna hie apud nos ntillasunt. Con. suntasseres? 
 
 St. sunt p61. Con. sunt igitur ligna: ne quaeras 
 foris. 
 
 St. quid, impurate, qudmquam Volcano studes, lo 
 
 cena^ne causa aut tua^ mercedis gratia 
 
 nos nostras aedis p6stulas comburere ? 
 360 Con. hau postulo. Str. due istos intro. St. s(^qui- 
 
 Pythodicvs. 
 
 117 
 
 curate : ego intervisam quid faeiant coqui,^ 
 quos pol ut ego hodie sdrvem cura maxumast : 
 nisi tinum hoc faciarn ut in puteo ceo^ni coquant : 
 inde c6ctam sursum slibducemus c6rbulis. 
 365 si illi autem deorsum c6medent, si quid cdxerint, 
 
 353. * vinum temetum prisca 
 lingua adpellatur'' Gellius, x 23 : 
 the word is very rare in the 
 language of prose-writers (only 
 Plin. XIV 90 and Cic. de. rep. 
 IV ap. Non. p. 5) : see Riese, 
 Rhein. Mus. xxi 119. 
 
 354. ipsus, i.e. erus, Mega- 
 dorus, * the governor.' This 
 use of ipsus is probably an imi- 
 tation of the Qreek avros, for 
 thus disciples and slaves called 
 their masters: e.g. ai/Tbs ^0a 
 ipse dixit, where airSs means 
 the all-revered master Pythag- 
 oras. See also Aristoph. Nubes 
 219. Comp. Aul. 806 and Gas. 
 IV 2, 11 ego eo quo me ipsa 
 misit, i. e. era. Verg. Eel. ix 
 66. 
 
 359. postulare is in the lan- 
 guage of the comic poets fre- 
 quently an equivalent for velle 
 
 or cupere; thus we may trans- 
 late here 'would you have us 
 burn our house?' Hence we 
 should explain the infinitive 
 which follows. For instances see 
 V. 581. Capt. Ill 5, 59. 81. Gas. 
 I 53. True. I 2, 39 ; with the 
 whole sentence comp. Gapt. iv 
 2, 64 s. quid me, volturi, Tuan 
 cau^a aedis incensurum censes f 
 361. intervisam ' I'll go and 
 see ; ' see on v. 200. 
 
 364. For mde see Introd. 
 p. 45. 
 
 365. According to the in- 
 variable practice of Plautus, 
 deorsum is disyllabic : see Introd. 
 p. 59. — The word does here ap- 
 parently not mean 'downwards,' 
 but 'down.' Forcellini gives 
 one instance for this sense, 
 Varro de re rust, m 5 deorsum 
 in terram est aqua quam bilxre 
 
120 
 
 AVLVLAKIA. [II. 7. 6 ; 8. 8. 
 
 superi incenati sunt et cenati inferi. 
 sed v^rba hie facio, quasi negoti nil siet, 
 rap^cidarum ubi tantum sit in a^dibus. 
 
 EVCLIO. 
 
 118 
 
 volui animum tandem confirmare hodid meum, 
 
 370 ut b^ne me haberem filia^ nuptiis. 
 
 venio ad macellum, rogito piscis : indicant 
 caros — agninam caram — caram bubulam — 
 vitulinam cetum porcinam, cara omnia. 5 
 
 atque eo fuerunt cariora — aes non erat. 
 
 375 abeo lllim iratus, quoniam mihi nil dst qui emam. 
 ita illis impuris omnibus adii manum. 
 
 possint. Another example is 
 given by Douza: Varro de re 
 rust. I 8 qui colunt deorsum, 
 magis aestate laborant; qui 
 sursum, magis hi erne. Cicero 
 too has sursum in the sense 
 ' higher tip : ' de nat. deor. ii 
 56, 141, nares...recte sursum 
 sunt. 
 
 368. rapacida is a comical 
 formation after the analogy of 
 Pelopida Aeacida and other 
 patronymics. Plautus has the 
 similar words Saturides Most. 
 Ill 1, 44, plagipatidae Capt. iii 
 1, 12 and collier epidae cruricre- 
 pidae Trin. 1022. sit appears 
 here long ; see Introd. p. 15. 
 
 369. Euclio had been to the 
 market to make some trifling 
 purchases for his daughter's 
 nuptials, but found everything 
 too expensive. — With animum 
 confirmare comp. affirmare ani- 
 mum Merc. 81. 
 
 373. With porcindm comp. 
 pistillUm V. 95. 
 
 374. Thornton rightly trans- 
 
 lates 'what made them dearer 
 still, I had no money.' In 
 prose, we should add quod be- 
 fore aes. 
 
 375. illim is an archaic form 
 equivalent to illinc, see Kitschl 
 Opusc. II 453 sqq. The mss. 
 read iratus illinc and do not 
 give mihi. It is, perhaps, pos- 
 sible that the line is due to an 
 interpolator, though I have now 
 ventured to make some altera- 
 tions in order to reduce it into 
 a metrical shape. 
 
 376. For ita illis see Introd. 
 p. 42. — In Cmnibus the final 
 syllable is probably long : see 
 Introd. p. 17. It is, however, 
 also possible to read -mnibUs 
 ad- as a tribrach. — adire manum 
 is not unfrequently found in 
 Plautus (e.g. Poen ii 11. Persa 
 V 2, 18. Cas. V 2, 55) in the 
 sense ' to deceive, to impose 
 upon.' Acidalius justly ob- 
 serves that the phrase seems 
 to have arisen from some arti- 
 fice practised in wrestUng. 
 
II. 8. 9—22.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 121 
 
 deinde ^gomet mecum cogitare intdr vias 
 
 occ^pi *festo di^ si quid prod^geris, i 
 
 prof^sto egere llceat, nisi peperceris.' 
 880 postquam banc rationem v^ntri cordique ddidi, 
 
 acc^ssit animus dd meam sent^ntiam, 
 
 quam minumo sumptu filiam ut nuptum darem. 
 
 nunc tusculum emi hoc ^t coronas fl6reas : i 
 
 haec imponentur in foco nostro Lari, 
 385 ut fortunatas faciat gnatae ntiptias. 
 
 sed quid ego apertas a^dis nostras c6nspicor? 
 
 et strepitust intus. numnam ego compil6r miser? 
 
 Con. aulam maiorem, si pote, ex vicinia 20 
 
 pete : ha^c est parva, capere non quit. Ev. ei mihi. 
 390 perii h^rcle. aurum Irapitur, aula qua^ritur. 
 
 ^^brt 
 
 377. inter vias ' while I was 
 walking home.' Comp. the Ger- 
 man unterwegs. 
 
 378. Thornton translates 
 'feast to-day makes fast to- 
 morrow.' — die is here a mono- 
 gyllable : Introd. p. 58. 
 
 379. Comp. Hor. Serm. 11 3, 
 143 s. qui Veientanum festis 
 potare diebus, Campana solitus 
 trulla vappamque profestis. 
 Afranius 262 Eibb. aeque pro- 
 festo ac festo concelehrat focum. 
 Festus p. 229 with a doubtful 
 etymology explains profesti dies 
 dicti, quod sunt procul a religi- 
 one numinis divinl. — par cere in 
 the sense ' to live sparingly,* 
 comp. parcus. 
 
 380. ventri in the first place, 
 as being mainly concerned in 
 this deliberation: cor, because 
 his common sense would advise 
 him to venture on a small ex- 
 pense : animus (381) the domi- 
 neering principle, * will and in- 
 clination.' The whole sounds 
 like the description of a trans- 
 action in the senate or some 
 
 other powerful body. 
 
 383. See note on v. 24. 
 
 384. haec, so. coronae. In 
 Plautus the nom. plur. of the 
 feminine is commonly haec, not 
 hae. 
 
 387. The particle numnam 
 occurs several times in Plautus 
 and Terence ; of numne Eitschl 
 (ProU. Lxxv) gives only one in- 
 stance Poen. V 2, 119 : see also 
 Sueton. relL, ed. Retfferscheid, 
 p. 524. EucUo hopes that his 
 fear is groundless. Zumpt,§351 
 note. 
 
 388. Congrio does not ap- 
 pear on the stage, but is merely 
 heard to say these words within 
 the house. — si pote, et Swarov. — 
 aula is the ancient form instead 
 of olla. an was pronounced 
 like 0, and Plautus and his 
 contemporaries did not employ 
 double consonants. The name 
 of the present play is derived 
 from the dimin. aultila. 
 
 390. Wo should probably as- 
 sume a hiatus after hercle, i.e. 
 a pause should be made after 
 
122 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [II. 8. 23 ; 9. 7. 
 
 Apollo, quaeso stibveni mi, atque adiuva, 
 quia in re tali iam subvenist^ antidhac : 26 
 
 confige sagitis fures thensaurarios. 25 
 
 sed c^sso prius quam prorsus perii currere ? 
 
 Anthrax. II. 9 
 
 895 Droin6, desquama piscis : tu, Macha^rio, 
 
 congrtim muraenam exd6rsua, quantum potest, 
 ego hinc artoptam ex proxumo utendam peto 
 a Congrione. tti istum gallum, si sapis, 5 
 
 glabriorem reddes mihi quam volsus Itidiust. 
 
 400 sed quid hoc clam oris 6ritur hinc ex proxumo ? 
 
 the exclamation. Various at- 
 tempts have been made to fill 
 up the hiatus by the. addition 
 of some syllable or other, but 
 none appears to be satisfactory. 
 
 392. Euclio implores Apollo 
 in his quality as dXe^cKaKos. 
 The line may possibly be an 
 allusion to some event in which 
 Apollo protected by his personal 
 interference the treasures of 
 some temple against thieves or 
 hordes of barbarous invaders. 
 This may possibly have been 
 the aggression of the Gauls un- 
 der Brennus who threatened 
 Delphi: see Justin's account 
 XXIV 6 sqq. It should, however, 
 be confessed that this allusion 
 (no doubt intelligible to a Greek 
 audience at the time of the first 
 performance of the Greek origi- 
 nal of the Aulularia) reads some- 
 what obscurely in the Latin ad- 
 aptation. — antidhac is archaic 
 instead of antehac. The full 
 form of the preposition ante was 
 antid or anted (comp. postid 
 prod red). 
 
 393. For sdgitis see Introd. 
 
 p. 47. This pronunciation had 
 already been suggested by Hare 
 in his ms. notes where he 
 compares Trin. 725. — What is 
 meant by fures thensaurarii, is 
 clear enough ; but thesaurarius 
 appears to be a airoc^ Xey. 
 
 396. With this line a passage 
 from Ter. Ad. iii 3, 23 ss. is 
 generally compared. The word 
 exdorsuare occurs only here and 
 in Appuleius. 
 
 399. ludius is in Labbaeus' 
 Glossaries p. 109 rightly ex- 
 plained vTTOKpLTTjs. Thomtou re- 
 marks *The ludii were young 
 lads employed in the public 
 spectacles ; our author adds 
 volsus (plucked), because they 
 used at the time of puberty to 
 have the down or hairs plucked 
 from their chins to keep their 
 faces smooth.' The word is no 
 doubt connected with ludere 
 *to play,' and the common 
 spelling lydius due to the erro- 
 neous derivation from the Ly- 
 dii, i. e. Etruscans : see Dionys. 
 Hahc. II 97. Comp. ludio. 
 
II. 8 ; III. 1. 1—5.] AVLVLARIA. 123 
 
 coqui h^rcle, credo, faciunt officium suom. 
 fugiam intro, ne quid tlirbantm hie itiddm fi^at. 
 
 CONGKIO. 
 
 III. 1 
 
 6ptati civ^s, populares, incolae, accolae, ^dvenae 
 
 omnes, 
 date viam qua fugere liceat, facite totae plateae 
 
 pateant. 
 405 totus doleo atque 6ppido perii : ita me iste habuit 
 
 s^nex gymnasium. 5 
 
 401. faciunt officium suum is 
 of course ironically meant : ' you 
 could not expect cooks to do 
 otherwise, they only do their 
 duty, at least according to their 
 own notions.' Hildyard com- 
 pares Asin. II 2, 113 quin tu 
 officium facis ergo ac fugis 1 and 
 Pseud, 913 juit meum officium 
 {ut ahirem). 
 
 402. ne should be conceived 
 as dependent upon an omitted 
 metuens or veritus^ which ap- 
 pears to be implied in the gene- 
 ral character of the sentence. 
 Translate *I will hasten into 
 our house, lest any disturbance 
 should take place there as well 
 as here.' 
 
 403 SB. Congrio comes run- 
 m»g out of Euclio's house and 
 implores the assistance of the ci- 
 tizens against the old man's fury. 
 
 403. optati cives 'beloved, 
 dear citizens:' comp. Cic. ad 
 Quintum fr. ii8 vale, mi ojptime 
 et optatissime f rater. This sense 
 is verj'- familiar in the compound 
 exoptatus. Similar scenes to 
 this are frequent in the comic 
 poets: see e.g. Eud. in 2 and 
 Ter. Ad. ii 1. 
 
 404. * The Greek words which 
 Plautus employs, are first natu- 
 raUzed and assume something 
 of a Roman dress. TrXareia, for 
 example, with its long penult 
 becomes in Plautus, and indeed 
 in Terence also, platea, and so 
 easily passes through the Italian 
 piazza into the French and Nor- 
 man-English place. Similarly 
 yvuaiKelov takes in Latin comedy 
 the shape of gynaeceum.' Key, 
 Trans, of the Phil. Soc. 1861 
 p. 177 s. See also Corssen, ii 
 679, who enumerates platea, 
 chorea, balineum, gynaeceum, 
 Seleucia alongside of irXareta, 
 Xopeia, §a\aveloVf yvvaiKeloVf 2e- 
 Xeu/cem. 
 
 405. The same expression 
 oppido perii recurs v. 793, comp. 
 the similar oppido interii v. 721 
 and Amph. i 1, 43. — For the 
 expression habuit me gymnasi- 
 um comp. Asin. ii 2, 31 where 
 Leonidas greets his fellow-slave 
 Libanus with the words gym- 
 nasium Jlagri, salveto. — In pro- 
 nouncing the word senex the 
 final X should be dropped : see 
 Introd. p. 36. 
 
e 
 
 124 AVLVLARIA. [III. 1. 3—9. 
 
 n^que ego umquam nisi h6die ad bacchas v^ni in 
 
 bacchanal coquinatum : 3 
 
 ita me miserum et me6s discipulos fdstibus male 
 
 c6ntuderunt. 4 
 
 neque ligna ego, usquam gentium praeb^ri vidi 
 
 ptilcrius : 8 
 
 itaque 6mnis exegit foras, me atque h6sce onustos 
 
 fdstibus. 9 
 
 410 atat ut peril bercle 4go miser : a, pdrii, bacchanal 
 
 adest : 6 
 
 sequitur : scio quam r^m geram : hoc ipstis magister 
 
 m^ docet. 7 
 
 406. I have spelt the words 
 haccha and bacchanal with a 
 small h, because they should 
 rather be considered as general 
 terms than as proper nouns. 
 Plautus frequently mentions 
 hacchae: see Cas. v 4, 9 ss. 
 Merc. 469. (Vidular. fragm. 
 p. 483 Ern.) Bacoh. 371. 53. 
 Amphitr. ii 2, 70 ss. Mil. gl. 
 1016. Men. 834 ss. Pseud. 
 109 s. In Greek, ^dKxat in 
 , general means 'furious wom«n,' 
 and the word has the same 
 sense in Plautus, where we 
 should not always think of an 
 allusion to the bacchanalia so 
 severely punished by the Roman 
 senate. It is not therefore ad- 
 missible to use this passage to 
 fix the time when Plautus wrote 
 the Aulularia. — The verb co- 
 quinatum is attested by Nonius 
 and given by our mss. : it is 
 therefore quite preposterous to 
 write coquitatum,SkS G.Hermann 
 and Goeller do. The same verb 
 occurs Pseud. 853 an tu coqui- 
 natum te ire quoquam postulas 
 and ibid. 875 quanti istuc unum 
 me coqumdre perdoces T In the 
 dictionaries we generally find it 
 
 marked with the wrong quantity 
 coquino; but coqu-ma- is de- 
 rived from coqu- in the same 
 way as car-ma- from car- 
 (Sanskr. skar laedere) : carmare 
 is used with this quantity by 
 Ennius, Ann. 181 and 229 ; al- 
 though Forcellini here again 
 gives carlno, while Freund 
 rightly has carlno. See also 
 Sauppe's remarks on this point 
 in the Ind. schol. Gott. 1858-59 
 p. 10, where he likewise defends 
 the short quantity of the i in 
 coquino. 
 
 407. Congrio calls the in- 
 ferior cooks {quingentos coquos 
 V. 545) his *(hsciples,' because 
 he has to direct them what to 
 do. In using the plural contu- 
 derunt, Congrio continues the 
 simile of the bacchae, just as 
 if in Euclio all the Furies 
 were represented together. 
 
 408. Instead of wood, which 
 was of course a necessary article 
 for cooks, Euclio most liberally 
 provides them with, fustes : onus- 
 tusfustibus meaning * thorough- 
 ly thrashed.'— Z?*^na praebere is 
 known from Hor. Serm. i 5, 
 46. 
 
III. 2. 1—7.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 125 
 
 EVCLIO. CONGRIO. 
 
 Ill 2 
 
 Ev. redi: quo fagis nunc? tdne tene. CoN. quid, 
 
 stolide, clamas ? 
 Ev. quia ad tris viros iam ego d^feram nom^n tuom. 
 
 Con. quam obrem ? 
 Ev. quia cultrum habes. CoN. cocum decet. Ev. 
 
 quid c6mminatu's 
 415niihi? CoN. istuc male factum ^rbitror, quia n6n 
 
 latus fodi. 
 Ev. homo ntillust te scel^stior qui vivat hodie, s 
 
 neque quoi ^go de industria ^mplius male plus 
 
 lubens faxim. 
 Con. pol etsi taceas, palam id quidem est : res ipsa 
 
 testist. 
 
 411. The magister is of 
 course Euclio : see v. 405. 
 
 412. On seeing Euclio issu- 
 ing from the house, Congrio had 
 taken to his heels, and there- 
 fore Euclio shouts tene tene 
 *stop him, stop him: ' of. v. 705. 
 For the quantity tene tene see 
 Introd. p. 26. 
 
 413. The tresviri are the 
 tresviri cajpi tales who had charge 
 of the prisons and awarded 
 punishment to those whom they 
 found trespassing against the 
 security of the pubUc; Amph. 
 I 1, 3 Sosia is afraid of being 
 taken up by the tresviri : quid 
 faciam nunc, si tresviri me in 
 carcerem compegerint? and Asin. 
 1 2, 5 Argyrippus threatens the 
 cruel mother of his mistress to 
 lodge a charge against her with 
 the tresviri: iho ego ad trisvi- 
 ro8, vdstraque ibi ndmina Fdxo 
 erunt: cdpitis te p6rdnm ego et 
 filiam. Comp. also Persa 72 ut 
 aequa parti prodeant ad trisvi- 
 
 ros. See Walter, rom. Rechts- 
 gesch. § 141. — quam obrem is 
 the spelling adopted by Fleck- 
 eisen throughout his edition of 
 Terence, on the very practical 
 purpose to show at once that 
 intbe comic poets quam should 
 always be elided before ob. 
 
 416. vivere is frequently an 
 equivalent of the simple esse: 
 e.g. Amph. prol. 75 victores 
 vivere. Trin. 390 lepidus vivis ' 
 'you are a jolly man.' Men. 
 202 vivis meis morigera moribus. 
 ibid. 908 ego homo vivo miser. 
 Catullus has the same use of 
 vivere: 10, 34 sed tu insulsa 
 male ac molesta vivis, and 111, 
 1 vivere contentas viro solo. 
 
 417. We should join plus 
 male faxim *! would iU-treat 
 more.' But not improbably we 
 should write plus mali, as has 
 been done by Guyet and Weise. 
 — In lubens the final letters ns 
 should be entirely dropped : see 
 Introd. p. 35. 
 
126 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [III. 2. 8 — 11. 
 
 ita fustibus sum m6llior magis quam lillus cinaedus. 
 420 sed quid tibi nos tactiost, mendice homo, quae res ? 
 Ev. etiam rogitas ? an quia minus quam me aequom 
 
 erat feci ? lo 
 
 Con. sine: at h^rcle cum magno malo tuo, si hoc 
 
 caput sentit. 
 
 419. mollior magis: to 
 strengthen a comparative by 
 adding magis or mage seems to 
 have been quite familiar to the 
 conventional language of the 
 Romans: comp. Men. prol. 55 
 magis maiores nugas egerit. 
 Stich. 698 hoc magis est dulcius. 
 Capt. Ill 4, 111 nihil invenies 
 . magis hoc certo certius. Poen. 
 II 15 contentiores mage erunt 
 atque avidi minus. Among 
 prose- writers, constructions of 
 this kind occur only in Valerius 
 Maximus, Justinus, Arnobius 
 and Boethius. In Greek iiaXXov 
 is frequently added to compara- 
 tives, even by the best writers : 
 see Kriiger, griechische Sprach- 
 lehre § 49, 7, 5. But it would be 
 quite misleading to say that the 
 Latin constructions were imita- 
 tions of the Greek ; the very 
 fact that we find them only in 
 *the comics or in later and neg- 
 ' ligent writers, would speak a- 
 gainst such a theory. The vul- 
 gar dialects of the English lan- 
 guage *are "aot free from the 
 same pleonastic comparative, 
 e.g. Dickens lets a carter say 
 that his beer Hs more flatterer 
 than it might be : ' Old Curiosity 
 Shop, chap. XXVI (p. 121 people's 
 edition). In magis the final s 
 should be dropped. — cinaedus 
 {KLvacdos) means a public dancer 
 of a rather loose character : see 
 Mil. gl.668 turn d.d saltandum non 
 cinaedus malacus aequest atque 
 
 ego. For the expression mollis 
 fustibus Hare justly compares 
 Mil. gl. 1424 mitis sum equidem 
 fustibus. 
 
 420. The construction tibi 
 nos tactiost is explained by Key, 
 L. G. §§ 907 and 1302. We have 
 the same v. 737. Cure, v 2, 27 
 ( = 626F1.). Cas. ii6,54. Poen. 
 v. 5, 29. Men. 1016, and in 
 the same way we read quid 
 tibi hue receptio ad test meum 
 virum? Asin. v 2, 70 (=920), 
 and quid tibi hue ventiost? 
 quid tibi hanc dditiost ? quid 
 tibi hfinc notiost,i7iquam, ami- 
 cam meam ? True, ii 7, 62 ss. 
 ( = 611 s. Geppert). — quae res is 
 a phrase expressing indignation 
 and suipTise = quae ista tandem 
 res est. Thus we have Asin. ii 4, 
 71 (= 477) quae res ? tun libero 
 homini male servos loquere ? 
 For other instances see Poen. v 
 4, 29. Cas. II 8, 18. iii 6, 8. 
 
 421. With rogitas comp. v. 
 337. — For the construction of 
 the words quam me aequom erat 
 see note on v. 122. — In ei'at the 
 final t should be dropped : in the 
 same way we should pronounce 
 capu in the following line. 
 
 422. sine appears almost as 
 a threatening interjection in 
 several passages in Plautus and 
 Terence : e. g. Hec. iv 4, 85 
 where Donatus observes *sine 
 separatim accipe, quia vim ha- 
 bet conminantis.' See also 
 Eun. I 1, 20. Plaut. As. v 2, 
 
III. 2. 12 — 19.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 127 
 
 Ev. pol ego hatiscio quid post fuat : tuom nunc caput 
 
 sentit. 
 sed in a^dibus quid tibi meis nam erat negoti 
 425 me abs^nte, nisi ego itisseram? volo scire. CoN. tace 
 
 ergo, 
 quia v^nimus coctum ad nuptias... Ev. quid tu 
 
 malum curas, is 
 
 utrlim crudumne an c6ctum edim, nisi tti mihi es 
 
 tutor ? 
 Con. volo scire, sinis an n6n sinis nos c6quere hie 
 
 cenam ? 
 Ev. volo scire ego item mea^ domi mea s^lva futura. 
 480 Con. utinam mea mihi modo atiferam quae ad te 
 
 adtuli salva. 
 
 48.— Ussing on PI. Asin. 893 
 aptly renders it by the Greek 
 elev.— The commentators ob- 
 serve that the ancients used to 
 direct their blows against the 
 head: see Hor. Serm. i 5, 22. 
 Amph. I 1, 162 Mercurius says 
 of his fist that it exossat os 
 hominibus. Comp. also v. 437 
 non fissile hoc haberes caput and 
 451. Congrio means si hoc 
 (i. e. meum) caput sentit in the 
 sense of 'si quid ego sapio, si 
 quid in me sensus est,' as 
 Lambinus justly explains it; 
 for caput frequently signifies 
 the entire person, e.g. Ter. 
 Andr. ii 2, 35. Ad. ii 3, 8. 
 Verg. Aen. iv 435, and instances 
 of sentio in the sense of 'sapere' 
 are given by the dictionaries. 
 Euclio ironically replies * tuom 
 nunc caput sentit ' iDy which he 
 alludes to the blows inflicted 
 upon Congrio's head. 
 
 423. hauscio is in Plautus 
 one word formed in the same 
 way as the common nescio : see 
 Key, L. G. § 1401, 1. 
 
 424. nam should be join- 
 ed with quid: see note on v. 
 42. 
 
 426. In venimus and malum 
 the final consonants should be 
 dropped. — malum is here an in- 
 terjection apparently belonging 
 to conversational language apd 
 frequently met with in the 
 comic writers. Even Cicero uses 
 it occasionally, e. g. Off. ii 15, 
 13 quae te malum ratio in istam 
 spem induxit ? * what the deuce 
 could lead you to such a hope?' 
 Verr. i 20, 54 quae malum est 
 ista tanta audacia atque amen- 
 tia ? It always expresses a 
 strong degree of indignation 
 and anger. 
 
 427. The disjunctive ques- 
 tion wtrwwi — ne — an is explained 
 by Key, L. G. § 1425 (with note), 
 Zumpt, § 554, Madvig, § 452^ 1 : 
 examples will be found Trin. 
 306. Capt. II 2, 18. Bacch. 75. 
 500. Poen. supp. 32. Pseud. 
 709. Enn. frag. 33, ed. Vahlen: 
 see also my note on Ter. Eun. 
 IV 4, 54. 
 
128 
 
 AVLYLARIA. [III. 2. 20—81. 
 
 me hau pa^nitet, tua ne ^xpetam. Ev. scio, ne 
 
 doce, novi. 20 
 
 Con. quid est qua nunc prohibes gratia nos coquere 
 
 hie cenam ? 
 quid f^cimus, quid diximus tibi s^cus quam velles ? 
 Ev. etiam rogitas, scel^ste homo ? qnine angles 
 
 omnis 
 435 mearum a^dium et conclavium mihi ip^rturhatis ? 
 id tibi tibi erat neg6tium, ad foctim si adesses, 25 
 non fissile hoc haber^s caput : merito id tibi factumst. 
 Sit tit tu meam sent^ntiam iam noscere possis, 27 
 
 si ad ianuam hue acc^sseris, nisi itisso, propius, 
 440 ego te faciam, mis^rrumus mortalis ut sis. 
 
 scis iam meam sent^ntiam? quo abis? redi rursum. 30 
 Con. ita m^ bene amet Lav^rna, te iam^*dm ni^i 
 
 reddi 
 
 431. me hau paenitet * I am 
 very well satisfied : ' see my 
 note on Ter. Eun. v 6, 12. 
 Zumpt, § 441. Translate 'Iam 
 content enough, so do not sup- 
 pose that I should steal your 
 property.' ne expetam tua is 
 a brief expression instead of 
 ne existumes me tua expetere : 
 see Key, L. G. § 1228. Zumpt, 
 § 573. For doce see Introd. p. 
 26. 
 
 434. For the syncopated form 
 anglos comp. Probus, p. 197, 22 
 *baculus non baclus, angulus 
 non anglusj' whence anglus ap- 
 pears to have been a vulgar or 
 popular contraction. 
 
 435. For the pronunciation 
 of mearum see Introd. p. 62. — 
 The mss. read pervium or per- 
 viam facitis, but perviam is no 
 Latin word, though one might 
 support it with the analogous 
 ohviam. I have, therefore, 
 wciiten perturbatis * you upset,* 
 
 though I do not think this con- 
 jecture absolutely certain. 
 
 437. fissile caput 'a broken 
 head.' The adjective JissiUs is 
 of rare occurrence, and is in no 
 other passage added to caput or 
 any other part of the human 
 body. 
 
 438. .Comp. Ter. Phorm. v 
 8, 54 immo ut tu iam sctti^ 
 meam sententiam. 
 
 439. iusso = iussero, which is 
 here given by the mss., though 
 inadmissible on prosodiacal 
 grounds, nisi iusso 'contrary 
 to my orders.' 
 
 440. The prolepsis te faciam 
 ut sis miserrumus needs no fur- 
 ther explanation : comp. v. 790. 
 Examples of this kind of con- 
 struction are given by Grono- 
 vius in his note on Gellius 11 1. 
 
 442. For ita comp. v. 754. 
 Key, L. G. § 1451 e. — Laverna 
 was originally a goddess of 
 darkness and hence naturally 
 
i^'^ 
 
 VERSITT 
 
 III 2. 32; 3. 6.] AYLYLABi^f^.^CAUfQm\^ 
 
 129 
 
 milii vasa iubes, pipulo hie differam ante aedis. 
 quid ego nunc agam ? ne ego edepol v^ni hue auspi- 
 
 ci6 malo : 
 445 ntimmo sum condtietus : plus iam mddico mercedist 
 
 opus. " •- 
 
 Ev. hoe quidem hercle qu6quo ego ibo, m^eum erit, 
 
 meeum feram, III. 3 
 
 n^que isU'c in tantis periclis umquam committam 
 
 tit siet. 
 ite sane intro omnes nunciam 4t eoqui et tibicinae : 
 etiam hue intro dtice, si vis, v^l gregem venalium. 
 450 c6quite facite f^stinate nunciam, quantum lubet. 5 
 Con. t^mperi, postquam implevisti fusti fissorum 
 
 caput. 
 
 became the patroness and pro- 
 tectress of thieves. In a frag- 
 ment of Plautus' Cornicularia a 
 thief prays to Laverna: comp. 
 Hor. Ep. I 16, 60 pulcra La- 
 verna, Da mihi fallere, da iusto 
 sanctoque videri : Noctem pec- 
 catis et fraudibus obice nubem, 
 on which passage Porphyrio ob- 
 serves 'larvearum dea, quae 
 furibus praeest.' See Preller, 
 rom. Myth. p. 218. 459. Comp. 
 also Webster ed. Dyce (1866) 
 p. 294 a : Success then, sweet 
 Laverna ! I have heard That 
 thieves adore thee for a deity. 
 From Paulus we learn ^laver- 
 niones fures antiqui dicebant, 
 quod sub tutela deae Lavernae 
 essent, in cuius luco obscuro 
 abditoque solitos furta prae- 
 damque inter se lucre : ' another 
 derivation of the name aTro tou 
 Xa(3€iv is of course only a maii- 
 vaisjeu d esprit. By praying to 
 Laveriia,Congrio himself jjroves 
 that Strobilus ^v. 320) was not 
 mistaken in his character. 
 443. The reading and the 
 
 W. P. 
 
 scansion of this line are any- 
 thing but certain, pipulus is 
 said to mean convicium. Comp. 
 Mil. gl. 584 nam nunc satis pi- 
 pulo impio merui mali, where 
 the reading is, however, not 
 quite settled. To a scene simi- 
 lar to the present may have 
 belonged the Hnes quoted from 
 Matins' Mimiambi by Gellius 
 XX 9 : dein coquenti vdsa cuncta 
 dei^ctat, Nequdmve scitamenta 
 pipulo pdscit. Except these 
 passages, the word is qnoted 
 from no other author but Ap- 
 puleius. 
 
 445. For nummus see note 
 on V. 108. 
 
 449. grex venalium * a gang 
 of slaves : ' comp. Cist, iv 2, 67 
 mirum quin grex venalium in 
 cistella infuerit una. The same 
 expression occurs in the Pseudo- 
 Ciceronian speech cum senatui 
 gratias egit 6, 14 Cappadocem 
 modo abreptum de grege venali- 
 um diceres. 
 
 451. temperi occurs nineteen 
 times in Plautus, but never in 
 
130 AVLVLARiA. [III. 3. 7 ; 4. 6. 
 
 Ev. Intro shite: opera hue conductast v6stra, non 
 
 oratio. 
 Con. heu5, senex, pro vapulando hercle 4go abs te 
 
 merced^m petam. 
 c6ctum ego, non vapulatum, dudum conducttis fui. 
 455 Ev. I6ge agito mectim: molestus n^ sis: i, cen^rn 
 
 coque, 10 
 
 atit abi in malum cruciatum ab aedibus. CoN. abi 
 
 tu modo. 
 Ev. illi^' hitic abiit. di immortales, facinus audax 
 
 incipit III. 4 
 
 qui cum opulento pauper coepit r^m habere aut 
 
 neg6tium. 
 v4luti me Megadorus temptat omnibus miserum 
 
 modis : 
 460 qui simulavit mei se honoris mittere hue eausa coquos, 
 is ea causa misit hoc qui subr2^perent misero mihi. 5 
 c6ndigne etiam m5us"mec? intus gallus gallinacius -^j^^j^ 
 
 Terence. In all the Plautine 454. The long final o in ego t: 
 
 passages, temperi is the reading may be defended, nor do we 
 
 of the best authorities, not tern- deem it necessary to write cdc- 
 
 pari, except Capt. 183 where turn ego \huc\ after the example 
 
 the best ms. reads tempori. of v. 452. 
 
 The comparative temperius is 455. lege agito ' go to law, 
 
 used by Cicero, Ovid, Columella, if you want any further expos- 
 
 Appuleius and Palladius : tem- tulation,' i. e. you won't get 
 
 porius is found only in inferior anything out of me by talking 
 
 mss. See Ritschl in Beiffer- on ever so much. The same 
 
 scheid's Suetonius p. 507 ss. — phrase occurs with this sense 
 
 With the whole sentence comp. Ter. Phorm. v 7, 91. 
 
 Cas. II 7, 60 temperi, postquam 456. in malam rem ahire, in 
 
 oppugnatumst os. — fissum as malam cruc em or in malum cm- 
 
 subst. is reported from only one datum ahire are all expressions 
 
 other passage, inCelsus. Weise of the same kind 'to go to the 
 
 compares Jissa volnera Val. d — .' 
 
 Flacc. I 479. For the genitive 458. For the hiatus rem ha- 
 
 see Key, L. G. § 941. In Cas. here see Introd. p. 68. 
 
 I 1, 35 ego te implebo Jfagris we 462. In all the passages 
 
 have the same way of speaking where condigne occurs, it gives 
 
 with a different construction. the expression a sarcastic or 
 
 453. For the shortened ironical colouring : e. g. Poen. 
 
 quantity of abs see Introd. p. 57. ii 17 condigne haruspex, non 
 
III. 4. 7—12.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 131 
 
 qui anui erat peculiaris perdidit paenissume. 
 ubi erat haec defossa, occepit ibi scalpurrire tingulis 
 465 circumcirca. quid opust verbis ? ita mi pectus p^r- 
 
 acuit : 
 capio fustem, optrunco gallum, furem manufesta- 
 
 rium. 10 
 
 cr^do edepol ego illi mercedem gallo pollicitos coquos, 
 si id palam fecisset. exemi dx manu istis manubrium. 
 
 - ■ -np 
 
 the u would be short and we 
 ought to have scalpturire (as 
 indeed most editors perversely 
 read : conf . als5 scalpturio Ka- 
 TaKvdu) Gloss. Labb. p. 165), 
 but it is of the same forma- 
 tion as ligurrire and scaturrire 
 (Zumpt § 232) : for ligurrire 
 (not ligurire) see Bentley's note 
 on Ter. Eun. v 4, 14. 
 
 465. peracuit ' became ex- 
 asperated,' comp. Bacch. 1099 
 hoc hoc est quo pectus peracescit. 
 The word does not occur else- 
 where. 
 
 466. The adjective manufes- 
 tarius recurs Trin. 895. Mil. gl. 
 444. Bacch. 918 ; in allusion 
 to the last passage the word is 
 used by GelUus i 7. All other 
 writers say manifestus. — ' mani- 
 festus fur est qui in faciendo 
 [eTT avro(pu)p(i3'] deprehensus est ' 
 PauUus, Sent, ii 31, 2. 
 
 468. The u in manubrium 
 cannot be lengthened by the fol- 
 lowing letters br, since muta cum 
 liquida never has that effect in 
 Plautus. manubrium properly 
 means a hilt or a handle, but 
 here it assumes a figurative 
 sense ' occasion, opportunity. ' 
 Plautus has the word in only 
 one other passage, Epid. 616 
 (Bothe) mdlleum sapiintiorem 
 vidi excmso mdniibrio^ a line 
 which is omitted in all our 
 
 homo trioboli — aiebat portendi 
 mihi i.e. what else could I have 
 expected? Cas. i 1, 43 noctu 
 ut condigne te cubes (i.e. very 
 badly) curabitur. See also 
 Bacch. 392. Men. 906; only 
 Capt. I 2, 22 the adverb has not 
 an ironical sense. — gallindceus 
 is the quantity of this word in 
 Plautus, Lucilius, Titinius (126 
 Eibb.) and Phaedrus : see Lach- 
 mann on Lucr. p. 36. — BUcheler 
 (rhein. Mus. xx 441) quotes the 
 spelling gallinaciwi (instead of 
 the common gallinaceus) from 
 the best authorities in Varro 
 "Ovos X. IT, Cicero Mur. § 61, 
 Phaedrus iii 12, 1, Petron. 86 
 and an inscription Orelli 4330. 
 In the same way we have the 
 otherwise unexampled forma- 
 tion viracius in a fragment of 
 Varro's Meleager (see Riese, 
 rhein. Mus. xxi 121). 
 
 463. The adverb paenissume 
 recurs v. 660. That the first 
 syllable should be spelt with 
 a diphthong, appears from 
 Priscian who in two passages 
 declares paenissime to be the 
 superlative of paene : see 
 Ritschl's note on Most. 656. 
 This derivation is also borne out 
 by the meaning ' very nearly.' 
 
 464. scalpurrire appears to 
 be a air. Xey.: it is by no means 
 a desiderative, in which case 
 
 9—2 
 
132 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [III. 4 13; 5. 8. 
 
 s^d Megadorus, mens adfinis, eccum incedit a foro. 
 470 iam htinc non ausim pra^terire, quin consistam et 
 conloquar. 
 
 Megadorvs. Evclio. III. 5 
 
 Meg. narravi aniicis miiltis consilium meum 
 de condicione hac : Eticlionis filiam 
 laudant : sapienter factum et consilio bono, 
 nam me6 quidem animo, si idem faciant ceteri 
 475 opul^ntiores, pauperiorum filias 5 
 
 ut indotatas dticant uxords domum : 
 et mtilto fiat civitas concordior 
 et invidia nos min6re utamur quam utimur, 
 
 mss. except the Ambrosian pa- 
 limpsest. 
 
 469. incedit : see note on 
 V. 47. 
 
 470. For ausim see Key, 
 L. G. § 482. 
 
 471 ss. Megadorus, who as 
 a worthy old man is naturally 
 inclined and entitled to criti- 
 cise social nuisances and com- 
 plaints, supports in the follow- 
 ing scene the reforming views 
 entertained by Cato and his 
 poHtical friends. There are 
 besides the present passage so 
 many allusions in the comedies 
 of Plautus to the great luxu- 
 ry of the Roman ladies, that 
 it would be preposterous to rely 
 on them for the chronology of 
 the plays themselves : but only 
 two scenes are found in the 
 nineteen plays extant, where a 
 considerable number of lines 
 is exclusively devoted to this 
 subject, and surely such long 
 passages cannot be treated like 
 occasional allusions, as their 
 
 tendency and purpose are open- 
 ly avowed (comp. here v. 
 474 ss.). The one of these 
 passages, Epid. 11 2, 38 — 51, 
 cannot originally have formed 
 part of the scene in which it 
 stands now, as I have shown 
 elsewhere, and should therefore 
 be left out of the question ; but 
 the other, i.e. the present scene 
 in the Aulularia, we are entitled 
 to use for placing the Aulu- 
 laria after the year 560, nay we 
 may even go further and range 
 it among the later plays of the 
 poet. 
 
 472. condicio 'match:' see 
 on V. 235. 
 
 473. laudant or rather a 
 more general notion which we 
 may infer from this verb, e.g. 
 dicunt, governs the construc- 
 tion of the words sapienter fac- 
 tum. 
 
 478. For the short quantity 
 of the first syllable in invidia 
 see Introd. p. 48. — In this 
 line, v. 479, 480 and 489 we 
 
III. 5. 9 — 19.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 133 
 
 et illa^ malam rem metuant quam metu6nt magis, 
 480 et DOS minore sumptu simifs quam sumus. i 
 
 in maxumam illuc populi partemst optumum : 
 in paliciores avidos altercatiost, c -v -r^ r 
 quorum animis avidis ^que'insatiet^tibus 
 neque I4x neque tutor capere est qui possit modum. 
 485 namque hoc qui dicat : quo illae nubent divites i 
 dotatae, si istuc itis pauperibus ponitur ? 
 quo Itibeat nubant, dum dos ne fiat comes, 
 hoc si ita fiat, mores melior^s sibi 
 parent pro dote quos ferant quam nunc ferunt. 
 
 may briefly draw the attention 
 of the student to a peculiar- 
 ity of Latin : in comparisons 
 the same verb is repeated, 
 while in modern languages, e.g. 
 English and French, the most 
 general verb in the language 
 * to do ' ' faire ' is substituted. 
 
 479. mala res frequently de- 
 notes ' punishment ' in the lan- 
 guage of the comic writers. 
 
 481 ss. This hne seems the 
 sole instance of the construc- 
 tion honum est in aliquem ' it is 
 good for.' in would however 
 admit of the same explanation 
 as in such phrases as pessume 
 in te atque in ilium consults 
 Ter. Haut. tim. iii 1, 28. The 
 " next line contains another dif- 
 ficulty first pointed out by 
 Linge de hiatu p. 8: 'alterca- 
 tionem facimus cum aliquo^ 
 non in aliquem;^ but in seems 
 here to denote the object a- 
 gainst which the altercatio (i.e. 
 political contention) is directed : 
 see Zumpt § 314. This very 
 meaning of altercatio is, how- 
 ever, only assumed for this 
 passage. 
 
 483. insatletas ' a greedy dis- 
 position,' dV. Xe7. Ammiauus 
 
 Marcellinus has insatiahilitas. 
 
 484. Very probably we should 
 suppose that Plautus found in 
 the Greek original of his play a 
 passage treating of the un- 
 protected position of wealthy 
 €TriK\7jpoiy orphan heiresses. 
 Though they have a tutor 
 (guardian), they are neverthe- 
 less exposed to the aggressions 
 of those who are on the look 
 out for rich matches. The ex- 
 pression is, however, somewhat 
 peculiar, as the common phrase 
 appears to be capere modum 
 legis alicuius (in legal phrase- 
 ology), but not lex capit mo- 
 dum alicuius rei. Possibly, we 
 should have to write facere in- 
 stead of capere, or we should 
 take capere modum in the sense 
 of ponere (imponere), statuere 
 {constituere) moduui alicui rei. 
 We may also say that capere 
 modum = moderari. 
 
 488. For the hiatus si ita 
 see Introd. p. 68. , 
 
 489. pro * instead of : ' see 
 Key, L. G. § 1361 c. The phrase 
 mores ferre is to be explained 
 on the analogy of the usual ex- 
 pression dotem ferre. 
 
134 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [III. 5. 20—29. 
 
 490 ego faxim muli, pretio qui superant equos, 20 
 
 sint vlliores Gallicis canth^riis. 
 
 Ev. ita m4 di amabunt, ut> ego hunc ausculto lubens: 
 nimis l^pide fecit v^rba ad parsim6niam. 
 Meg. nulla igitur dicat ' dquidem dotem ad te 
 adtuli 
 
 495 mai6rem multo quam tibi erat pecunia. , 25 
 
 enim mihi quidem aequomst ptirpuram at que aurtim 
 
 dari, 
 ancillas mulos muliones pddisequos 
 sallitigerulos pueros, vehicla qui vehar.' 
 Ev. ut matronarum hie facta pernovit probe : 
 
 490. For faxim see Key, 
 L. G. § 566.— 'It was the cus- 
 tom for ladies of rank to have 
 their carriages drawn by mules.' 
 Thornton. Martial says in one 
 of his epigrams (iii 62) that 
 mules were sometimes sold at 
 a higher price than whole 
 houses. Hildyard quotes Juv. 
 VII 181. 
 
 491. Vlliores has here its 
 original meaning ' cheaper. ' — 
 ' cantherius = KavdrjKio^ (with the 
 interchange of Zand r) 'geldings.' 
 They were not highly valued 
 and generally considered to be 
 lazy and sleepy, comp. Men. 395 
 canterino astans ritu somniat. 
 
 493. The syllables nimis lepi- 
 form a proceleusmatic, the s in 
 nimis being dropped : Introd. p. 
 31. — lepidus is very difficult to 
 translate by one word in its 
 different shades, though the 
 schoolboy's English furnishes 
 us with the equally flexible term 
 jolly. The word is very fre- 
 quent in the comic writers, we 
 find it afterwards in Catullus 
 (1, 1. 6, 17. 36, 10) and even in 
 Horace, ars poet. 273. — ad ' for : ' 
 see Key, L. G. § 1305 e. 
 
 496. enim frequently has the 
 sense of enimvero : see Key, L. 
 G. § 1449. Kuhnken on Ter. 
 Phorm. IV 4, 13 justly observes 
 * solis comicis quos Appuleius 
 imitatur, usitatum est hanc 
 particulam adversativam ab in- 
 itio ponere.' 
 
 498. salutigerulus is a dV. 
 Xe7. The editors quote ^salu- 
 tigerulus €TrL(rK^7rrr)s' from the 
 glosses collected by Labbaeus 
 p. 163; we may compare the 
 analogous formations sandali- 
 gerula Trin. 252, and nugige- 
 rulus, as our mss.read Aul. 518. 
 salutiger occurs in Ausonius 
 {salutiger luppiter and saluti- 
 geri libelli), Prudentius (saluti- 
 geri ortus) and Appuleius speaks 
 of demons as salutigeri ' qui 
 2iltro citroque portant hinc peti- 
 tiones, inde suppetias.^ The 
 meaning is rightly explained by 
 a French translator ' petits la- 
 quais qu'on envoye de c6t6 et 
 d'autre pour savoir des nou- 
 velles de ses amis, leur faire des 
 compliments de notre part' — 
 in short tigers.— Fox qui see 
 Key, L. G. § 312. 
 
III. 5. 30—35.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 135 
 
 500 moribus praefectum mtilierum hunc factum velim. so 
 Meg. nunc quoquo venias, plus plaustrorum in 
 
 a^dibus , 
 videas quam ruri quando ad villam veneris, 
 sed hoc dtiam pulprumst praequam sumptus ubi 
 
 petunt. ^ "^'^^ti o^^k.. r; 
 stat fullo phyrgio aiirifex linarius 
 505 caupones patagiarii indusiarii 35 
 
 500. For ther accentuation 
 moribus see note on v. 137. 
 For the whole passage we may 
 compare a fragment from Cic. 
 de republ. iv nee vero mulieri- 
 hus praefectus jpraeponatur qui 
 apud Graecos creari solet : sed 
 sit censor qui viros doceat no- 
 derari uxoribus. It would be 
 somewhat gratuitous to conjec- 
 ture that there actually was a 
 scheme on foot to propose the 
 institution of yvvaiKovo/JiOL or 
 yvvaiKOKOjfxoi in Kome such as 
 there were in several Greek re- 
 publics, and that Plautus ven- 
 tured to hint at this. 
 
 503. pulcrumst is of course 
 ironical. — Of the particle prae- 
 quam there are five instances 
 in Plautus : this line, Merc. 23. 
 Most. 982. 1146 and Amph. 11 
 2, 3 ; it does not occur in 
 Terence and the fragments of 
 the other comic writers, but in 
 later times Gellius uses it again 
 XVI 1. In the same way Plau- 
 tus has the particle praeut : 
 Amph. I 1, 218. Men. 376. 
 935. Mil. gl. 20. Bacch. 929. 
 Merc. 470. Bitschl and FJeck- 
 eisen write prae quam in two 
 words, and should consequently 
 also write prae ut which they 
 do not. 
 
 504. The word linarius oc- 
 curs only here in Plautus, but 
 
 is also quoted from an inscrip- 
 tion, Gruter p. 649, 3. 
 
 505. caupones 'retail deal- 
 ers.' ^patagium'' est quod ad 
 summam tunicam assui solet^ 
 quae et patagiata (Epid. 11 2, 
 47) dicitur, et * patagiarii'' qui 
 eiusmodi opera faciunt. Festus : 
 the word patagiarius is how- 
 ever a air. Xe7.— Our mss. give 
 here indusiarii, and indusiatam 
 Epid. II 2, 47 : but VaiTO de- 
 rives the word from intus de 1. 
 1. v 131 p. 51 M. and accord- 
 ingly writes intxisium, and from 
 this source Nonius derives his 
 information p. 539, 31 ' indusi- 
 um est vestimentum quod cor- 
 pori intra plurimas vestes ad- 
 haeret, quasi intiisium. Plautus 
 in Epidico' etc. p. 542, 22 he 
 quotes from Varro de vita pop, 
 Kom. I (=p. 237 ed. Bip.) 
 ^ posteaquam binas tunicas ha- 
 bere coeperunt, instituerunt vo- 
 care subuculam et indiissam 
 (thus the mss.). The adjective 
 indusiatu^ occurs in Appuleiu? 
 and the verb indusiare in Mar- 
 tianus Capella. On the indu- 
 slum itself, Bottiger (Sabina 2, 
 113 sec. ed.) has the following 
 remarks. * The shirt was a 
 kind of under-tunic (interula) 
 made either of linen {linea, 
 Salm. ad scr. h. a. i 972) or. of 
 cotton {byssinae). It was worn 
 
136 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [III. 5. 36—44. 
 
 flammarii violarii cararii o.* 
 
 propolae liixteones calceolarii 
 sedentarii sutores diabathrarii — 
 solearii astant, "astant molocinarii, 
 [strophiarii astant, astant semisonarii] 
 510 petunt fullones, sarcinatores petunt 
 
 pro illis crocotis strophiis sumptu tixorio. 
 iam hosce absolutes censeas : cedtint petunt 
 trecend : ctVcu instant phylacistae in atriis, 
 
 by both, sexes : for men it was 
 called subucula, for women in- 
 tusium (Ferrar. de re vest. 3, 1 
 p. 175), precisely as the English 
 distinguish between shirt and 
 shift. The neglig^ or morning- 
 dress of ladies indoors consist- 
 ed, as we see from many pas- 
 sages in Ovid and Propertius, 
 in nothing but such a shirt 
 which when fitting very tightly, 
 did not even require to be fast- 
 ened by a belt... but as it might 
 easily become very troublesome 
 on account of its length, it was 
 generally kept together by a 
 semizona, at least until the pro- 
 per tunic was thrown over it.' 
 
 506. cararius occurs only 
 here: ceraria stands in the 
 mss. Mil. gl. 694, where the 
 reading seems however very un- 
 certain. Comp. Ov. ars am. 
 Ill 184 et sua velleribus nomina 
 cera dedit. 
 
 507. linteo 'a linen-weaver' 
 occurs here, in Servius on Aen. 
 VII 14, and an inscription Gru- 
 ter p. 38, 15. — calceolarius 'a 
 shoemaker,' dV. Xey. 
 
 508. diabathrarius ' a maker 
 of slippers,' occurs only here, 
 diabathrum (i. e. the Greek 5td- 
 ^adpov) is quoted from Naevius 
 by Varro. 
 
 509. solearius occurs only 
 
 here and Gruter 648, 13 ; molo- 
 cinarius (or moloch. ) here and 
 in an inscription Muratori 939, 
 6. I am inclined to consider 
 this line as spurious : for, first 
 of all, why should the solearii 
 be named after the diabath- 
 rarii ? and then, how could the 
 poet name solearii and moloci- 
 narii, members of very different 
 professions, in one and the 
 same breath ? 
 
 510. In this line the two 
 professions which mend old 
 garments are appropriately 
 mentioned together. 
 
 511. The strophium or mam- 
 millare and fascia was a kind 
 of belt worn to keep the female 
 bosom straight : see Smith's 
 Dictionary of Antiquities s. v. 
 
 512. cedunt = incedunt,coiLRi^. 
 colere = incolere v. 4. 
 
 513. trecenti denotes here 
 a great number or multitude, 
 much in the same way as se- 
 scenta v. 318. Hildyard quotes 
 the following examples of this 
 use : Cat. 9, 2. 11, 18. 12, 10. 
 Hor. od. Ill 4, 79. See also 
 Plant. Mil. gl. 250.— phyla- 
 cistae : the importunate credi- 
 tors waiting for their money 
 are compared with jailers. The 
 word only here. Comp., how- 
 ever, phylaca Capt. 747. The 
 

 III. 5, 45—60.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 137 
 
 textores limbularii arculariiiJ 45 
 
 515 aut ^liqua mala crux semper est quae aliquid 
 petat. 
 Ev. comp^^llem ego ilium, ni metuam ne d^sinat 
 memorare mores mtilierum : nunc sic sinam. 50 
 
 Meg. ubi ntigigerulis r^s solutast omnibus, 
 ibi ad postremum c^dit miles, aes petit. 
 520 ittir, putatur ratio cum argentario : 
 mil^s impransus astat, aes cens^t dari. 
 ubi disputatast ratio cum argentario, 
 [etiam plus ipsus ultro debet argentario] .. 
 spes prdrogatur militi in alium diem. ^>> 
 haec sunt atque aliae mliltae in magnis dotibus 
 525 inc6mmoditates stimptusque intolerabiles. 
 nam quae indotatast, da in potestate dst viri : 
 
 reading of this line and the fol- 
 lowing is however not quite 
 certain. 
 
 614. arcularii ' cabinet- 
 makers.' Hildyard quotes Cic. 
 Off. II 7, 25 scnitari arculas 
 muliehres, and Varro de 1. 1. 
 VIII 45 (?) ut lectus et lectulus, 
 area et arcula, sic alia. 
 
 518. For ubi — ibi Brix on 
 Trin. 417 quotes Cure, i 2, 7 
 and Epid. 11 1, 1. 
 
 519. ' The public expenses, 
 of which the payment of the 
 army formed a considerable 
 part, fell of course mostly on 
 the shoulders of the richer 
 classes which possessed more 
 landed property : and accord- 
 ingly the husband of a rich 
 wife had to bear all the taxes 
 laid on her property. ' Koepke. 
 The military tax was called aes 
 militare, an expression also 
 found Poen. v 5, 7, though in 
 a different sense. 
 
 520. 'Disputatio et compu- 
 tatio cum praepositione a putan- 
 
 60 
 
 do quod valet purum facere. 
 ideo antiqui purum putum ad- 
 pellarunt, ideo putator quod ar- 
 bores puras facit : ideo ratio 
 putari dicitur in qua summa sit 
 pura.^ Varro de 1. 1. vi 63 
 p. 97. M. Scaliger in his note 
 on the passage observes that 
 Plutarch uses the analogous ex- 
 pression iKKaddpac Xoyia/xov ; we 
 may also compare the English 
 phrase to clear one^s debts and 
 the German eine rechnung in 's 
 reine bringcn. For examples 
 see Trin. 417. Most. 299. Cas. 
 Ill 2, 25. 
 
 521. The last syllable of 
 miles is used long by Plautus 
 here and Cure. 728 ; in the 
 same manner, we read dives 
 Asin. 330. See C. F. W. MiiUer, 
 Plant. Pros. p. 49. 
 
 524. haec is frequently found 
 as the fem. plur. in the best 
 mss. of Plautus, Terence and 
 Cicero, nay Lucretius never 
 uses hae: see Munro on in 001 
 and VI 456. 
 
138 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [III. 5. 61 ; 6. 10. 
 
 dotatae mactant ^t malo et damno viros. 
 
 sed ^ccum adfinem ante aedis. quid agis, Eticlio ? 
 
 Ev. nimium lubenter ^di sermondm tuom. III. G 
 530 Meg. ain, aiidivisti ? Ev. usque a principio omnia. 
 
 Meg. tamen meo quid em animo aliqu^nto facias 
 r^ctius 
 
 si nitidior sis filia^ nuptiis. 
 
 Ev. pro re nitorem et gl6riam pro copia. . 5 
 
 qui liab(^nt, meminerint s^se unde oriundi sient. 
 535 neque pol, Megadore, mihi nee qu'oiquam patiperi 
 
 opinione melius rds structast domi. 
 
 Meg. immo ^st et ita di faciant ut semper siet 
 
 plus pltisque istuc tihi sospitent quod nunc habes. lo 
 
 527. On mactare and the 
 use of this word in Plautus and 
 Terence it suffices to refer to the 
 commentators on Ter. Phorm. 
 V 8, 39. mac-tus is derived 
 with the suffix tu from mag-, 
 the root of mag-nus : see Cors- 
 sen, krit. Beitr. p. 423. — malum 
 wretched life, damnum unneces- 
 sary expense. 
 
 529. edi *I have devour- 
 ed.' Thornton compares Shake- 
 speare, Othello I 3 ^ She'd come 
 again and with a greedy ear De- 
 vour up my discourse/ Plautus 
 uses a similar expression, Cist. 
 IV 2, 54 mihi cibus est quod 
 fabulare and Most. 1062 gustare 
 ego eius sermonem volo, and in 
 the Asinaria we read the exact 
 expression devorare dicta. In 
 Greek we have similar phrases : 
 (payelv pTjiuara in Aristophanes, 
 and exxax^Lcrdai \6yovs in Plato. 
 
 530. For the hiatus in this 
 line see Introd. p. 67. — usque 
 a : note on v. 248. 
 
 531. This line might be met- 
 rically, though awkwardly, ex- 
 plained: tarn mo | quid dni\mo 
 aliqudn\to faci\as rec\tiuSf but 
 
 there are important reasons to 
 suspect the genuineness of the 
 reading. 
 
 532. nitidus is here synony- 
 mous with lautus or splendidus : 
 thus Plautus says Pseud. 774 
 curari nitidiuscule and Cist, i 
 1, 10 lepide atque nitide acci- 
 pere. In Hor. Ep. i 4, 15 me 
 pinguem et nitidum, bene curata 
 cute vises the word has its 
 original sense. 
 
 533. pro 'in proportion to, 
 in accordance with:'' see Key, 
 L. G. § 1361 g. Gronovius ap- 
 propriately compares Hor. Serm. 
 I 2, 19 pro quaestu sumptum 
 facit 'he lives up to his in- 
 come.' — gloria show, pomp, 
 parade: comp. Hor. Ep. i 18, 
 22 gloria... supra vires et vestit 
 et ungit. The gloire of the 
 French nation is very frequent- 
 ly gloria in this sense of the 
 Latin word. Thornton uses in 
 his translation the proverb to 
 cut one^s coat according to the 
 cloth. 
 
 534. habere absolutely used 
 * to possess, to be rich : ' comp. 
 True. IV 2, 3. 
 
III. 6. 11—23.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 139 
 
 Ev. illtid mihi verbum non placet ' quod nunc babes.' 
 540 tarn bic scit me babere quam ^gomet : anus fecit 
 palam. 
 
 Meg. quid tu te solus 6 senatu s^vocas ? 
 
 Ev. pol ego tit te accusem, m4cicm meditabar. Meg. 
 quid est ? 
 
 Ev. quid sit me rogitas, qui mibi omnis augulos is 
 
 furum implevisti in a^dibus, miser6 mihi 
 545 qui intro misisti in a^dis quingentds coquos ^ 
 
 cum sdnis^manibus, g^nere Geryonaceo. 
 
 quos si 'Argus servet, qui 6culeus totus fuit, 
 
 (quem qu6ndam loni Itino custodem dddidit) 20 
 
 is numquam servet. pradterea tibicinam 
 550 quae mi interbibere s61a, si vin6 scatat, 
 
 Corinthiensem f6ntem Pirenam potest. 
 
 541. senatiis ' a consulta- 
 tion,' comp. Mil. gl. 592 and 
 594. This expression is foreign 
 to Terence. 
 
 542. For the apparent vio- 
 lation of the usual rules of the 
 consecutio temporum in medita- 
 bar ut accusem^ see the exam- 
 ples collected by Draeger i 
 p. 298. 
 
 544. For the genitive furum 
 see Key, L. G. § 941. See above 
 V. 451. In the same way com- 
 plere has the genitive after it 
 Amph. I 2, 8 s. Men. 901. re- 
 plere Poen. iii 3, 88. 
 
 545. quingentos denotes here 
 a great number, in the same 
 way as we have sescenta v. 318 
 and trecenti v. 513. Mercklin 
 (ind. schol. Dorpat. 1862 p. xiii) 
 compares Mil. gl. 52 and Cure. 
 587. 
 
 547. Appuleius Metam. ii 
 p. 40 ed. Bip. manifestly imi- 
 tates this passage in describing 
 a restless, suspicious fellow who 
 pries into everything : vides 
 
 hominem insomnem, certe per- 
 spicaciorem ipso Lynceo vel 
 Argo, et oculeum totum, 
 
 548. For cu^stodem adders 
 comp. Mil. gl. 146. 298. 305 
 (where the mss. read tradidit, 
 but Eitschl rightly gives addidit 
 from Douza's conjecture) and 
 Capt. Ill 5, 50. The same ex- 
 pression occurs Hor. Od. iii 4, 
 78. 
 
 550. For interbibere see Key, 
 L. G. § 1342, 1 d.—scatat, not 
 from scatere, but scatere : this 
 infinitive occurs in a fragment 
 of an anonymous tragic poet 
 quoted by Cic. Tusc. i 28, 69 
 (Ribb. trag. 217) and three 
 times in Lucretius, who has 
 also scatit, see Munro on v 40. 
 
 551. The earlier Roman 
 poets always turn Greek names 
 and words into the appearance 
 of Latin forms, and accordingly 
 give them Latin terminations. 
 The forms Oresten Eehion Sala- 
 viina as found in Ennius and 
 Pacuvius are solitary excep- 
 
140 AVLVLARIA. [III. G. 24—81. 
 
 turn obsdnium autem p61 vel legioni sat est. 
 
 Meg. etiam agnum misi. Ev. quo quidem agno 
 
 sat scio 25 
 
 magis curionem nusquam esse ullam b^luam. 
 555 Meg. volo ego ^x te scire qui sit agnus curio. 
 Ev. quia ossa ac pellis totust : ita cura macet. 
 quin exta inspicere in sole e^ vivo licet : 
 ita is petlucet quasi lanterna Punica. so 
 
 Meg. caedtindum ilium ego condtixi. Ev. turn tu 
 
 idem optumumst 
 
 tions. The introduction of pure 
 Greek forms is one of the cha- 
 racteristic features of the Au- 
 gustan period. Hence we have 
 in the present passage Pirenam, 
 not Pirenen. 
 
 552. Hildyard appropriately 
 compares Massinger, City Ma- 
 dam 1 1 provision enough to serve 
 a garrison. 
 
 554. Appuleius imitates this 
 passage in calling a fat lamb 
 agnus incuriosus Flor. 2. p. 
 113 ed. Bp., whence it appears 
 that he found in his text the 
 • gloss curiosam which has super- 
 seded the genuine reading curi- 
 onem in all mss. The peculiar 
 meaning of curio is of course 
 coined on purpose for the pre- 
 sent passage. Euclio, too, im- 
 parts to curio the sense of care- 
 worn. 
 
 556. Comp. ossa atque pellis 
 sum miser aegritudine * only skin 
 and bones ' Capt. i 2, 32. The 
 expression appears to be pro- 
 verbial : comp, Theoc. ii 89 
 
 aVTOL dk XoiTTCt OffTL €T "^S Kal 
 
 8ip/xa. Horace has a similar 
 expression ossa pelle amicta 
 lurida Epod. 17, 22. 
 
 558. I have kept the form 
 lanterna as given by the ms. £ : 
 in the only other two passages 
 
 where this word occurs in Plau- 
 tus, Amph. prol. 149 and ib. i 
 1, 249, B has latemay and in / 
 the lines in question are illegi- 
 ble. In the line from the pro- 
 logue to the Amphitruo I should 
 propose to read Illic a porta 
 nunc cum laterna ddvenit. For 
 lanterna see also Biicheler, 
 rhein. Mus. xviii 393 and W. 
 Schmitz ibid, xix 301. Com- 
 pare the French lanterne and 
 the Italian lanterna. The la- 
 terna Punica is only here men- 
 tioned ; Weise says ' forte a 
 vitro facta : ' and this opinion 
 seems not quite without foun- 
 dation, when we consider that 
 the invention of glass is gene- 
 rally ascribed to the Phoeni- 
 cians. — Beaumont and Fletcher, 
 poets who like to show off their 
 learning, manifestly imitate this 
 passage in ' The Scornful Lady ' 
 II 3 p. 301 ed. Lond. 1750: 
 * Serv. Yonder's a cast of coach- 
 mares of the gentlewoman's, the . 
 strangest cattle. Wei. Why? 
 Serv. Why, they are trans- 
 parent, sir, you may see through 
 them.' 
 
 559. ' Qui opus aliquod, hoo 
 est materiam aliquam efforman- 
 dam efifingendam elaborandam 
 alicui tradit, is locare: conda- 
 
III. 6. 82—39.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 141 
 
 560 loces Referendum, nam iam credo m6rtuost. 
 
 Meg. potare ego hoc die, Euclio, tecum volo. 
 
 Ev. non qudd potem ego quidem hdbeo hercle. 
 Meg. at ego iussero 
 
 cadum unum vini v^teris a me adferrier. 35 
 
 Ev. nolo hercle: nam mihi bibere decretumst aquam. 
 565 Meg. ego te hodie reddam madidum, si vivo, probe, 
 
 tibi quoi decretumst bibere aquam. Ev. scio quam 
 rem agat. 
 
 ut m.6 deponat vino, eam adfectat viam.: 
 
 cere vero qui illud opus susci- 
 piat, dicitur.' Lindemann on 
 Capt. IV 2, 39. conducere is 
 here simply to buy, locare in 
 the next line to put out. Euclio 
 plays upon the word locare 
 which would remind any one 
 of the phrase funus locare ' to 
 contract with an undertaker 
 about a funeral.' This becomes 
 the more pungent, as Euclio 
 advises Megadorus to bespeak 
 the lamb's funeral while it is 
 still ahve. 
 
 562. The future perf. ius- 
 sero stands here, as it often 
 does in the comic writers, in 
 the sense of the simple future 
 iubebo or rather the subj. perf. 
 iusserim: see Key, L. G. § 476. 
 
 563. Translate cadum unum 
 * just one bottle.'- a me = a mea 
 domo : in the same way we have 
 a nobis * from our house * Mil. 
 gL 339, and both together a 
 iiobis domost Cist, iv 1. 6. 
 
 565. madidus and tbe Greek 
 ^e^peyfjL^vos often mean 'drunk,' 
 e.g. Amph. Ill 4, 18. As. v 2, 9. 
 madide madere Pseud. 1297. 
 Hildyard compares the English 
 expression to moisten one^s clay. 
 See also Heindorf's note on 
 Hor. Sat. 11 1, 9. — si vivo *by 
 my life' (♦ so wahr ich lebe ' iu 
 
 German) is frequently found in 
 Plautus and Terence. Pareus 
 gives the following examples : 
 Gas. I 1, 28. Most. 1067. Men. 
 903. Bacch. 766. Ter. Andr. 
 V 2, 25. Eun. v 6, 19. Haut. 
 tim. V 1, 45. 
 
 566. tibi quoi stands for te 
 quoi in consequence of a kind 
 of attraction or assimilation, 
 of which I find two other in- 
 stances: Epid. Ill 1, 8 tibi quoi 
 divitiae domi maxumae Sunt is 
 nunnium milium habes and Cure. 
 II 2, 17 namque incubare satins 
 te fuerat lovl, Tibi quoi auxili- 
 um in iure iurando fuit, 
 
 567. deponere vino is used 
 in precisely the same way by 
 Aurelius Victor, de vir. inl. 71 
 Gaepio cum aliter vincere non 
 posset, duos satellites pecunia 
 corrupit qui Viriathum vino 
 (others humi) depositum pere- 
 merunt. — adfectare viam is ' to 
 try, to attempt,' Men. 686 tU 
 me defrudes, ad eam rem adfec- 
 tas viam. Terence has the 
 same phrase Haut. tim. i 3, 60 
 and Phorm. v 7, 71, where 
 Donatus observes ' adfectani 
 viam, plenum, quod nos eX- 
 XeiTrriAcuJs.' Cicero has iter 
 adfectare pro Hoscio Am. 48, 
 140. 
 
142 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [III. 6. 40—50. 
 
 post hoc quod habeo ut commutet coloniam. 40 
 
 ego id cavebo : nam alicubi abstrudani foris. 
 
 570 ego faxo et operam et vinum perdiderit simul. 
 
 Meg. ego nisi quid me vis, eo lavatum ut sacru- 
 
 ficem. 
 Ev. edepol ne tu, aula, mtiltos immic6s babes, 
 atque istuc aurura qu6d tibi concreditumst. 45 
 
 nunc hoc mihi factust optumum, ut tec^ anferam, 
 
 575 aula, in Fidei fanum : ibi abstrudam probe. 
 Fid^s, novisti me ^t ego te : cave sis tibi 
 ne tu immutassis nomen, si hoc concrdduo. 
 ibo ad te, fretus tua, Fides, fiducia. 50 
 
 5,68. colonia appears here 
 in its original sense (from 
 colo — incolv) , * a dwelling-place : ' 
 see Epid. in 2, 7 and Pseud. 
 1100. In the Asin. 11 2, 32 
 catenarum colonus means a fa- 
 miliar inmate of the prison. — 
 For conmuUt see note on jpis- 
 tillum V. 95. 
 
 571. Servius on Aen. in 136 
 observes ajpud veteres neque ux- 
 or duci neque ager arari sine 
 sacrijiclis peractis poterat. — It 
 is not at all improbable that a 
 line has dropped out after v. 571, 
 in which the leave-taking of 
 the two affines was contained. 
 
 573. For tibi see Introd. p. 
 23. 
 
 574. With the construction 
 optimum factu we may comp. 
 Mil. gl. 101, qui est amor cultu 
 optumus. 
 
 575. Fidei: Introd. p. 14. 
 Key, L. G. § 147. 
 
 577. For the form immutas- 
 sis = inmutaveris see note on v. 
 226. The verb immutare occurs 
 three times in Plautus. — con- 
 creduo: see on v. 62. — The 
 sense is 'Do not allow yourself 
 to be called infida, though your 
 name is Fides : ' comp. 607. 
 659 s. 
 
lY. 1. 1—6.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 143 
 
 ACTVS IV. 
 
 Strobilvs (II) 
 
 lY. 1 
 
 H6c est servi facinus frugi, facere quocl ego p^r- 
 
 sequor : 
 580 n^ morae mol^stiaeque imp^rium erile habeat sibi. 
 nam qui ero ex sent^ntia servire servos postulat, 
 in erum matura, in se sera condecet capdssere. 
 sin dormitet, ita dormitet, s^rvom sese ut cogitet : 5 
 [ilam qui arnanti ero s^rvitutem s^rvit, quasi ego 
 
 s^rvio, • 6 
 
 One of the greatest difficulties 
 in the Auhilaria consists in the 
 name and character of the slave 
 Strobilus who makes his ap- 
 pearance in the first scene of 
 this act. That the Strohilua of 
 the first scene of the third act 
 cannot be the same person with 
 this, may he readily perceived ; 
 nor is it easy to believe that 
 Plautns would have designated 
 two different characters by one 
 and the same name. The most 
 probable assumption is that the 
 two characters, that of the slave 
 of Megavonides and that of 
 Lyconides' servant, were acted 
 by one and the same performer, 
 whence they were subsequently 
 thrown together under one 
 name. It is idle to speculate 
 what may have been the origi- 
 nal name of the second Strobi- 
 lus, but it is certain that he is 
 a very different person from the 
 Strobilus of the first three acts 
 of our play. We should ob- 
 
 serve that, like his slave, Mega- 
 dorus has now disappeared from 
 the scene of action, and that 
 Lyconides now steps forward. 
 
 579. facinus w^ould in prose 
 be generally omitted ; translate 
 *it behoves a good servant.' — 
 From Cicero Tusc. iii 8, 16 we 
 learn that the Greek for frugi 
 would be xPVf^^f^os, and the 
 same writer informs us that 
 hominem frugi ovinia recte fa- 
 cere, iam proverbi locum obtinet 
 ib. IV 16, 36. 
 
 581. ex sententia *to his 
 satisfaction'; for the phrase see 
 note on Ter. Haut. tim. iv 3, 
 5. — postulat = volt, d^iot, see on 
 359. 
 
 582. Comp. Verg. Aen. i 80 
 iussa capessere fas est. Plant. 
 Trin. 299 capesses mea im/peria. 
 
 584—590. After I had first 
 observed (de Aul. p. 29) that 
 the reading of these lines could 
 not be genuine, and had thought 
 of transposing 591 — 591 after 
 
 OF THE ' \ 
 
 versitY; 
 
lU 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 [IV. 1. 7—14. 
 
 585 si erum videt superare amorem, hoc servi esse offi- 
 
 cium re or, 
 r^tinere ad saltitem, non enim quo incumbat eo 
 
 imp^llere. 
 quasi pueris qui nare discunt scirpea induitur ratis, 
 qui laborent minus, facilius tit nent et moveant 
 
 manus : lo 
 
 eodem modo servom ratem esse amanti ero aequom 
 
 cdnseo, : 'UL^-^'u^- 
 
 590 ut eum toleret n^ pessum abeat tamquam * * *] 
 eri ille imperium ediscat ut quod frons velit oculi 
 
 sciant, 13 
 
 qudd iubeat citis quadrigis citius properet p^rsequi. 
 
 583, Brix (jahrb. 1865 p. 56) 
 pointed out that the lines which 
 I have now included in brack- 
 ets, were but a parallel passage 
 originally added in the margin 
 of the archetype of our mss. 
 and did not therefore belong to 
 the Aulularia. For, as he ju- 
 diciously says, we can only 
 understand them of an amor 
 meretricius, in which case it 
 would indeed be the duty of a 
 faithful servant to restrain his 
 master: but in the present case 
 Lyconides is bent on lawful mar- 
 riage without being very deeply 
 in love, and as he does not 
 doubt of Euclio's consent (which 
 appears from iv 10), it would be 
 a superfluous presumption of 
 his slave to attempt to keep 
 him back {retinere ad salutem). 
 Such parallel passages have 
 sometimes been added in the 
 mss. of the Plautine comedies, 
 e.g. Men. 984 a passage from 
 the commencement of the fourth 
 act of the Mostellaria. 
 
 584. For erii see Introd. p. 
 21 .— servitutem servire occurs 
 
 several times in Plautus, once 
 even in Cicero Mur. 29, 61. 
 Comp. note on f acinus facer e 
 218. 
 
 586. For non enim we should 
 probably write noenum; see note 
 on 67. — For incumbat see Introd. 
 p. 15. 
 
 589. For mod6 see Introd. 
 p. 21. 
 
 590. tolerare has here the 
 sense of sublevare, as Trin. 338. 
 358. 371. — pessum abire 'goto 
 the bottom ; ' comp. Cist. 11 1, 
 11 sq. 
 
 591. frons eri, ociili servi : 
 an attentive slave should under- 
 stand how to read his master's 
 looks. The expression was no 
 doubt proverbial like the Ger- 
 man ^ersieht dir deine wilnsche 
 am gesichte ab.^ 
 
 592. citis quadrigis citius : 
 comp. Poen. i 2, 156 quadrigis 
 curslm ad carnuflcem rapi, and 
 Asin. II 2, 13 numquam edepol 
 quadrigis albis indipisces pos- 
 tea. — Plautus has^erscg'Mor here 
 and 579 : Ter. Haut. tim. iv 1, 
 22 says imperium exequi. 
 
IV. 1. 15 — 21.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 145 
 
 qui 4db curabit, ^bstinebit c^i^sione btibula is 
 
 nee sua opera r^diget umquam in splendorem c6m- 
 
 pedes. i:"' 
 595 nam ^rus mens amat filiam huius Eiiclionis paliperis : 
 dam ero nunc renuntiatumst nuptum huic Megadoro 
 
 dari. 
 Is speculatum hue misit me ut quae fierent fieret 
 
 partieeps. 
 nunc sine omni suspitione in ara hie adsidam 
 
 sacra : 20 
 
 Line ego et hue et illuc potero quid agant arbitrdrier. 
 
 593. What censio huhula 
 means, should be clear without 
 further explanation : comp. how- 
 ever Trin. 1011 where the slave 
 Stasimus exhorts himself cave 
 sis tihi ne bubuli in te cottabi 
 crebri crepent, and Stich. 63 
 Antipho threatens his servants 
 vos monimentis conmonefaciam 
 bubulis. Slaves are therefore 
 called bucaedae Most. 884 : ibid. 
 882 we read (erus) male casti- 
 gabit eos exuviis bubulis. 
 
 594. The hiatus Unquam In 
 is legitimate in the caesura : 
 see Introd. p. 66. 
 
 595. nam indicates here no 
 internal, but only an external 
 connexion of the following sen- 
 tence with the preceding speech: 
 or, to speak more clearly, we 
 should supply such a sentence 
 as * I make all these observa- 
 tions not in vain, for my master 
 etc' nam is in this way very 
 frequently used by the comic 
 writers. See also on v. 27. — 
 
 huius, i.e. who lives here, in this 
 house. In the same way we 
 have huic Megadoro in the next 
 line. He points towards the 
 house. 
 
 598. sine omni = sine ulla, 
 see note on v. 213. — suspitio is 
 the spelling frequently found 
 in the best mss. of Plautus, 
 Terence, Caesar, Cicero, Curtius 
 and Tacitus : the word is a con- 
 traction from suspicitlo, an ety- 
 mology which at the same time 
 accounts for the different quan- 
 tity of suspitio (noun) and sus- 
 picio (verb) suspicor. Another 
 theory is propounded by Cors- 
 sen, Beitr. p. 15 s. 
 
 599. arbitrarier is here =in- 
 spicere, comp. arbiter = specta- 
 tor Capt. 208 and Poen. iii 3, 
 50. Milton has ventured to 
 introduce this sense of the word 
 into the English language, Par. 
 Lost I 785 'while over-head tli£ 
 moon sits arbitress.^ 
 
 W. P. 
 
 10 
 
146 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 [ly. 2. 1—7. 
 
 EvcLio. Strobilvs. 
 
 IV 2 
 
 COO Ev. tu modo cave quozquam indicassis, aurum meum 
 
 esse istic, Fides. 
 non metuo ne quisquam inveniat : ita probe in 
 
 latebris situmst. 
 ^depol ne illic pulcram praedam agat, si quis illam 
 
 invenerit 
 aiilam onustam auri. verum id te quadso ut pro- 
 
 hibessis, Fides, 
 nunc lavabo, ut r^m divinam faciam, ne adfin^m 
 
 merer, 5 
 
 605 quin ubi accersat meam extemplo flliam ducat 
 
 domum. 
 vide, Fides, etiam atque etiam nunc, salvam ut 
 
 aulam abs te auferam : 
 
 600. indicassis : see note on 
 V. 226. 
 
 602. praedam agere is origin- 
 ally a military phrase like the 
 Greek XerjXarelv. 
 
 603. The genitive auri after 
 onustam should be explained 
 after the analogy of implere (see 
 note on v. 544) and aula auri 
 plena 813. We might, however, 
 join aulam auri and consider 
 onustam as additional attribute. 
 But comp. V. 609. The ablative 
 onustam auroY. 804. — prohibes- 
 sis = prohibevesis = prohibueris : 
 for the formation comp. note 
 on V. 226 and the perfects delevi 
 neviftevi. prohibessit Pseud. 14. 
 Lucretius has avessis iv 823. 
 
 605. accersere is so frequent- 
 ly found in the best mss. (for 
 Piautus see the examples col- 
 lected by Gruter on Cas. iii 4, 
 10 ; for Caesar, Dinter's note on 
 B. G. 1 31, 4) that it would be 
 very arbitrary to condemn this 
 
 form, because it is difficult to 
 explain. There certainly can be 
 no doubt that arcessere is a 
 genuine form : ar being another 
 form of the preposition ad 
 and cesso the i;atensive of cio. 
 Charisius iii (p. 227 P. , 256 K. ) 
 stsites 'aceersosicut arcesso. sed 
 interest quod arcessere est ac- 
 cusare, accersere autem vocareJ 
 See also Diomedes i p, 375 P. 
 379 K. Prise, xviii p. 1164 P. 
 This distinction between the two 
 forms does not hold good. The 
 form accersere was perhaps pe- 
 culiar to the sermo plebeius, in 
 which case its frequent occur- 
 rence in Piautus should not 
 surprise us. Ritschl gives ac- 
 cersere in many passages, e.g. 
 Men. 729. 763. 770. 776. 875. 
 Most. 1044. 1093. See also an 
 able article on arcesso and ac- 
 eerso by Mr A. S. Wilkins.in the 
 New Journal of Philology vi 
 278—285. 
 
lY. 2. 8 ; 3. 2.] avlvlaria. 
 
 147 
 
 tua^ fide concr^didi aurum, in tuo luco et fano 
 
 situmst. 
 Str. di inmortales, quod ego hunc hominem facinus 
 
 audio loqui : 
 se aularn onustam auri dbstrusisse hie intus in fano 
 
 Fide. 10 
 
 GIO cave tu illi fid^lis quaeso potius fueris quam mihi. 
 atque hie pater est, ut ego opinor, huius erus quam 
 
 mens amat. ^^^ ^ ^ 
 
 Ibo hine intro, p^rscrutabor fanum, si inveniam 
 
 uspiam 
 atirum, dum hie est 6eeupatus. s^d si repperero, 6 
 
 Fides, 
 mulsi eongialem plenam faeiam tibi fideUam. i5 
 
 615 id adeo tibi faeiam, verum ego mihi bibam, ubi iia 
 
 fdeero. IV 3 
 
 Ev. non teme're est, quod c6rvos eantat mihi nunc 
 
 ab laeva manu : 
 semul radebat pddibus terram et voee croeibat sua. 
 
 607. For Jide =Jidei see Key, 
 L. G. § 88. Lucretius has facie, 
 Horace (Serm. i 3, 95) and 
 Terence (Andr. i 5, 61) have 
 fide, Livy (v 13, 5) pernicie as 
 datives. 
 
 609. The mss. read fidei, 
 whence fide should be written 
 at the end of the verse. This 
 is of course to be considered as 
 a contracted form of the geni- 
 tive ; comp. Hor. Od. iii 7, 4 
 constantis iuvenem fide with Mr 
 Wickham's note. 
 
 614. fidelia here * a wine- 
 pot:' comp. Pers. v 183 tu- 
 met alba fidelia vino. Plautus 
 chooses this word on account of 
 the paronomasia with Fides. 
 
 616. The fears of the ever- 
 suspicious Euclio have been 
 awakened by an unlucky omen. 
 
 non temere est is justly explain- 
 ed by Calphurnius on Ter. 
 Haut. tim. iv 1, 7 as *non sine 
 causa;' the same expression 
 occurs in Terence Eun. ii 2, 
 60. Phorm. v 8, 8. Comp. PI. 
 Bacch. 85. 920 ss. We learn 
 'from Cic. de div. i 39, 85 that a 
 dextra corves, a sinistra cornix 
 facit ratum, and this is con- 
 firmed by a Plautine passage 
 Asin. II 1, 12 picus et cornix est 
 ab laeva, corvos porro ab dex- 
 tera: consuadent. A raven on 
 the left was consequently an 
 unlucky omen. This should 
 not be confounded with the 
 expression avi sinistra. Pseud. 
 762 and Epid. i 2, 2, which 
 means a lucky omen. 
 
 617. In semul (for the form 
 .see Kitschl Proll. xcvii) the final 
 
 10—2 
 
148 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [IV. 3. 3 ; 4. 5. 
 
 continuo mefim cor coepit artem facere ludicram 
 
 atque in pectus ^micare : s^d ego cesso ciirrere IV 4 
 620 f6ras foras, lumbrice, qui sub tdrra erepsisti modo, 
 
 qui modo nusquam c6mparebas: ntinc, quom com- 
 part, peris. 
 
 ^go hercle te, praestrigiator, miseris iam accipiam 
 modis. 
 
 Str. qua^ te mala crux agitat ? quid tibi m^cumst 
 conmerci, senex ? 
 
 quid me adflictas, quid me raptas, qua me causa 
 vdrberas? 5 
 
 I should be dropped : see In- 
 trod. p. 36. — crocii'e occurs only 
 here; the long quantity of the 
 has been unjustly suspected 
 on account of an erroneous read- 
 ing in the late poem de Philo- 
 mela, where Burmann and Eeif- 
 ferscheid rightly read crdcitat 
 et corvus v. 28 (Suet. rell. p. 
 309), while former editors give 
 et crdcitat corvus. From old 
 glossaries I may mention corvi 
 crocciunt (Reiff. p. 249), corvus 
 crocit and corvos craxare (coax- 
 are?) vel crocitare ibid. p. 250, 
 and to Suetonius' Pratum Reif- 
 ferscheid refers the notice cor- 
 vorum crocitare p. 250 {crocant 
 croccant crocciunt grahant seve- 
 ral mss.). Comp. the Greek 
 KpoS^etv, German krdchzen and 
 krdhen, English to crow and 
 croak. 
 
 618. artem facere ludicram 
 *to dance,' comp. note on ludius 
 V. 399. Plautus has similar ex- 
 pressions Gist. II 3, 9 cor salit. 
 Gas. II 6, 9 corculum adsultas- 
 cit metu. ibid. 62 cor lienosum 
 habeo: iam dudum salit. Capt. 
 Ill 4, 104 tu (cor) sussultas. In 
 Greek we- have tlie phrases Kap- 
 
 S/a xope^^i' (Soph.), 6px€tTai Kap- 
 dia (p6^(^ (Aeschyl.), 97 Trri^rjcns 
 rris Kapdias (Plato and Plut.). 
 
 620. On foras fords see 
 Introd. p. 38. 
 
 621. Brix conjectures peri. 
 But the -present peris stands em- 
 phatically in the sense of the 
 future perihis. 
 
 622. praestrigiator is the 
 Plautine form of the word regis- 
 tered in our dictionaries as 
 praestigiator, as has been point- 
 ed out by A. Spengel on True. 
 
 I 2, 32. The word is derived 
 from praestringere. — te miseris 
 accipiam modis 'I shall treat 
 you miserably.' Comp. Ter. Ad. 
 
 II 1, 12 indignis quom egomet 
 sim acceptus modis. 
 
 623. For the expression ma- 
 la crux see Brix on Men. 707. 
 Comp. Bacch. 117 quid tibi 
 conmercist cum dis damnosissu- 
 mis? and Rud. iii 4, 20 nihil 
 cum vestris legibus mi est con- 
 merci. Terence says in the 
 same sense quid tibi cum ilia 
 rei est? Eun, iv 7, 34. The 
 other phrase ^ occurs only in 
 Plautus. 
 
IV. 4. 6—14] AVLVLARIA. 149 
 
 625 Ev. v^rberabilissume, etiam rogitas ? non fur, s^d 
 
 trifur. 
 Str. quid tibi subrwpui ? Ev. redde hue sis. Str. 
 
 quid tibi vis reddam ? Ev. rogas ? 
 Str. nil equidem tibi abstuli. Ev. at illud qu6d 
 
 tibi abstuleras cedo. 
 ^cquid agis tu ? Str. quid agam ? Ev. auferre non 
 
 potes. Str. quid vis tibi ? .^ . , , . ^ ,: 
 Ev. p6ne. Str. id quidem pol t^ datare cr^do con- 
 
 suetlim, senex. ' lo 
 
 630 Ev. pone boc sis : auf^r cavillam : n6n ego nunc 
 
 nugas ago. 
 Str. quid ego ponam? quin tu eloquere, quidquid 
 
 est, suo ndmine. 
 n6n hercle equidem quicquam sumpsi n^c tetigi. 
 
 Ev. ostende hue m^nus. 
 Str. ^mtibi. Ev. ostende. Str. ^ceas. Ev. video. 
 
 age ostende etiam t^rtiam. 
 
 625. verberabilissumus {fiaa- 12 in the same manner as here. 
 
 Tiyixxn/xunaros) is a comic su- 629. Euclio bids Strobilus 
 
 perlative like ipsissumus Trin. lay the pot down (pone), but 
 
 988, which is itself an imitation the slave purposely misunder- 
 
 of avroTaros Arist. Plut. 83. stands him in construing an 
 
 Another superlative of the same obscenity upon the word pone 
 
 kind is oculissumus Cure, i 2, which may also be an adverb. 
 
 28. exclusissuvius Men. 695. datare has here an obscene 
 
 occisisswnus Cas. iii 5, 52. sense in the same way as dare 
 
 627. Euclio avoids the di- Cas. ii 6, 10. 
 
 rect mention of the real object 630. ' Scribitur fere in Plau- 
 
 of his search, lest he should be- tinis libris promiscue Iwc et 
 
 tray himself, in case Strobilus huc,^ Gdlielmius, quaest. in 
 
 should not be in possession of Aul. c. 4. The form hoc = hue 
 
 the secret. There is a quibble is well attested by grammari- 
 
 in the Latin here, which is how- ans and mss. alike.— aufer ca- 
 
 ever easily understood. Euclio villam: Gomip.Ciii>t.d60 tandem 
 
 takes tibi as dat. eth., a turn ista aufer and True, iv 4, 8 
 
 which cannot be rendered in aufer nugas. So Pers. 797, 
 
 English. Similar jokes occur iurgium hinc auferas. Comp. 
 
 Men. 645 and Capt. 862. also Ter. Phorm. 857, and 
 
 628. The -phiase ecquid agis y Phaedr. iii 6, 8. — nugas ago 
 which is expressive of im- recurs v. 643 below, 
 patience, occurs also Cist, iii 633. * The archaic particle 
 
150 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [17. 4. 15—17. 
 
 Str. laruae hunc atque intemperiae insaniaeque 
 
 agitant senem. 
 
 635 facisne iniuriam mihi an non? Ev. quia non pendes, 
 
 maxumam. le 
 
 ^tque id quoque iam fiet, nisi fatdre. Stk. quid 
 
 fatear tibi? 
 
 em which in former editions 
 was usually replaced by the 
 more recent form en, is in 
 Plautus strongly recommended 
 by the best mss. and very fre- 
 quently required by the metre, 
 e.g. Merc, ii 2, 82. Pseud, in 
 2, 100. Poen. 1 1, 79. Bacch. 
 II 3, 40. IV 8, 29. Charisius 
 quotes em from an oration of C. 
 Gracchus and Poen. in 4, 16. 
 hem, which in older mss. is but 
 rarely, in later ones frequently, 
 confounded with it, is of a 
 thoroughly pathetic nature and 
 serves for expressing joy, grief, 
 surprise and bewilderment.' 
 Beix on Trin. 3. — On the words 
 ostende etiam tertiam Thornton 
 has the following note : ' This 
 has been censured as being too 
 extravagant and entirely out of 
 nature ; but considering the 
 very ridiculous humour of the 
 Miser as drawn by our author, 
 it will not perhaps appear out 
 of character. Euclio talks in 
 the same strain of the cooks 
 being all of Geryon's race and 
 having six hands a piece. Mo- 
 liere, however, who has imitated 
 this scene, has not ventured 
 this seemingly absurd joke, as 
 undoubtedly he thought it 
 would appear too outre to a 
 modern audience ; and our own 
 countrymen, Shadwell and 
 Fielding, have copied his ex- 
 
 ample, probably for the same 
 reason. But there is a direct 
 imitation of this whole passage 
 in the old play of Albumazar, 
 Act III Scene 8, where Trincalo 
 (who is made to fancy himself 
 Antonio) questions Bonca about 
 his purse which the latter had 
 stolen from him : 
 
 Trin. O my purse ; 
 Dear master Ronca. 
 Rone. What's your pleasure, sir ? 
 Trin. Show me your hand. 
 Rone. Here 'tis, 
 Trin. But where's the other ? 
 Rone. Why here. 
 Trin. But I mean where's your other 
 
 hand ? 
 Rone. Think you me the giant with an 
 
 hundred hands? 
 Trin. Give me your right. 
 Rone. My right ? 
 Trin. Your left. 
 Ro7ie. My left? 
 Trin. Now both. 
 Rone. There's both, my dear Antonio. 
 
 634. laruae hunc agitant 
 *the Furies are upon him.' 
 Comp. Capt. Ill 4, 66 iam de 
 Uramenta loquitur, laruae sti- 
 mulant virum. Hence, the phy- 
 sician in the Menaechmi v 4, 2 
 puts the question : num larua- 
 tu^s aut cerritus ? — For intem- 
 periae we may refer to v. 71 
 above. — The plural insaniae is, 
 in all probability, confined to 
 the present passage. 
 
 635. facisne should be pro- 
 nounced as facin, see Introd. 
 p. 31, 36. It appears to be gra- 
 tuitous to write facin. 
 
IV. 4. 18—28.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 151 
 
 Ev. quid abstulisti hinc? Str. di me perdant, si 
 
 4go tui quicquam abstuli, 
 nive adeo abstulisse vellem. Ev. agedum, excute- 
 
 dum pallium. 
 Str. ttio arbitratu. Ev. ne inter tunicas habeas. 
 
 Str. tempta qua lubet. 20 
 
 640 Ev. vah, scelestus quam benigne, ut ne dbstulisse 
 
 inteiygam. 
 n6vi sucophantias. age rursum ostende hue dex- 
 
 teram. 
 Str. ^m tibi. Ev. nunc la^vam ostende. Str. quin 
 
 equidem ambas pr6fero. 
 Ev. . iam scrutari mitto : redde hue. Str. quid red- 
 dam ? Ev. a, nug^s agis : 
 c^rte habes. Str. habeo 4go ? quid habeo ? 
 
 non dice : audire expetis. 
 645 id meum quidquid habes, redde. 
 
 scrutd,tus es 
 tu6 arbitratu ndque tui .me quicquam invenisti 
 
 penes. 
 
 ► ? Ev. 
 
 25 
 
 Str. insanis. per- 
 
 637. For qidd abstulisti see 
 Introd. p. 57. 
 
 638. Strobilus mutters these 
 words to himself. The sense 
 is et cU 7ne perdant, st non 
 vellem me abstulisse. Euclio is 
 not supposed to hear this. 
 
 639. tunica is the Latin for 
 the Greek x^'^^^- The plural 
 stands much in the same way 
 as Amph. i 1, 212. Men. 736. 
 803. — temptare has here its ori- 
 ginal sense 'to take hold of — ,' 
 i.e. to search through — . 
 
 640. How liberally (benigne) 
 you allow me to feel every- 
 where I 
 
 643. a is the genuine spell- 
 ing of the interjection, not ah, 
 as we kam from the best mss. 
 
 and the grammarian Probus. 
 See also Priscian p. 1024 P. 
 Marius Victorinus i p. 2475. 
 
 645. How little constant the 
 language in Plautus' time was 
 with regard to the deponent 
 and active forms, we see here 
 in a striking instance: 643 we 
 have scrutari, 645 perscrutatus 
 es, but 649 perscrutavi. 
 
 646. penes is rarely placed 
 after the word which it governs : 
 see Key, L. G. § 1349 where 
 Ter. Hec. iv 1, 20 is quoted. 
 The same collocation occurs 
 also Trin. 1146. Corssen con- 
 nects this preposition with 
 penu penus penitm, and says 
 that it originally meant ' in the 
 store-room.' 
 
152 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [lY. 4. 19 ; 6. 2. 
 
 Ev. mane mane : quis ill^st qui hie intus alter 
 
 tecum simul erat ? 
 p^rii hercle. ille inttis nunc turbat : htinc si amitto, 
 
 hinc abierit. 
 pdstremo bunc iam p^rscrutavi. bic. nibil babet : abi 
 
 quo lubet. so 
 
 650 Stk. Inppiter te dique perdant. Ev. batid male 
 
 egit gratias. 
 ibo intro atque illi socienno tuo iam interstringam 
 
 gulam. 
 fugin bine ab oculis? abin an non? Str. abeo. 
 
 Ev. cave sis *te videam. 
 Str. emortuom ego me mavelim let6 malo IV 5 
 quam n6n ego illi ddm hodie insidias seni. 
 655 nam bic intus non audebit aurum abstrtidere : 
 credo ^cferet iam s^cum et mutabit locum, 
 atat, foris crepuit. s^nex eccum aurum ecfi^rt foras. 5 
 tantisper hue ego ad ianuam concessero. 
 Ev. Fid^ censebam maxumam multo fidem : lY 6 
 660 sed ^a sublevit 6s mibi paenissume. "" 
 
 648. amittere, as Brix on 
 Capt. 36 rightly observes, has 
 in the latinity before Cicero fre- 
 quently the sense of dimittere. 
 
 650. The words hand male 
 egit gratias are addressed to 
 the audience. (There is a con- 
 fusion in the mss. as to the 
 distribution of these words be- 
 tween the two characters, but 
 I have now followed the ms. J5.) 
 
 651. The form sociennus=sO' 
 cius is attested by Nonius 172, 
 21. — interstringam: see Key, L. 
 G. § 1342, 1 e. 
 
 652. Hare compares a simi- 
 lar passage Casrstj^, 23 ahin 
 hinc ab oculis? — The termina- 
 tion of the line is corrupt in the 
 mss. : C. F. W. Miiller conjec- 
 
 tures cuve sis mi ohviam. 1 have 
 thought of te intuam. 
 
 653. emortuos ' completely 
 dead : * Key, L. G. § 1332 g. 
 
 654. For the hiatus dem 
 ho — see Introd. p. 69. 
 
 657. The syllables /oris crepu 
 form a proceleusmatic : see 
 Introd. p. 31. Comp. /ores cre- 
 puerunt Mil. gl. 410, concrepuit 
 ostium Men. 348, in Greek at 
 dvpai \po(pov(nv, e.g. Lys. 7,, 14. 
 
 659. For Fide as a genitive 
 see note on v. 609. 
 
 660. By way of explanation 
 of the phrase os alicui sublinere 
 ('to deceive, to cheat') Nonius 
 p. 45, 21 says sublevit signijicat 
 ^inlusit et pro ridicule habuit,' 
 tractum a gen^ere ludi quo dor- 
 
IV. 6. 8—15.] 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 153 
 
 ni subvenisset c6rvos, periiss^m miser, 
 nimis hercle ego ilium corvom ad me veniat velim 
 qui indicium fecit, lit ego illic aliquid boni 5 
 
 dicam — nam quod edit, tam duim quam p^rduim. 
 
 665 nunc li6c ubi abstrudian;i, c6gito solum locum. 
 Silvani lucus ^xtra murumst avius 
 crebro saUctp oppl^tus : ibi sumam locum, 
 certtimst, Silvano pdtius credam qu^m Fide. lo 
 
 Str. eugae eugae, di me salvom et servattim 
 volunt. 
 
 670 iam ego illuc praecurram atque inscendam aliquam 
 in arborem, 
 et Inde observabo, alirum ubi abstrudat sen ex. 
 quamquam hie manere m^ erus sese itisserat, 
 certumst malam rem potius quaeram cum lucro. i5 
 
 mientibus or a pinguntv/r. Gro- 
 novius observes that this Indi- 
 crous practice is mentioned by 
 Virgil, Eel. vi 22 (Aegle) san- 
 guineis frontem moris et tempora 
 ping it, and by Petronius Sat. 
 22 (p. 23 Biich.) cum Ascylt&s... 
 in somnum laberetur, ilia... an- 
 cilia totam faciem eius fuligine 
 longa perfricuit et non sentientis 
 labra umerosque sopiti carboni- 
 bu8 pinxit. Gronorius quotes 
 the following instances of this 
 phrase in Plautus : Mil. gl. ii 
 5, 47. Merc, ii 4, 17. Capt. 
 Ill 4, 123. — For paenissume see 
 note on 463. 
 
 662. ilium corvom ad me ve- 
 niat velim is a proleptic con- 
 struction instead of ille corvos 
 ad me veniat velim. 
 
 663. illic = illice, sep Men. 
 304. 828. 842 in Ritschl's edi- 
 tion. 
 
 664. edit: see Key, L. G. 
 § 482. — tam — quam *I might as 
 well give him as lose,' i.e. to 
 
 give and to lose would amount 
 to the same in this case. 
 
 668. For the dative Fide see 
 note on v. 607. 
 
 669. There are several Plau- 
 tine passages where the two 
 ■words fuge (fugae) and eiige 
 {eugae) have been erroneously 
 interchanged, e.g. Asin. 655 
 ( =111 2, 9) B has eugae, J euge, 
 but BUcheler justly emends 
 fugae (see Jahrb. fiir class, phil. 
 1863 p. 772). Again Most. 686 
 BCD have Fuge which Camera- 
 rius changed to euge: A gives 
 EUGAE and this form Kitschl 
 ought to have put into his text, 
 it being supported by good mss. 
 and evidenced by the metre, 
 notwithstanding the Greek evye. 
 See e.g. Ter. And. ii 2, 8 ( = 345 
 Fl.) te ipsum quaero. euga4, Cha- 
 rine with Bentley's note. Fleck- 
 eisen has this spelling through- 
 out his edition of Terence. 
 
 672. For the hiatus re m4 
 er — see Introd. p. 69. 
 
154 
 
 AVLVLAKIA. 
 
 [lY. 7. i_ii. 
 
 Lyconides. Evnomia. (Virgo). IV 7 
 
 Ly. dixi tibi, mater, itixta rem mectim tenes 
 675 super Euclionis filia : nunc te obsecro 
 
 resecrdque, mater, qu6d dudum obsecraveram : 
 fac m^ntionem cum avonculo, mat^r mea. 
 EvN. scis tute facta velle me quae tu velis : 
 et istuc coniido a fratre me impetrassere, 
 680 et causa iustast, siquidem itast ut pra^dicas, 
 te eam c6mpressisse vlnolentum virginem. 
 Ly. egone tit te advorsum mdntiar, mat^r mea ? 
 Vl. peril, mea nutrix, obsecro te, uterum dolet : 
 luno Lucina, tuam fidem. Ly. em, mater mea, 
 
 674. iuxta mecum * in the 
 same manner with myself.' 
 Comp. Mil. gl. 234 scias iuxta 
 mecum mea consUia. Pseud. 
 1161 inescio) iuxta cum ignaris- 
 sumis. Sallust too says iuxta 
 mecum omnes intellegitis Cat. 58. 
 
 675. super: Key, li.G.%rdSOc. 
 
 676. resecroque: 'I implore 
 you again and again,' comp. 
 Persa 47 obsecro resecroque te. 
 In both passages this seems the 
 simplest explanation; the words 
 of Festus ' resecrare est resol- 
 vere religione,^ which the edi- 
 tors since Pithoeus (Advers. i 
 10) connected with them, should 
 not be applied to them. 
 
 677. The construction men- 
 tionem facere cum aliquo occurs 
 again Cist, i 2, 15 and Persa 
 109. — For the pronunciation 
 aunculo see p. 84. 
 
 679. impetrassere is an old 
 infinit.fut. =impetraturam esse. 
 Comp. reconciliassere Capt. 1 1, 
 65. In the same way Lucilius 
 has depeculassere et deargentas- 
 sere. See Zumpt, § 161. 
 
 682. te advorsum 'in your 
 face,' see Key, L. G. § 1307 b. 
 Comp. Poen. i 2, 188 mendax 
 me advorsum siet. 
 
 683. There are only two 
 other passages besides this 
 where the neuter uterum oc- 
 curs instead of the masculine : 
 Turpil. 179 (Eibb. Com. p. 92) 
 disperii misera : uterum crucia- 
 tur mihi (for the hiatus see 
 Introd. p. 67) a line which is 
 undoubtedly spoken by a girl 
 in the same situation as Euclio's 
 daughter. The other passage is 
 Afran. 346 sedit uterum (Eibb. 
 Com. p. 178). 
 
 684. 'luna a lucendo nomi- 
 nata...eadem est enim Lucina. 
 (see Max Miiller's Lectures ii 
 p. 278) itaque, ut apud Graecos 
 Dianam eamque Luciferam, sic 
 apud nostros lunonem Lucinam 
 in pariendo invocant.* Cicero 
 de nat. deor. ii 27, 68. Comp. 
 Ter. Andr. iii 1, 15 and A.d. iii 
 4, 41 luno Lucina, fer opem, 
 serva me, obsecro with the com- 
 mentators and Preller, Eom. 
 
lY. 7. 12 ; 8. 1.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 155 
 
 685 tibi r^m potiorem video : clamat parturit. 
 
 EVN. i hac intro mecum, gnate mi, ad fratrem 
 
 meum, 
 ut isttic quod me oras impetratum ab eo atiferam. 15 
 Ly. i, idm sequor te, mater, sed servom meum 
 Strobllum miror, tibi sit, quern ego me itisseram 
 
 690 hie 6pperiri. qudm ego mecum c6gito, 
 
 si mihi dat operam, me illi irasci initiriumst. 
 
 sed ibo intro, ubi de capite meo sunt cdmitia. 20 
 
 Strobilvs. 
 Pici divitiis qui atireos montis colunt, 
 
 IV 8 
 
 Myth. p. 243. Donatus observes 
 on the line in the Andria * Tiota 
 hoc versu totidem verbis uti om- 
 nes puerperas in comoediis, nee 
 alias [perhaps tiec ullas] induci 
 loqui in proscaenio: nam haec 
 vox post scaenam tollitur.' — 
 tuam Jidem so. rogo, implore: 
 comp. Cure. 196 and the title 
 of Varro's satire Hercules, tuam 
 fidem p. 283 in the Bipontine 
 edition. For vostram Jidem see 
 Westerhov on Ter. Andr. iv 3, 
 1, where Donatus observes that 
 in these elliptic expressions ji- 
 dem means 'opem et auxilium.' 
 
 685. rem potiorem video ver- 
 bis. Why shall I tell you of it 
 any longer ? my words are quite 
 superfluous, since the fact 
 speaks for itself. — For tibi see 
 Key, L. G. § 978. 
 
 689. Strobilum miror ubi sit: 
 prolepsis for miror ubi Strobilum 
 sit. 
 
 691. iniurium is an archaic 
 word, which was in later times 
 replaced by the adj. iniustum or 
 the subst. iniuria. It occurs 
 Cist. I 1, 105. Ter. Ad. i 2, 26 
 
 and n 1, 51. Hec. 11 1, 14. 
 iniurius stands Andr. 11 3, 3. 
 Haut. tim. 11 3, 79. Cure. 65. 
 Epid, IV 1, 24. Rud. 1152. 
 
 692. The simile is easily un- 
 derstood. Comp. Pseud. 1232 
 and True, iv 3, 45 ( = 807 Gep- 
 pert) where the word comitia is 
 used in a similar way. See also 
 V. 541. — meo should be pro- 
 nounced as one syllable. 
 
 693. "E^r; 'Api<TT^7)s ... I'Tr^p 
 'Api/jicunrCbv ... oIk€iv roi)s xP^^o- 
 0u\a/fas ypvTras Her. iv 13, who 
 mentions the same ypCwas iii 
 116 and iv 27. According to 
 Nonius (152, 10) we should here 
 recognise a translation of this 
 Greek or rather Oriental (Prel- 
 ler, griech. Myth. 1, 158 first 
 ed.) fable ; but as the picus (i. e. 
 the woodpecker) holds a marked 
 position in old Italian mytho- 
 logy, and was believed to know 
 of hidden treasures (Preller, 
 Rom. Myth. p. 298), we are 
 rather inclined to think that 
 Plautus mixed the Greek grypes 
 and the tales told of their gold- 
 en treasures with the common 
 
156 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 [lY. 8. 2—9. 
 
 eos sdlus supero. nam istos reges c^teros 
 695 memorare nolo, hdminum mendicabula. 
 
 ego sum ille rex Phillppus. o lepidum diem, 
 nam ut dudum hinc abii, multo illo adveni prior, 5 
 multoque prius me cdnlocavi in arborem, 
 indeque 6bservabam, ubi aurum abstrudebat senex. 
 700 ubi ille abiit, ego me deorsum duco de arbore : 
 exfodio aulam auri plenam. inde exeo. '^^hco 
 
 beliefs current among Ms own 
 countrymen with regard to the 
 woodpecker. The aurei montes 
 of the piei appear only in this 
 one passage. I may venture to 
 draw the attention of my readers 
 to another passage in Plautus, 
 without myself deducing any 
 hasty conclusion from it: Stich. 
 24 Persarum montis qui esse 
 aurei perhibentUTf a passage 
 which may be compared with 
 some lines from Varro's satire 
 'AvdfWjTovpyla (p. 264 ed. Bip.) 
 Persarum montes, non divitis 
 atria Crassi. — For the form of 
 attraction noticeable in the pre- 
 sent line, comp. note on v. 566, 
 and cf. also Ter. Eun. iv 3, 11 
 Eunuchum quem dedisti nobiSf 
 quas turbas dedit. — colunt 'in- 
 habit : ' see on v. 4. 
 
 694. The joy in which Stro- 
 bilas is makes his words some- 
 what incoherent. He says reges 
 ceteros, though he has not yet 
 mentioned the name of any 
 king whose wealth might be 
 compared to his. This has al- 
 ready been pointed out by Lam- 
 binus. — We may not think here 
 of kivg Picus (Preller, Eom. 
 Myth. p. 331 ss.) because we 
 have Pici in the plural. — istos 
 ' those commonly admired.' 
 
 695. Nonius is undoubtedly 
 wrong in using the word mendi- 
 
 catio for the explanation of 
 mendicabulum : the passage it- 
 self shows that we should trans- 
 late 'beggarly fellows.' Appu- 
 leius has the same expression 
 in two passages, and in both he 
 applies it to persons. — For the 
 hiatus see Introd. p. 67. The 
 emendation regum mendicabula 
 ('beggarly kinglets'), which is 
 found in Guyet's text, seems 
 due to Scipio Gentilis (whoever 
 that worthy may have been), 
 as appears from Taubmann's 
 note. 
 
 696. ille 'the renowned.' See 
 note on v. 86. 
 
 698. The construction con- 
 locare in aliquid is not classic, 
 though by no means scarce. 
 See the dictionaries s. v. Men. 
 986 in tabernam vasa et servos 
 conlocavi. Plautus has also 
 panere in aliquid, e. g. Trin. 
 739. Kud. IV 7, 11. 
 
 699. For indeque see Introd. 
 p. 48. 
 
 700. In deorsum the e is to 
 be elided before the o : see In- 
 trod. p. 65. 
 
 701. The form exfodio occurs 
 again in the best mss. in Mil. 
 gl. 315. The common Plautine 
 form is ecfodio (v. 63). Exfo- 
 ciONT (i.e. exfugiunt) occurs in 
 the inscription on the so-called 
 ' columna rostrata.' Comp. ex- 
 
IV. 8. 10 ; 9. 8.] AVLVLABIA. 
 
 157 
 
 video recipere s^ senem : ille me hali videt. 
 nam ego declinavi palilu^wm me extra viam. 
 atat, eccum ipsum. ibo ut hoc condam domum. 
 
 EVCLIO. 
 
 IY9 
 
 705 peril Interii occidi ! quo curram ? quo ndn curram { 
 
 tene t^ne : quem quis ? 
 Desci6, nil video : caucus eo atque equid^m quo earn 
 
 aut ubi sim atit qui sim, 
 neque6 cum animo certum investigare. 6bsecro vos 
 
 ego mi auxilio 
 oro obtestor, sitis et hominem demonstretis, qui earn 
 
 abstulerit. 5 
 
 quid ais tu ? tibi credere certumst : nam ess^ bonum 
 
 e voltu cognosco. 7 
 
 710 quid est quod ridetis ? ni)vi omnis : scio fures esse 
 
 hie cdmpluris s 
 
 ducier {BC) True, v 5, 16, exmi- 
 grasti {B) Men. 822. 
 
 704. 'Atat pro poetae lubitu 
 variat suuni tonum : nunc dttaty 
 nunc atdttat, nunc atdt : quod 
 postremum hoc loco placet.' 
 Bentley on Ter. Andr. i 1, 98. 
 The hiatus is justified by the 
 punctuation. 
 
 705 ss. Molidre's masterly 
 imitation of this scene should 
 be compared with Plautus, 
 though it is difiicult to decide 
 which deserves the preference, 
 the original or the imitation. — 
 For occidi see Introd. p. 27. 
 This quantity would not how- 
 ever occur in iambics or tro- 
 chaics. Comp. perdidl v. 716. 
 — For tene tene see Introd. 
 p. 26. 
 
 706. For the hiatus quo e — 
 see Introd. p. 69. 
 
 707. With the expression 
 
 cum animo investigare comp. 
 Plant. Most. 702 cogito cum meo 
 animo. 
 
 709. One of the French 
 translators of Plautus thinks it 
 *une malice trfes-fine' that Eu- 
 clio is made to address the spec- 
 tators as if the thief were among 
 them. Tastes may of course 
 differ on such points as this ; 
 but it is difficult to believe (j u.*'- 
 that a modern audience would\ * ** 
 I patiently submit to be called ) q^-wM * 
 thieves by an actor. But the 
 broad humour which reigns in 
 the Plautine plays could safely 
 venture to do this, especially as 
 the poet might be certain that 
 the bulk of his audience did 
 not consist of a select company 
 of refined taste, but of a bois- 
 terous, noisy, and disorderly 
 multitude. See the prologue 
 to the Poenulus. 
 
158 AVLVLARIA. [lY. 9. 6—15. 
 
 qui v^stitu et creta occultant sese atque sedent 
 quasi sint frugi. 6 
 
 hem, nemoTi habet horum ? occidisti : die igitur quis 
 habet. nescis? 9 
 
 heu m^ misere miserum : perii : male p^rditus 
 pessume ornatus eo : lo 
 
 tantum gemiti et malae ma^stitiae hie dies mi 
 optuht et famem et patiperiem : 
 715 * perditissumus ego sum 
 
 omnium in terra: nam quid mihi opust vita qui 
 perdidi tantum auri 
 
 quod s^dulo eoncustodivi : nunc ^gomet me de- 
 fraud a vi 
 
 animumque meum genitimque meum : nune ^rgo 
 alii laetifieantur is 
 
 711. vestitu et creta=vestitu 
 cretato (?f 5ta dvoXu). There is 
 here an allusion to the more 
 elegant dress of wealthy citi- 
 zens ; it was common to cleanse 
 a white toga with chalk, comp. 
 Poen. 958; Plin. N. H. xxxv 
 17, 196 sq. We should also 
 observe the words atque sedent. 
 In Plautus' time ordinary spec- 
 tators used to stand, and only 
 * gentlemen' of rank and wealth 
 had their chairs brought into 
 the theatre : see Eitschl, Par. 
 218 and xx. Mommsen, Eom. 
 Gesch. i2 864. See Boltenstern 
 de rebus sea en. rom. (Stral- 
 sund, 1875) p. 26 sq. 'Fox frugi 
 see note on v. 579. 
 
 713. For Jrnafwsseelntrod.p. 
 56 sq. ornare has here a more 
 general sense ' badly furnished,' 
 i.e. 'I'm in a sorry plight' 
 (Hildy). Comp. a similar pas- 
 sage in Ter. Ad. ii 1, 22 ornatus 
 esses ex tuis virtutihus *thou 
 shouldst be dealt with accord- 
 
 ing to thy merits.' See also 
 Capt. V 3, 19, incedit hue orna- 
 tus haud ex suis virtutihus. 
 
 714, For gemiti see note on 
 83. malae should be considered 
 as two short syllables : see In- 
 trod. p. 23. dies forms only 
 one syllable, by way of synize- 
 sis, and the syllables /am' et 
 pau form together an anapaest, 
 et being pronounced as a mere e. 
 
 718. genium : comp. Ter. 
 Phorm. I 1, 10 suom defrudans 
 genium. Lucilius used the same 
 expression, as we learn from 
 Nonius p. 117, 31. The con- 
 trary is genio multa bona facere 
 Persa 263. — laetificare occurs 
 even in Oicero, de nat. deor. n 
 40, 102 sol...terram laetijicat. 
 Comp. the analogous forma- 
 tions magnijicare (Men. 371. 
 Eud. I 2, 43. Ter. Hec. ii 2, 18), 
 turpificare (Cic. de off. iii 19), 
 pacificare (Liv. Sail. Catullus), 
 and the deponent causificor 
 748. 
 
IV. 9. 16; 10. 8.] AVLVLAKIA. 159 
 
 meo malo et damno : pati ndqueo. 
 
 Lyconides. Evclio. IV 9 n 
 
 720 Ly. quinam homo hie ante a^dis nostras diulans 
 
 conqudritur maerens ? 
 atque hie quidemst, ut opinor, Euelio. oppido ego 
 
 interii : palamst res. 
 scit peperisse iam, lit ego opinor, filiam suam. nunc 
 
 mi incertumst, 
 abeam an maneam, adeam an fugiam — quid ego 
 
 agam, edepol n^seio. 20 
 
 Ev. quis homo hie loquitur? Ly. dgo sum miser, 
 
 Ev. immo ^go sum et miser et perditus, IV. 10 
 725 quoi tanta mala ma^stitudoque optigit. Ly. animo 
 
 bono's. 
 Ev. quo, obsecro, pacto ^sse possum? Ly. quia 
 
 istue faeinus qu6d tuom 
 s611ieitat animum, id ego feci et fateor. Ev. quid 
 
 ego ex te alidio ? 
 Ly. id quod verumst. Ev. quid ego de te cJnmerui, 
 
 adulese^ns, mali, v 5 
 
 quam obrem ita faceres m^que meosque p^rditum 
 
 ires liberos ? 
 730 Ly. d^us impulsor mihi fuit : is me ad illam in- 
 
 lexit. Ev. qu6 modo ? 
 ' Ly. fateor me peccdvisse et me eulpam commerittam 
 
 seio: 
 
 719. For ;patl see Introd. p. de te merui qua me causa per- 
 27. deres ? 
 
 720. The word eiulans de- 730. Throughout the foUow- 
 scribes Euclio's passionate and ing passage the joke consists in 
 effeminate wailing. Comp. Hor. the regular misunderstanding 
 Epod. 10. 17 et ilia non virilis of the fern, pronouns, which 
 eiulatio and Cic. Tusc. ii 23, EucHo refers to his aulUy while 
 65 ingemescere non numquam Lyconides conceives him to be 
 viro concessum est idque raro, speaking of his daughter. — ^For 
 eiulatm ne mulieri quidem. fuit see Introd. p. 16. 
 
 728. Comp. Men. 490 quid 731. The expression eulpam 
 
160 
 
 AVLVLARIA. [iV. 10. 9—17. 
 
 id adeo te oratum advenio, ut animo aequo ig- 
 
 noscas mihi. 
 Ev. cur id ausu's facere, ut id quod n6n tuom esset 
 
 tangeres ? lo 
 
 Ly. quid vis fieri ? factumst illud : fieri infectum 
 
 non potest. 
 735 deds credo voluisse. nam ni valient, non fier^t, scio. 
 Ev. at ego deos credo voluisse, ut apud me te in 
 
 nervo ^nicem. 
 Ly. n^ istuc dixis. Ev. quid tibi ergo meam me 
 
 invito tactiost ? 
 Ly. quia vini vitio atque amoris feci. Ev. homo 
 
 audacissume, is 
 
 cum istacin te oratione hue ad me adire ausum, 
 
 impudens. 
 740 nam si istuc ius s^t, ut tu istuc ^xcusare possies, 
 
 conmeritum justifies Brix's cor- 
 rection of V. 728. Comp. Capt. 
 II 3, 43 ( = 400). Ter. Phorm. 
 1 4, 29. 
 
 733. tangere is very fre- 
 quently used in the sense of 
 corrumpere fiUam, e. g. Hor. 
 Serm. i 2, 54 matronam nullam 
 ego tango. Thus we have tactio 
 V. 737 with the same ambiguity. 
 Comp. a similar passage Pseud. 
 120 and 121 and the examples 
 given by Westerhov on Ter. 
 Eun. II 3, 81. 
 
 734. factum infectum fieri 
 non potest is a principle of 
 common sense, and was there- 
 fore received among the max- 
 ims of Eoman law. Comp. Try- 
 phonius 1. 12 § 2 D. de captivis 
 (49, 15) facti causae infactae 
 nulla consUtutione fieri possunt. 
 Pomponius 1. 2 D. de rescind, 
 vend. (18, 6) potest, dum res 
 integra est, conventione nostra 
 infecta fieri emtio . . .post pretium 
 
 solutum infectam emtionem fa- 
 cere non possum/as. We have 
 the same phrase Ter. Phorm. 
 V 9, 44 s. and Plant. True, iv 
 2, 17. 
 
 736. * Nervum adpellamus 
 ferreum vinculum quo pedes 
 impediuntur. ' Festus. Comp. 
 Cure. V 3, 11. The instrument 
 was about the same as the 
 * stocks ' formerly in use in 
 England. 
 
 738. Comp. Ter. Ad. in 4, 
 24 persuasit nox amor vinum 
 adulescentia, where Westerhov 
 quotes Ovid, Amor, i 6, 59 nox 
 et amor vinumque nihil modera- 
 bile suadent. See 788. 
 
 740. Compare Merc, v 4, 
 24 s. ( = 985 E.) nam si istuc 
 ius sit, senecta aetate scortari 
 patres, Vbi loci siet res summa 
 puplica ? where all the mss. and 
 old editions give est, but Eitschl 
 justly writes sit. 
 
lY. 10. 18—24.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 universitt) 
 
 — 161 
 
 llici claro ddripiamus aurum matronis palam : 
 
 postid, si depr^usi simus, ^xcusemus ^brios 
 
 nos fecisse, amoris causa, nimis vilest vinuin ^tque 
 
 amor, 20 
 
 si ^brio atque amanti impune facere quod lubeat 
 
 licet. 
 745 Ly. quin tibi ultro siipplicatum venio ob stultitiam 
 
 meam. 
 Ev. non mi homines plac^nt qui quando male fece- 
 
 runt purigant. 
 tu illam scibas non tuam esse : non attactam 
 
 oportuit. 
 
 741. In this line we are in- 
 debted to Nonius for preserving 
 the genuine phrase luci claro, 
 which is generally obliterated 
 in our mss. Comp. Ter. Ad. v 
 3, 55 cum primo luci, where the 
 Bembinus has primo hicu, while 
 prima luce is found in recent 
 mss. (see Bentley's note): Do- 
 natus, whose notes are here 
 interpolated, has however a 
 genuine remark on this pas- 
 sage veteres mascuUno genere 
 dicehant lucem. — Plant. Cist. 11 
 1, 48 B gives quom primo luci 
 and the mss. of Nonius give the 
 same phrase in a line of Atta 
 468, 32 = Kibb. Com. p. 138. 
 But in Cic. de off. iii 31, 112 all 
 the mss. give cum prima luce. — 
 In^a fable of Ennius rendered 
 in prose by Gellius 11 29 (Enn. 
 ed. Yahlen p. 160) we have 
 primo luce, which is the reading 
 of the cod. Keg. of Gronovius, 
 recent mss. having prima luce. — 
 The phrase luci claro is quoted 
 from Varro's Synephebus by 
 Nonius 210 ; see Varro, Bip. ed. 
 p. 309. — In general comp. Cha- 
 risius p. 203 ed. Keil. luci 
 (e.g. Men. IOO6) should be con- 
 
 W. P. 
 
 sidered as an adverb like maul 
 lieri [mane here) ; see Key, L. G. 
 § 784. It shows clearly that 
 these adverbs are originally ab- 
 latives, being construed with 
 adj. and prepositions. Comp., 
 moreover, the phrase cum primo 
 mane in the Bell. Afr. c. 62. ' 
 cum luci simul Stich. 364. 
 
 743. 'Love and wine are in- 
 deed extremely cheap things, 
 if a drunken hot-brained youth 
 be allowed to do anything 
 without fear of punishment.' 
 This is the plain sense of 
 the passage, though it was not 
 understood by Lambinus and 
 the other commentators. Hein- 
 sius even conjectured nimis 
 utile, which is against the me- 
 tre. 
 
 747. For the construction 
 comp. Ter. Haut. tim. 11 3, G 
 non oportuit relictas, iv 1, 22 iii- 
 teremptam oportuit 'you should 
 have killed her.' Amph. 11 2, 
 108 comprecatam oportuit. In 
 such phrases Plautus common- 
 ly omits esse : see Mil. gl. 1336. 
 Cist. II 3, 41. True. 11 6, 29. 
 Stich. 354. 
 
 11 
 
162 AVLYLARIA. [IV. 10. 25—88. 
 
 Ly. ergo quia sum tangere ausus, baud causificor 
 
 quin earn 25 
 
 ego habeam potissumum. Ev. tun babeas me invito 
 
 meam ? 
 750 Ly. ban te invito postulo : sed meam esse oportere 
 
 arbitror. 
 quin tu mm invenies, inquam, illam m(^am esse 
 
 oportere, Eticlio. 
 Ev. nisi refers. Ly. quid tibi ego referam ? Ev. 
 
 quod subrupuisti meum. 
 iam quid em bercle te ad praetorem rapiam et tibi 
 
 scribam dicam. 30 
 
 Ly. suSrupui ego tuom ? tinde ? aut quid id est ? 
 
 Ev. ita te amctbit luppiter, 
 755 ut tu nescis. Ly. nisi quidem tu mibi quid quaeras 
 
 dixeris. 
 Ev. aulam auri, inquam, te reposco, quam tu con- 
 
 fessus mibi 
 te abstubsse. Ly. neque edepol ego dixi neque feci. 
 
 Ev. negas ? 
 Ly. pernego immo. nam neque ego aurum neque 
 
 istaec aula quae siet, 35 
 
 scio nee novi. Ev. illam ex Silvani luco quam ab- 
 
 stuleras, cedo. 
 760 i, refer : dimidiam tecum potius partem dividam. 
 tam etsi fur mibi es, molestus non ero : i vero, refer. 
 
 750. oportere : according to Sa. illi apud praetorem dicam, 
 
 the laws of Athens. See 786 and sed ego in ius voco. — scribam 
 
 Ter. Andr. iv 4, 41. Ad. iii 4, dicam : '^paxpoiiai diKvv. Comp. 
 
 44. Phorm. 11 3, 68 ss. Ter. Phorm. i 2, 77. n 2, 15. 
 
 752. Euclio speaks ironically iv 3, 63. Plant. Poen. iii 6, 5 
 * Of conrse yonwill be legitimate has subscribam dicam. 
 possessor, unless you restore 758. imvio : ' I don't only 
 the object.' Thus we need not deny it, but I obstinately deny 
 transpose the Imes 752 and 753, it.' The only other passage 
 as Acidalius was inclined to do. where immo stands in the se- 
 
 753. Comp. Hor. Serm. i 9, cond place is Capt. 11 2, 104. 
 77 rapit in ius. Plautus Persa 759. For neque scio ncc novi 
 745 s. Do. quid me in ius vocas ? see n. on y. 190. 
 
IV. 10. 39— 4G.] AVLVLARIA. 
 
 163 
 
 Ly. sanus tu non es qui furem m6 voces, ego te, 
 
 Eticlio, 
 de alia re r^scivisse consul, quod ad me attinet. 4o 
 namst res, quam ego tecum otiose, si otiumst, cupio 
 
 loqui. 
 765 JEv. die bona fid4 tu id aurum non subrupuisti ? 
 
 Ly. bona. 
 Ev. ndque scis quis id abstulerit ? Ly. istuc quo- 
 
 que bona. Ev. atqui si scies, 
 quis id abstulerit, mi Indicabis ? Ly. faciam. Ev. 
 
 neque partem tibi 
 ab eo quoi sit indipisces, neque furem excipi^s ? 
 
 Ly. ita. 45 
 
 Ev. quid si fallis? Ly. tum me faciat quod volt 
 
 magnus Itippiter. 
 
 763. For tlie liiatus dd a — 
 see Introd. p. 69. 
 
 ib, quod should not be al- 
 tered, though the construction 
 is somewhat loose and not in 
 accordance with strict gram- 
 mar. Comp. Amph. ii 3, 11 
 ego rem dlvinam intus faciam^ 
 vota quae sunt. Men. 120 om- 
 nem rem, quicquid rgl. 
 
 765. Hare compares Capt. 
 IV 2, 110 die honan Jide tu mi 
 istaec verba dlxistl? : : bona. 
 In the present passage bona 
 means ' 1 tell you true that your 
 question would also be my an- 
 swer ' = bona Jide dico me aurum 
 non subrupuisse.' Comp. the 
 next line where we should un- 
 derstand istuc quoque bona {Jide 
 dico me nescire). 
 
 768. The active form of the 
 verb indipisces occurs here and 
 Asin. II 2, 13, the deponent 
 Trin. 224. Ilud. v 2, 28. Epid. 
 Ill 4, 15: see Brix on Trin. 224. 
 In later writers we generally 
 
 find adipiscor, though indipis- 
 cor occurs in Lucretius, Livy, 
 Gellius and Appuleius. — furem 
 excipere=f. recipere. Grono- 
 vius compares Cic. de imp. Cn. 
 Pomp. 9, 23 hunc in iUa fug a 
 Tigranes rex excepit. — ita ' yes : ' 
 comp. Ter. Andr. v 2, 8. Key, 
 L. G. § 1451 c. It is properly 
 a curtailed sentence : ita aio. 
 
 769. The present fallis is 
 here given by all our mss. 
 Comp. however Amph. 1 1, 235, 
 So. quid si fanes'? Me. tum 
 Mercurius Sosiae iratus siet. 
 But in another passage we have 
 the present, Amph. in 2, 52 id 
 ego si /alio, tum te, summe lup- 
 piter^ Quaeso Ampldtruoni ut 
 semper iratus sies. In this pas- 
 sage fallo means falsum dico 
 ('to deceive'), and the same 
 sense would explain the present 
 line. — For the construction vie 
 faciat (abl.) see Key, L. G. 
 § 1003. 
 
164 AVLVLARIA. [lY. 10. 47—60. 
 
 770 Ev. sat habeo. age nunc, loquere, quid vis. Ly. si 
 
 me novisti minus, 
 genere quo sim gnatus, hie mihi est Megadorus 
 
 atinculus. 
 mens fuit pater hinc Antimachus, ^go vocor Ly- 
 
 conides : 
 mater esfc Eunomia. Ev. novi genus, nunc quid 
 
 vis ? id volo 50 
 
 noscere. Ly. filiam ex te tu habes? Ev. immo 
 
 eccillam mea^ domi. 
 775 Ly. earn tu despondisti, opinor, M^gadoro. Ev. om- 
 
 nem rem tenes. 
 Ly. is me nunc renuntiare repudium iussit tibi. 
 Ev. rdpudium rebus paratis, exornatis nuptiis ? 
 ut ilium di inmortales omnes dea^que quantumst 
 
 p^rduint, r 55 
 
 quem propter hodie auri tantum perdidi infellx, 
 ^ miser. 
 
 780 Ly. bono animo es, benedice : nunc quae res tibi et 
 
 gnatae tuae 
 bene felicitdrque vortat : ita di faxint, inquito. 
 Ev. ita di faciant. Ly. ^t mihi ita di faciant. audi 
 
 nunciam. 
 qui homo culpam admisit in se, nullust tarn parvi 
 
 preti, 60 
 
 770. Antiqui pro * sufficW 776. repudiiimrenuntiare^Yel 
 * sat hdbeo ' dicebant. Donatus remittere est cum desponsa pae- 
 on Ter. Andr. 11 1, 35. Wes- taque futurum matrimonium 
 terhov in his note gives the dirimere.' Gkonov. Comp. the 
 following examples : Andr. iv commentators on Ter. Phorm. 
 2, 22. Eun. 11 2, 32. Haut. iv 3, 72 and v 7, 35. 
 
 tim. IV 3, 70. Plant. Most, in 778. Comp. Pseud. 37 at te 
 
 1, 125. — For quid vis { = quid di deueque, quantumst : : ser- 
 
 velis) see note on v. 63. It vassint quidem. — For perduint 
 
 would also be possible to write see 664. 
 
 loquere : quid vis ? 781. See v. 147. 
 
 771. For qui see Key, L. G. 783. Por the hiatus qui ho — 
 §312. — For aunculus see intiO' see Introd. p. 69. Translate: 
 ductory note on the prologue. ' There is no evil-doer so bad 
 
TV. 10. 61—71.] AVLVLARIA. 165 
 
 quom pudeat, quin puriget se. nunc te op tester, 
 
 Eiiclio, 
 785 tit si quid ego erga te imprudens p^ccavi aut gnatam 
 
 tuam, 
 ut mi ignoscas, eamque uxorem mihi des, ut leges 
 
 iubent. 
 ego me iniuri^m fecisse filiae fateor tuae 
 Cereris vigiliis, per vinum atque impulsu adules- 
 
 c^ntiae. 65 
 
 Ev. ei mihi, quod ego facinus ex ted audio. Ly. cur 
 
 diulas? 
 790 qu^m ego avom feci iam ut esses filiai nuptiis. 
 
 nam tua gnata p^perit decumo mense post : nume- 
 
 rum cape, 
 ea re repudium remisit aunculus causa mea. 
 i intro, exquaere, sitne ita ut ego praedico. Ev. 
 
 perii oppido. 7o 
 
 Ita mihi ad malum malae res plurumae se adglu- 
 
 tinant. 
 
 that, in case ha should feel a comic writers we generally find 
 
 sense of shame, he would not therefore the tenth month: see 
 
 excuse himself.' Westerhov on Ter. Ad. iii 4, 
 
 785. erga of unfriendly do- 29. The ten months are of 
 
 ing is very rare. See Key, L. G. course lunar months. So also 
 
 § 1334 c. peccare in aliquem is Verg. Eel. iv 61 viati'i longa 
 
 the phrase used by Ter. Ad. iv decern tulerunt fastidia menses. 
 7, 7. 793. In intro the first syl- 
 
 790. For the construction lahle is shortened, see note on 
 avom feci ut esses see note on 448 ; we should therefore pro- 
 V. 440. nounce I intro (for the hiatus 
 
 791. Gellius has a whole see Introd. p. 69), not i Intro 
 chapter on the question ttoVos 6 (compare Kitschl's and Fleckei- 
 r^s Twj/ dvdpojTTOjp Kvtjfficos xpoi'os sen's editions with regard to 
 III 16 where he says vmlta Stich. 396). — The form exquae- 
 opinio est eaque iam pro veto re is here given by Priscian and 
 recepta, postquam mulieris ute- the later mss., comp. Stich. 107 
 rus conceperit semen, gigni ho- where all our mss. give exquac- 
 ininem septimo rarenier, num- situm, and Capt. ii 2, 43 ex- 
 quamoctavo,saepenono,8aepiii8 quaesivero. Comp. also Merc. 
 numero decimo mense. In the 633 requaereres^ 
 
166 AVLVLARIA. [IV. 10. 72 ; Y, 1. 4. 
 
 795 ibo intro, ut quid hnius Yerum sit sciam. Ly. iam 
 te sequor. 
 haec propemodum iam esse in vado salutis res 
 
 videtur. 
 nunc sdrvom esse ubi dicam meum Strobilum, non 
 
 rep^rio. 
 nisi ^tiam hie opperiar tamen paulisper, postea 
 intro 75 
 
 hunc subsequar. nunc interim spatium ei dabo ex- 
 quirendi 
 800 meum factum ex gnatae p^disequa nutrice anu : ea 
 . rem novit. 
 
 Strobilvs. Lyconides. Y. 1 
 
 Str. di inmortales, quibus et quantis md donatis 
 
 gaudiis. 
 quadrilibrem aulam ontistam auro Labeo : quis mest 
 
 hominuon ditior ? 
 quis me Athenis nunc magis quisquamst b6mo quoi 
 
 di sint pr6pitii ? 
 Ly. certo enim ego vocem hie loquentis m6do mi 
 
 audire visus sum. Str. hem, 
 
 795. For the expression quid 802. For the transposition 
 hums sit see Ter. Eun. iv 3, 10. ovustam auro comp. 603 and 
 IV 7, 34. Haut. tim. n 2, 8. 609. 
 
 IV 4, 21. 803. As far as the pleonas- 
 
 796. in vado salutis *in tbe tic construction is concerned, 
 haven of safety.' Comp. Ter. Brix justly compares Most. 256 
 Andr. v 2, 4 omnis res est iam vah, quid ilia pate peiiis quic- 
 in vado, on which passage Do- quam muliere memorarier ? as 
 natus observes * proverbiale, in the line should he read accord- 
 vadOj in tuto, in securitate. ing to the mss. 
 
 nam ut in profundo periculum 804. Comp. Ter. Eun. iii 2, 
 
 est, ita in vado securitas est.' 1 audire vocem visa sum modo 
 
 801. The phrase donare gau- milltis. Plant. Cist, ii 3, 1 aii- 
 
 diis has its parallels in the ex- dire vocem visa sum ante aedis 
 
 pressions donare salute (Tibull.) modo. For the construction 
 
 and donare honoribus (Stat.). comp. Mil. gl. 389 arguere in 
 
V. 1. 5—15.] AVLVLARIA. 167 
 
 805 erumne ego aspicio metim ? 
 
 Ly. video ego hunc servom meum ? 5 
 
 Ste. Ipsus est. Ly. baud ^lius est. Str. con- 
 
 gr^diar. Ly. contollam gradum. 
 cr^do ego ilium, tit iussi, eampse adisse anum, huius 
 
 nutricem virgin is. 
 Ste. quin ego illi me invenisse dicam banc praedam 
 
 atque eloquar. 
 
 igitur orabo, tit manu me emittat : ibo atque elo- 
 quar. 
 810 repperi ... Ly. quid repperisti? Str. non quod 
 
 pueri clamitant 10 
 
 in faba se r^pperisse. Ly. iamne autem, ut soles, 
 
 deludis ? 
 Str. ^re, mane, eloquar: iam ausculta. Ly. age 
 
 drgo, loquere. Stj?. repperi hodie, 
 dre, divitias nimias. Ly. ubinam ? Str. quadri- 
 
 librem, inquam, aulam auri plenam. 
 Ly. quo3 ego facinus audio ex te ? Sir. Euclioni 
 
 huic seni subrupui. 
 815 Ly. tibi id est aurum? Str. in area apud me. 
 
 nunc volo me emitti manu. 15 
 
 $ovinis me mens mild familiar is exnltare ac velut triumpbum 
 
 visnat. agere.' He compares Cure. 586 
 
 806. For ipsus see note on in tritico facillume vel qningeU' 
 
 V. 354. tos curculiones pro uno faxo 
 
 810. Tlie right explanation of reperies. 
 
 tins passage was first given by 811. Comp. Baceb. 203 iamne 
 
 Lambinus. Gronovius explains ut soles, and Poeu. v 7, 39 wbere 
 
 it as follows 'servus significans Spengel (*T. Maccius Plautus,' 
 
 non parvam rem neque levem p. 16) justly introduces tbe same 
 
 repperisse se, negat inventum pbrase, as Acidallus bad done 
 
 sibi nibil mains quam quod before in Tmc. in 2, 27 ( = 683 
 
 pueri clamitant se repperisse G.). 
 
 in faba, nempe vermiculum 814. For tbe biatus see In- 
 
 quem 3// Jam vocant : eum enim trod, p, 67.— Tbe i in sent is 
 
 pueri in fabis quaerere sole- shortened : see lutrod. p. 23. 
 bant, quique inveniebat inde 
 
168 
 
 AVLVLARIA. 
 
 [V. 1. 16—24. 
 
 Ly. 4gonQ te emittam manu, 
 
 sc^lerum cumulatissume ^ 
 
 Str. ^bi, ere ; scio quam rem geras : 
 
 l^pide hercle animum tu6m temptavi : iam ut eri- 
 
 peres, adparabas : 
 quid faceres, si repperissem ? Ly. non potes pro- 
 
 basse nugas. 
 820 i, redde aurum. Str. r^ddam ego aurum ? Ly. r^dde, 
 
 ut huic reddatur. Str, unde ? 20 
 
 Ly. quod modo fassu's esse in area. Str. s61eo 
 
 hercle ego garrire nugas. 
 ita loquor. * * * * 
 
 Ly. at scin quo modo ? Str. vel hercle me ^nica : 
 
 numquam hinc feres 
 a me * * * * 
 
 Ly. ut admemordi hominem 
 
 816. For the genitive scele- 
 rum see Key, L. G. §§ 931, 941. 
 Caecilius has ineptitudinis cu- 
 mulatus V. 61 (p. 37 Eibb.). 
 
 817. ahi ' varium habet 
 usum, estque vel formula lau- 
 dandi, ut Ad. iv 2, 25 ahi, vi- 
 rum te iudico [Eun. i 2, 74. 
 Plaut. Asin. iii 3, 114], vel con- 
 temnendi, utiAd. ii2, 12. Eun. 
 IV 3, 9.' Westerhov on Ad. 11 
 2, 12. This expression is quite 
 equivalent to the English ' get 
 off.' 
 
 818. lepide 'cunningly,' v. 
 493. — For the hiatus idm ut see 
 Introd. p. 69. 
 
 819. For the perfect infinitive 
 probasse see Key, L. G. § 1256. 
 
 822. Comp. Amph. iv 2, 1. 
 Am. ego sum. Me. quid, ego 
 sum ? Am. ita loquor. 
 
 823. vel is in the comic 
 writers frequently employed to 
 enforce an imperative ; comp. 
 Ter. Phorm. 140 sqq. And. 
 679 sq. PI. Eud. 549 sq. 1401. 
 Bacch. 902. Pseud. 120. 
 
 824. The perfect memordi 
 occurs also in Laberius (28 and 
 50) and Atta (6). In Poen. v 2, 
 114 ( = 1062) Geppert has justly 
 edited memordit on the autho- 
 rity of the mss. jBO, while for- 
 mer editions give momordit. Cf . 
 also Schuchardt on Vulgar Latin 
 II 212. 
 
V. 1. 25—28.] AVLVLAEIA. 
 
 169 
 
 ACTVS V. 
 
 * • * * * * 
 
 825 Ev. ndc noctu nee diu quietus umquam eram 
 
 nunc d6rmiam 
 
 ***** 
 
 ego ^cfodiebam in die denos scrobes. 
 ***** 
 
 Ly. qui mi h61era cruda p6nunt, etiam allec duint. 
 * * * ^ * * 
 
 825. These words were pro- 
 bably spoken by Euclio after 
 he had bestowed his treasure 
 upon his son-in-law (see Arg. 
 II 9) and had thus divested him- 
 self of all future cares. Now 
 he hopes to sleep quietly, while 
 formerly he had no rest by 
 day or night — very much like 
 Mozart's Leporello ! 
 
 826. This may possibly have 
 been a proverbial expression 
 
 denoting a care-worn and anxi- 
 ous life. If so, it would like- 
 wise seem to have occurred in 
 that speech of Euclio's to 
 which we have ascribed the 
 preceding fragment. 
 
 827. Lyconides receives Eu- 
 clio's daughter {holera cruda) 
 and the dowry {allec, properly 
 * the sauce '). This is, how- 
 ever, a mere guess. 
 
 W. P. 
 
 12 
 
METRA HYIYS FABYLAE HAEC SYNT 
 
 V. 1 ad 119 iambici senarii 
 
 — 120 ad 125 baccliiaci tetrametri acatalecti 
 
 — 126 bacchiacus dimeter acatalectus 
 
 — 127 ad 134 bacchiaci tetrametri acatalecti 
 
 — 135 ad 137 iambici octonarii 
 
 — 138 trocbaica tripodia catalectica 
 
 — 139 trocbaicus septenarius 
 
 — 140 trocbaica tripodia catalectica 
 
 — 141 baccbiacus tetrameter acatalectus 
 
 — 142 creticus tetrameter acatalectus 
 
 — 143 iambica tripodia catalectica 
 
 — 144 anapaesticus dimeter acatalectus 
 
 — 145 et 146 baccbiaci tetrametri acatalecti 
 
 — 147 ad 1 50 anapaestici dimetri acatalecti 
 
 — 151 iambicus dimeter acatalectus cum iambica tripodia 
 
 catalectica 
 
 — 152 A anapaesticus dimeter acatalectus 
 
 — 152 B iambica tripodia catalectica 
 
 — 153 iambicus dimeter acatalectus cum iambica tripodia 
 
 catalectica 
 
 — 154 A anapaesticus dimeter acatalectus 
 
 — 154 B iambica tetrapodia catalectica 
 
 — 155 ad 157 iambicus dimeter acatalectus cum iambica 
 
 tripodia catalectica 
 
 — 159 ad 277 trocbaici septenarii 
 
 — 278 ad 402 iambici senarii 
 
 — 403 ad 407 trocbaici octonarii 
 
 — 408 ad 411 iambici octonarii 
 
 — 412 ad 442 iambici dimetri acatalecti cum iambicis 
 
 tripodiis catalecticis 
 
 — 443 versus corruptus, ut videtur 
 
 — 444 ad 470 trocbaici septenarii 
 
AVLVLARIA. 171 
 
 - 471 ad 578 iambici senarii 
 
 - 579 ad 652 trochaic! septenarii 
 
 - 653 ad 704 iambici senarii 
 
 - 705 ad 714 anapaestici octonarii 
 
 - 715 versus corruptus, ut videtur 
 
 - 716 ad 718 anapaestici octonarii 
 -719 anapaesticus dimeter catalecticus 
 
 - 720 ad 722 trochaici octonarii 
 
 - 723 ad 795 trochaici septenarii 
 
 - 796 ad 800 iambici septenarii 
 
 - 801 ad 804 trochaici septenarii 
 
 - 805 A et 805 b trochaicae tetrapodiae catalecticae 
 
 - 806 ad 810 trochaici septenarii 
 
 - 811 ad 814 trochaici octonarii 
 
 - 815 trochaicns septenarius 
 
 - 816 ad 817 trochaicae tetrapodiae catalecticae 
 
 - 818 ad 821 trochaici octonarii 
 
 - 822 A versus trochaicus mutilus 
 
 - 822 B trochaicus septenarius 
 
 - 823 versus trochaicus mutilus 
 
 - 824 versus iambicus mutilus 
 
 - 825 trochaicus septenarius 
 
 - 826 aut iambicus senarius aut (versus initio deperdito) 
 
 trochaicus septenarius 
 
 - 827 iambicus senarius 
 
ADDENDA 
 
 Note on v. 353. Quintilian i 7, 9 derives abstemius from ah- 
 stinentia temeti. 
 
 Note on v. 419. Even Cicero says magis malle Tusc. i 31, 76. 
 Constructions of tMs kind occur also in Appuleius. 
 
 Note on v. 443. Pipulus occurs also in Fronto, ep. ad Anton. 
 
 imp. 1, 3-. 
 Note on v. 451. For fissum comp. also Cic. de n. deor. iii 6, 14. 
 
 de divin. ii 13, 32. 14, 34. 
 
 Note on v. 605. Patagiarius occurs also Doni Inscript. cl. 
 No. 78. 
 
 Note on v. 529 read "Koyov instead of \6yovs, and comp. also 
 Theophrast., Char. 8 SokQ fxol ae ev(axn<^^tv Kaivcov \6yo3v. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE: TRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M.A. AND SONS, AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, 
 
CLASSIFIED CATALOGUE 
 
 OF 
 
 EDUCATIONAL WORKS 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 GEORGE BELL ^ SONS 
 
 LONDON : YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN 
 
 NEW YORK: 66, FIFTH AVENUE; AND BOMBAY 
 
 CAMBRIDGE : DEIGHTON, BELL & CO. 
 
 December, 1895 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 rAGE 
 
 GREEK AND LATIN CLASSICS: 
 
 Annotated and Critical Editions .... 3 
 
 Texts 9 
 
 Translations 10 
 
 Grammar and Composition 15 
 
 History, Geography, and Reference Books, etc. . 18 
 
 MATHEMATICS : 
 
 Arithmetic and Algebra 19 
 
 Book-keeping 20 
 
 Geometry and Euclid . . . , . , 21 
 
 Analytical Geometry, etc 21 
 
 Trigonometry- 22 
 
 Mechanics and Natural Philosophy ... 22 
 
 MODERN LANGUAGES: 
 
 English 24 
 
 French Class Books ....... 29 
 
 French Annotated Editions . .... 31 
 
 German Class Books 31 
 
 ^ German Annotated Editions 32 
 
 Italian • v 34 
 
 Bell's Modern Translations ..... 34 
 
 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, AND ART: 
 
 Chemistry 34 
 
 Botany 35 
 
 Geology 35 
 
 Medicine 36 
 
 Bell's Agricultural Series 36 
 
 Technological Handbooks 37 
 
 Music 37 
 
 Art 38 
 
 MENTAL, MORAL, AND SOCIAL SCIENCES: 
 
 Psychology and Ethics 39 
 
 History of Philosophy 40 
 
 Law and Political Economy ..... 40 
 
 History 41 
 
 Divinity, etc 42 
 
 Summary of Series ,,,,..,. 45 
 
GREEK AND LATIN CLASSICS. 
 
 ANNOTATED AND CRITICAL EDITIONS. 
 
 AESCHYLUS. Edited by F. A. paley, m.a., ll.d., late Classical Exa 
 miner to the University of London. 4M edition, revised, bvu, Sj. 
 
 \_Bib, Class, 
 — Edited by F. a. paley, m.a., ll.d. 6 vols. Fcap. 8vo, is. bd. 
 
 Agamemnon. 
 
 Choephoroe. 
 
 Eumenides. 
 
 {Ca??ib. Texts with Notes. 
 Persae. 
 
 Prometheus Vinctus. 
 Scptem contra Thebas, 
 
 ARISTOPHANIS Comoediae quae supersunt cum perditarum frag^inentis 
 tertiis curis, recognovit additis adnotaiione crilica, summariis, descriptione 
 melrica, onomastico lexico hubertus a. holden, ll.d. [late P'ellow of 
 Trinity College, Cambridge]. Demy 8vo. 
 
 Vol. L, containing the Text expurgated, with Summkries and Critical 
 Notes, 185. 
 
 The Plays sold separately : 
 
 Acharnenses, 2s. Aves, 2s. 
 
 Equites, is. 6d. Lysistrata, et Thesmophoriazu- 
 
 Nubes, 2s. sae, 4^. 
 
 Vcspae, 2^". Ranae, 2s. 
 
 Pax, 2S. Plutus, 2S. 
 
 Vol. IL Onomasticon Aristophaneum continens indicem geographi- 
 cum et historicum. 5^. 6d. 
 
 — The Peace. A revised Text with English Notes and a Preface. By 
 
 F. A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D. Post 8vo, 25. 6d. [Pub. Sch. Ser, 
 
 — The Acharnians. A revised Text with English Notes and a Preface. 
 
 By F. A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D. Post 8vo, 2s. bd. [Pub. Sc/i. Ser. 
 
 — The Frogs. A revised Text with En<^lish Notes and a Preface. By F. A. 
 
 PALEY. M.A., LL.D. Pq^l 8vo, 2s. 6d. [Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 CAESAR De Belle Gallico. Edited by GEORGE LONG, m.a. New edition. 
 Fcap. 8vo, 4^. 
 
 Or in parts, Books L-IIL, is. 6d. ; Books IV. and V., is. 6d. ; Books 
 VI. and VII., is. U. [Gram. Sch. Class. 
 
 — De Bello Gallico. Book I. Edited by GEORGE long, m.a. With 
 
 Vocabulary by VV. F. R. SHILLETO, M.A. is. 6d. [Lowtr Form Ser. 
 
 — De Bcllo Gallico. Book II. Edited by GEORGE long, m.a. With 
 
 Vocabulary by W. F. R. SHiLLETO, m.a. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 [Lozver Form Ser^ 
 
 — De Bello Gallico. Book III. Edited by george long, m.a. With 
 
 Vocabulary by w. F. R. SHILLETO, m.a. Fcap. 8vo, is. bd. 
 
 [Lower Form Ser. 
 
 — Seventh Campaign in Gaul. B.C. 52. De Bello Gallico, Lib. VII. 
 
 Edited with Notes, Excursus, and Table of Idioms, by rev. w. COOK- 
 WORTHY COMPTON, M.A., Head Master of Dover College. With 
 Illustrations from Sketches by E. T. COMPTON, Maps and Plans. 2nd 
 eaition. Crown 8vo, 2s. t>d. net. 
 
 " A really admirable class book." — Spectator. 
 
 ** One of the most original and interesting books which have been 
 published in late years as aids to the study of classical literature. I think 
 
Geoj'ge Bell & Sons' 
 
 CAKSAR— continued, 
 
 it gives the student a new idea of the way in which a classical book may 
 be made a living reality." — /^ev. J. E. C. Wdldon^ Harrow. 
 
 — Easy Selections from the Helvetian War. Edited by A. M. M. sted- 
 
 MAN, M.A. With Introduction, Notes and Vocabulary. i8mo, u., 
 
 \Pfimary Classics, 
 
 CALPURNIUS SICULUS and M. AURELIUS OLYMPIUS 
 
 NEMESIANUS. The Eclogues, with Introduction, Commentary, 
 
 and Appendix. By c. H. keene, m.a. Crown 8vo, 6^. 
 
 CATULLUS, TIBULLUS, and PROPERTIUS. Selected Poems. 
 
 Edited by the rev. a. h. wratislaw, late Head Master of Bury St. 
 
 Edmunds School, and F. N. sutton, b.a. With Biographical Notices of 
 
 the Poets. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d. [Gram. Sck, Class, 
 
 CICERO'S Orations. Edited by g. long, m.a. Svo. [Bib, Class, 
 
 Vol. I.— In Verrem. 8^. 
 
 Vol. II.— Pro P. Quintio— Pro Sex. Roscio— Pro Q. Roscio— Pro M. 
 Tullio — Pro M. Fonteio — Pro A. Caecina — De Imperio Cn. Pompeii — 
 Pro A. Cluentio — De Lege Agraria — Pro C. Rabirio. 8^. 
 Vols. III. and IV. Out of print, 
 
 — De Senectute, De Amicitia, and Select Epistles. Edited byGEORGE 
 
 LONG, M.A. New edition, Fcap. 8vo, 3^. [Gram. Sch. Class, 
 
 — De Amicitia. Edited by george long, m.a. Fcap. Svo, is. 6d. 
 
 \Camb. Texts with Notes, 
 
 — De Senectute. Edited by george long, m.a. Fcap. 8vo, is, 6d, 
 
 [Camb, Texts ivith Notes, 
 
 — Epistolae Selectae. Edited by george long, m.a. Fcap. 8vo, is, 6d, 
 
 [Camb, Texts with Notes, 
 
 — The Letters to Atticus. Book I. With Notes, and an Essay on the 
 
 Character of the Writer. By A. PRETOR, m.a., late of Trinity College, 
 Fellow of St. Catherine's College, Cambridge, '^rd edition. Post Svo, 
 4J-. 6d. [Pub. Sch. Ser, 
 
 CORNELIUS NEPOS. Edited by the late rev. j. f. macmichael. 
 Head Master of the Grammar School, Ripon. Fcap. Svo, 2s, 
 
 [Gram. Sch. Class, 
 
 DEMOSTHENES. Edited by R. whiston, m.a., late Head Master of 
 
 Rochester Grammar School. 2 vols. Svo, 8^. each. [Bib. Class. 
 
 Vol. I. — Olynthiacs — Philippics — De Pace — Halonnesus — Chersonese 
 
 — Letter of Philip — Duties of the State — Symmoriae— Rhodians — Mega- 
 
 lopolitans — Treaty with Alexander — Crown. 
 
 Vol. II. — Embassy — Leptines — Meidias — Androtion — Aristocrates — 
 Timocrates — Aristogeiton. 
 
 — De Falsa Legatione. By the late R. shilleto, m.a.. Fellow of St. 
 
 Peter's College, Cambridge. Sth edition. Post Svo, ds. [Pub. Sch. Ser, 
 
 — The Oration against the Law of Leptines. With English Notes. 
 
 By the late B. w. beatson, m.a.. Fellow of Pembroke College, yd 
 
 edition. Post Svo, 3^. 6^. [Pub. Sch, Ser, 
 
 EURIPIDES. ByF. A. paley, m.a., ll.d. 3 vols. 2nd edition, revised. 
 
 Svo, 8x. each. Vol. I. Out of print, [Bib. Class, 
 
 Vol. II. — Preface — Ion — Helena — Andromache — Electra — Bacchae — 
 Hecuba. 2 Indexes. 
 
 Vol. HI. —Preface — Hercules Furens — Phoenissae — Orestes — Iphi- 
 genia in Tauris — Iphigenia in Aulide — Cyclops. 2 Indexes. 
 
Educational Catalogue, 
 
 EURIPIDES. Electra. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, bye. H. 
 
 KEENE, M.A., Dublin, Ex-Scholar and Gold Medallist in Classics. Demy 
 
 8vo, lOJ. dd. 
 — Edited by F. a. paley, m.a., ll.d. 13 vols. Fcap. 8vo, \s. 6d. each. 
 
 \^Camb. Texts with Notes. 
 
 Phoenissae. 
 Troades. 
 
 Hercules Furens. 
 Andromache. 
 Iphigenia in Tauris. 
 Supplices. 
 
 Alcestis. 
 Medea. 
 Hippolytus. 
 Hecuba. 
 Bacchae. 
 Ion (2J.). 
 Orestes. 
 
 HERODOTUS. Editedby rev. j. w. blakesley, b.d. 2 vols. 8vo, I2j. 
 
 IBib. Class. 
 
 — Easy Selections from the Persian Wars. Edited by A. G. liddell, 
 
 M.A. With Introduction, Notes, and Vocabulary. i8mo, is. 6d. 
 
 \^Pri?nary Classics. 
 H E S I O D. Edited by f. a. paley, m. a. , ll. d. 2nd edition^ revised. 8vo, 5 j. 
 
 [Bib. Class. 
 
 HOMER. Edited by F. a. paley, m.a., ll.d. 2 vols. 2nd edition^ 
 
 revised. 14J. Vol. II. (Books XIII. -XXIV.) may be had separately. 6j. 
 
 IBib. Class. 
 
 — Iliad. Books I. -XII. Edited by F. A. paley, m.a., ll.d. Fcap. 8vo, 
 
 4J. 6d. 
 
 Also in 2 Parts. Books I.-VI. 2s. 6d. Books VII.-XII. 2s. 6d. 
 
 [Gram. Sch. Class. 
 
 — Iliad. Book I. Edited by f. a. paley, m.a., ll.d. Fcap. 8vo, is. 
 
 [Camb. Text with Notes. 
 
 HORACE. Edited by rev. a. j. macleane, m.a. 4//* edition^ revised by 
 
 GEORGE LONG. 8vo, 8^. [Bib. Class. 
 
 — Edited by A. j. macleane, m.a. With a short Life. Fcap. 8vo, 3^-. 6d. 
 
 Or, Part I., Odes, Carmen Seculare, and Epodes, 2s. ; Part II., Satires, 
 Epistles, and Art of Poetry, 2s. [ Gram. Sch. Class, 
 
 — Odes. Book I. Edited by A. j. macleane, m.a. With a Vocabulary 
 
 by A. H. DENNIS, M.A. Fcap. 8vo, IS. 6d. [Lower Form Ser. 
 
 JUVENAL: Sixteen Satires (expurgated). By HERMAN prior, m.a., 
 
 late Scholar of Trinity College, Oxford. Fcap. 8vo, 3J-. 6d. 
 
 [Gram. Sch. Class. 
 LIVY. The first five Books, with English Notes. By j. prendeville. 
 
 A new edition revised throughout, and the notes in great part re-written, 
 
 by J. H. freese, M.A., late Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. 
 
 Books I. II. III. IV. V. With Maps and Introductions. Fcap. 8vo, 
 
 IS. 6d. each. 
 
 — Book VI. Edited by e. s. wkymouth, m.a., Lond., and G. F. Hamilton, 
 
 B.A. With Historical Introduction, Life of Livy, Notes, Examination 
 Questions, Dictionary of Proper Names, and Map. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 — Book XXI. By the rev. l. d. dowdall, m.a., late Scholar and Uni- 
 
 versity Student of Trinity College, Dublin, B.D., Ch. Ch. Oxon. Post 
 8vo, 2s. [Tub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 — Book XXII. Edited by the rev. l. d. dowdai.l, m.a., b.d. Post 8vo, 
 
 2s. [Piih. Si/:. Ser. 
 
George Bell & Sons 
 
 LIVY. Easy Selections from the Kings of Rome. Edited by A. m. m. 
 STF.DMAN, M.A. With Introduction, Notes, and Vocabulary. i8mo, 
 Is. dd, \Primary Class. 
 
 LUC AN. The Pharsalia. By c. E. haskins, m.a., Fellow of St. John's 
 College, Cambridge, with an Introduction by vv. e. heitland, M.A., 
 Fellow and Tutor of St. John's College, Cambridge. 8vo, 14J. 
 
 LUCRETIUS. Till Lucreti Cari De Rerum Natura Libri Sex. By 
 the late H. A. J. MUNRO, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 
 4M edition, finally revised. 3 vols. Demy 8vo. Vols. I., II., Introduc- 
 tion, Text, and Notes, 18^. Vol. III., Translation, 6^. 
 
 MARTIAL: Select Epigrams. Edited by F. A. palev, m.a., ll.d., 
 and the late w. h. stone, Scholar of Trinity College, Cambridge. With 
 a Life of the Poet. Fcap. 8vo, 4-$'. 6d. [Gram. Sch. Class. 
 
 OVID: Fasti. Edited by F. A. paley, m.a., ll.d. Second edition. 
 
 Fcap. 8vo, 3J. dd. [Gram. Sch. Class. 
 
 Or in 3 vols, is. 6d. each [Grammar School Classics^ or 2s. each [Camd. 
 
 Texts with Notes], Books I. and II., Books III. and IV., Books V. 
 
 and VI. 
 
 — Selections from the Amores, Tristia, Heroides, and Metamor- 
 
 phoses. By A. J. MACLEANE, M.A. Fcap. 8vO, IS. 6d. 
 
 [Camb. Texts with Notes. 
 Ars Amatoria et Amores. A School Edition. Carefully Revised and 
 
 Edited, with some Literary Notes, by j. HERBERT Williams, m.a., 
 
 late Demy of Magdalen College, Oxford. Fcap. 8vo, 3^. 6d. 
 Heroides XIV. Edited, with Introductory Preface and English Notes, 
 
 by ARTHUR PALMER, M.A., Professor of Latin at Trinity College, Dublin. 
 
 Demy 8vo, 6^. 
 -Metamorphoses, Book XIII. A School Edition. With Introduction 
 
 and Notes, by chari.es haines keene, m.a., Dublin, Ex-Scholar and 
 
 Gold Medallist in Classics, yd edition. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 — Epistolarum ex Ponto Liber Primus. With Introduction and Notes, 
 
 by CHARLES HATNES KEENE, M.A. Crown 8vO, 3^. 
 
 PLATO. The Apology of Socrates and Crito. With Notes, critical 
 and exegetical, by wilhelm WAGNER, PH.D. 12th edition. Post 8vo, 
 3J. 6d. A Cheap Edition. Limp Cloth. 2s. 6d, [Pub. Sch. Ser, 
 
 — Phaedo. With Notes, critical and exegetical, and an Analysis, by 
 
 WILHELM WAGNER, PH.D. lOth edition. Post 8vo, 5j. dd. [Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 — Protagoras. The Greek Text revised, with an Analysis and English 
 
 Notes, by w. wayte, m.a., Classical Examiner at University College, 
 London. ' "jth edition. Post 8vo, ^s. 6d. [Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 — Euthyphro. With Notes and Introduction by G. H. wells, m.a.. 
 
 Scholar of St. John's College, Oxford ; Assistant Master at Me» chant 
 Taylors' School, yd edition. Post 8 vo, 3.5-. [Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 — The Republic. Books I. and II. With Notes and Introduction by 
 
 G. H. wells, m.a. 4//4 edition, with the Introduction re-written. Post 
 8vo, 5.r. [Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 — Euthydemus. With Notes and Introduction by G. h. wells, m.a. 
 
 Post 8vo, 45. [Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 — Phaedrus. By the late w. H. THOMPSON, D.D., Master of Trinity College, 
 
 Cambridge. 8vo, 5^. [Bib. Class. 
 
 — Gorgias. By the late w. H. Thompson, d.d., Master of Trinity College, 
 
 Cambridge. New edition, ds, [Pub. Sch. Ser, 
 
Educational Catalogue . 
 
 PLAUTUS. Aulularia. With Notes, critical and exegetical, by w. 
 WAGNER, PH.D. t^th edition. Post 8vo, 4^. 6^. \_Pub. Sch, Ser. 
 
 — Trinummus. With Notes, critical and exegetical, by wilhelm 
 
 WAGNER, PH.D. yh edition. Post 8vo, 4.f. 6d. {Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 — Menaechmei. With Notes, critical and exegetical, by wilhelm 
 
 WAGNER, PH.D. 2nd edition. Post 8vo, 4.?. 6d. [Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 — Mostellaria. By E. A. sonnenschein, m.a., Professor of Classics at 
 
 Mason College, Birmingham. Post 8vo, 5^. [Pub. Sch. Set. 
 
 — Captivi. Abridged and Edited for the Use of Schools. With Intro- 
 
 duction and Notes by j. <i. freese, m a., formerly Fellow of St. John's 
 
 College, Cambridge. Fcap. 8vo, IJ-. 6d. 
 PROPERTIUS. Sex. Aurelii Propertii Carmina. The Elegies of 
 
 Propertius, with English Notes. By F. A. paley, m.a., ll.d. 2nd 
 
 edition. 8vo, 5^. 
 SALLUST : Catilina and Jugurtha. Edited, with Notes, by the late 
 
 GEORGE LONG. New edition^ revised, with the addition of the Chief 
 
 Fragments of the Histories, by j. G. frazer, m.a.. Fellow of Trinity 
 
 College, Cambridge. Fcap. 8vo, 3^. 6^., or separately, 2s. each. 
 
 [Gram. Sch. Class. 
 SOPHOCLES. Edited by rev. f. h. blaydes, m.a. Vol L Oedipus 
 
 Tyrannus — Oedipus Coloneus — Antigone. 8vo, 8j. [Bib. Class. 
 
 Vol. n. Philoctetes — Electra— Trachiniae — Ajax. By F. a. paley, 
 
 m.a., ll.d. 8vo, 6s., or the four Plays separately in limp cloth, 2s. td. 
 
 each. 
 
 — Trachiniae. With Notes and Prolegomena. By Alfred pretor, m.a.. 
 
 Fellow of St. Catherine's College, Cambridge. Post 8vo, 4^. dd. 
 
 [Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 — The Oedipus Tyrannus of Sophocles. By b. h. Kennedy, d.d., 
 
 Regius Professor of Greek and Hon. Fellow of St. John's College, Cam- 
 bridge. With a Commentary containing a large number of Notes selected 
 from ihe MS. of the late t. h. steel, m.a. Crown 8vo, 8j. 
 A School Edition Post 8vo, 2s. 6d. [Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 — Edited by F. A. paley, m.a., ll.d. 5 vols. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. each. 
 
 [Camb. Texts with Notes. 
 Oedipus Tyrannus. Electra. 
 
 Oedipus Coloneus. Ajax. 
 
 Antigone. 
 TACITUS : Germania and A^ricola. Edited by the late rev. p. frost, 
 late Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 [Gram. Sch. Class. 
 
 — The Germania. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by r. f. davis, 
 
 m.a. Fcap. 8vo, IS. 6d. 
 TERENCE. With Notes, critical and exj)lanatory, by wilhelm wagner, 
 PH.D. 2>^d edition. Post 8 vo, 75. 6^. [Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
 — Edited by wilhelm wagner, ph.d. 4 vols. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. each. 
 
 [Camb. Texts luilh Notes. 
 Andria. I Hautontimorumenos. 
 
 Adelphi. | Phormio. 
 
 THEOCRITUS. With short, critical and explanatory Latin Notes, by 
 V. A. palp:y, m.a., i.T.i). 2nd edition, revised. Post 8vo, 4X. dd. 
 
 [Pub. Sch. Ser. 
 
George Bell & Sons 
 
 THUCYDIDES, Book VI. By t. w. dougan, m.a., Fellow of St. John's 
 College, CamlDridge ; Professor of Latin in Queen's College, Belfast. 
 Edited with English notes. Post 8vo, 2s. [Pub, Sch. Ser, 
 
 — The History of the Peloponnesian War. With Notes and a careful 
 
 Collation of the two Cambridge Manuscripts, and of the Aldine and 
 Juntine Editions. By the late RICHARD SHILLETO, M.A., Fellow of 
 St. Peter's College, Cambridge. 8yo, Book I. 6j. 6^. Book II. 55. dd, 
 VIRGIL. By the late professor conington, m.a. Revised by the late 
 PROFESSOR NETTLESHIP, Corpus Professor of Latin at Oxford. 8vo. 
 
 YBib. Class. 
 Vol. I. The Bucolics and Georgics. with new Memoir and three Essays 
 on Virgil's Commentators^ Text, and Critics. 4/A edition. \os, 6d. 
 Vol. II. The Aeneid, Books I. -VI. ^th edition, los. 6d. 
 Vol. III. The Aeneid, Books VII. -XII. 2>^d edition, los. 6d. 
 
 — Abridged from professor conington's Edition, by the rev. j. g. shep- 
 
 PARD, D.C.L., H. NETTLESHIP, late Corpus Professor of Latin at the 
 University of Oxford, and w. WAGNER,, PH.D. 2 vols. Fcap. 8vo, 
 4J. 6d. each. [Gram. Sch. Class, 
 
 Vol. I. Bucolics, Georgics, and Aeneid, Books I. -IV. 
 
 Vol. II. Aeneid, Books V. -XII. 
 
 Also the Bucolics and Georgics, in one vol. 3.?. 
 Or in 9 sepa7'ate volumes {Grammar School Classics, with Notes at foot of page) ^ 
 price IS. 6./. each. 
 Bucolics. I Aeneid, V. and VI. 
 
 Georgics, I. and II. Aeneid, VII. and VIII. 
 
 Georgics, III. and IV. | Aeneid, IX. and X. 
 
 Aeneid, I. and II. Aeneid, XL and XII. 
 
 Aeneid, III. and IV. | 
 
 Or in 12 separate volumes {Cambridge I'exts with Notes at end)^ price 
 
 is. 6d. each. 
 Bucolics. Aeneid, VII. 
 
 Georgics, I. and 11. 1 Aeneid, VIII. 
 
 Georgics, III. and IV. | Aeneid, IX. 
 
 Aeneid, I. and II. j Aeneid, X. 
 
 Aeneid, III. and IV. Aeneid, XL 
 
 Aeneid, V. and VI. (price 2s.) Aeneid, XII. 
 
 Aeneid, Book L conington's Edition abridged. With Vocabulary 
 by w F. R. shilleto, m.a. Fcap. 8vo, i^. 6d. [Lower Form Ser. 
 
 XENOPHON : Anabasis. With Life, Itinerary, Index, and three Maps. 
 Edited by the late j. F. macmichael. Revised edition. Fcap. 8vo, 
 3j. dd. [Gram. Sch. Class. 
 
 Or in 4 separate volumes , price \s. 6d. each. 
 Book I. (with Life, Introduction, Itinerary, and three Maps) — Books 
 11. and IIL— Books IV. and V.— Books VI. and VII. 
 
 — Anabasis, macmichael's Edition, revised by j. e. melhuish, m.a., 
 
 Assistant Master of St. Paul's School. In 6 volumes, fcap. 8vo. With 
 Life, Itinerary, and Map to each volume, is. 6d. each. 
 
 [Camb. Texts with Notes. 
 Book L— Books II. and III.— Book IV.— Book V.— Book VI.-- 
 Book VII. 
 
Educational Catalogue, 
 
 XET^OPHON. Cyropaedia. Edited by g. m. gorham, m.a., late Fellow 
 of Trinity College, Cambridge. New edition. Fcap. 8vo, 3^. dd. 
 
 \_Grai7i. Sch. Class. 
 Also Books I. and II., i^. 6d. ; Books V. and VI., is. 6d. 
 
 — Memorabilia. Edited by percival frost, m.a., late Fellow of St. 
 
 John's College, Cambridge. Fcap. 8vo, 3^. [Gram. Sch. Class. 
 
 — Hellenica. Book I. Edited by L. d. dowdatx, m.a., b.d. Fcap. 8vo, 
 
 2s. \Cainb. Texts 7vith Notes. 
 
 — Hellenica. Book II. By L. D. dowdall, m.a., b.d. Fcap. b.o, 2j. 
 
 \Camb. Texts with Notes, 
 
 TEXTS. 
 
 AESCHYLUS. Ex novissima recensione F. A. paley, a.m., ll.d. Fcap. 
 Svo, 2s. [Camb. Texts. 
 
 CAESAR De Bello Gallico. Recognovit G. long, a.m. Fcap. Svo, 
 is. 6d. \Camb. Texts, 
 
 CATULLUS. A New Text, with Critical Notes and an Introduction, by 
 J. p. POSTGATE, M.A., LITT.D., Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, 
 Professor of Comparative Philology at the University of London. Wide 
 fcap. Svo, T^s. 
 
 CICERO De Senectute et de Amicitia, et Epistolae Selectae. Recen- 
 suit G. LONG, A.M. Fcap. Svo, is. 6d. [Camb. Texts. 
 
 CICERONIS Orationes in Verrem. Ex recensione g. long, a.m. 
 Fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d. [Camb, Texts. 
 
 CORPUS POETARUM LATINORUM, a se aliisque denuo recogni- 
 torum et brevi lectionum varietate instructorum, edidit Johannes perci- 
 val postgate. Tom. I. — Ennius, Lucretius, Catullus, Horatius, Vergilius, 
 Tibullus, Propertius, Ovidius. Large post 4to, 21s. net. Also in 2 Parts, 
 sewed, 9^. each, net. 
 
 ^^*^ To be completed in 4 parts, making 2 volumes. 
 
 CORPUS POETARUM LATINORUM. Edited by walker. Con- 
 taining : — Catullus, Lucretius, Virgilius, Tibullus, Propertius, Ovidius, 
 Horatius, Phaedrus, Lucanus, Persius, Juvenalis, Martialis, Sulpicia, 
 Statius, Silius Italicus, Valerius Flaccus, Calpurnius Siculus, Ausonius, 
 and Claud ianus. I vol. Svo, cloth, iSj. 
 
 EURIPIDES. Ex recensione F. A. paley, a.m., ll.d. 3 vols. Fcap. 
 Svo, 2s. each. {Camb. Texts. 
 
 Vol. I. — Rhesus — Medea — Hippolytus — Alcestis — Heraclidae— Sup- 
 plices — Troades. 
 
 Vol. 1 1. — Ion — Helena — Andromache — Electra — Bacchae — Hecuba, 
 Vol. III. — Hercules Furens — Phoenissae — Orestes — Iphigeniain Tauris 
 — Iphigenia in Aulide — Cyclops. 
 
 HERODOTUS. Recensuit j. G. blakesley, s.t.b. 2 vols. Fcap. Svo, 
 2s. 6d. each. [Camb. Texts. 
 
 HOMERI I LIAS I. -XII. Ex novissima recensione f. a. paley, a.m., 
 ll.d. Fcap. Svo, I J. 6</. [Camb. Texts. 
 
 HORATIUS. Ex recensione A. j. macleanf, a.m. Fcap. Svo, is. 6d. 
 
 [Camb. Texts. 
 
 JUVENAL ET PERSIUS. Ex recensione a. j. macleane, a.m. 
 Fcap. Svo, If. 6d. [Camb. Texts. 
 
 A 2 
 
lo George Bell & Sons 
 
 LUCRETIUS. Recognovit h. a. j. munro, a.m. Fcap. 8vo, is. 
 
 \Camb. Texts, 
 PROPERTIUS. Sex. Propertii Elegiarum Libri IV. recensuit A. 
 
 PALMER, collegii sacrosanctae et individuae Trinitatis juxta Dublinum 
 
 Socius. Fcap. 8vo, 3J. dd, 
 — Sexti Properti Carmina. Recognovit JOH. percival postgate, 
 
 Large post 4to, boards, 35'. 6d. net. 
 SALLUSTI CRISPI CATILINA ET JUGURTHA, Recognovit 
 
 G. LONG, A.M. Fcap. 8vo, -\s. 6d. [Camb. Texts. 
 
 SOPHOCLES. Ex recensione F. a. paley, a.m., ll.d. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 [Camb. Texts. 
 TERENTI COMOEDIAE. gul. wagner relegit et emendavit. Fcap. 
 
 8vo, 2s. [Camb. Texts, 
 
 THUCYDIDES. Recensuit J. G. Donaldson, s.t.p. 2 vols. Fcap. 
 
 8vo, 2s. each. [Camb. Texts, 
 
 VERGILIUS. Ex recensione J. CONINGTON, A.M. Fcap. 8vo, 2J. 
 
 [Camb. Texts. 
 XENOPHONTIS EXPEDITIO CYRI. Recensuit j. f. macmichael. 
 
 A.B. Fcap. 8vo, IS. 6d. [Camb. Texts. 
 
 TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 AESCHYLUS, The Tragedies of. Translated into English verse by 
 ANNA SVV^ANWICK. 4t/i. edition revised. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 — The Tragedies of. Literally translated into Prose, by t. a. Buckley, b. a. 
 
 Small post 8vo, 3^. dd. 
 
 — The Tragedies of. Translated by Walter headlam, m.a., Fellow of 
 
 King's College, Cambridge. [Preparing. 
 
 ANTONINUS (M. Aurelius), The Thoughts of. Translated by 
 GEORGE LONG, M.A. Revised edition. Small post 8vo, 3^". dd. 
 Fine paper edition on handmade paper. Pott 8vo, ds. 
 
 APOLLONIUS RHODIUS. The Argonautica. Translated by e. p. 
 COLERIDGE. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 AMMIANUS MARCELLINUS. History of Rome during the 
 Reigns of Constantius, Julian, Jovianus, Valentinian, and Valens. Trans- 
 lated by PROF. c. D. YONGE, M.A. With a complete Index. Small post 
 8vo, 7^. dd. 
 
 ARISTOPHANES, The Comedies of. Literally translated by w. j. 
 HICKIE. With Portrait. 2 vols. Small post 8vo, "^s. each. 
 Vol. I. — Acharnians, Knights, Clouds, Wasps, Peace, and Birds. 
 Vol. II. — Lysistrata, Thesmophoriazusae, Frogs, Ecclesiazusae, and 
 Plutus. 
 
 — - The Acharnians. Translated by w. H. covington, b.a. With Memoir 
 and Introduction. Crown 8vo, sewed, \s. 
 
 ARISTOTLE on the Athenian Constitution. Translated, with Notes 
 and Introduction, by F. G. KENYON, M.A., Fellow of Magdalen College, 
 Oxford. Pott 8vo, printed on handmade paper. 2nd edition. 4^. dd. 
 
 — History of Animals. Translated by richard cresswell, m.a. Small 
 
 post 8vo, 5^. 
 
Educational Catalogue, 1 1 
 
 ARISTOTLE. Organon : or, Logical Treatises, and the Introduction of 
 Porphyry. With Notes, Analysis, Introduction, and Index, by the REV. 
 o. F. OWEN, M.A. 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 3^. dd. each. 
 
 — Rhetoric and Poetics. Literally Translated, with Hobbes' Analysis, 
 
 &c., by T. BUCKLEY, B.A. Small post 8vo, 55. 
 
 — Nicomachean Ethics. Literally Translated, with Notes, an Analytical 
 
 Introduction, &c., by the Venerable archdeacon BROWNE, late Classical 
 Professor of King's College. Small post 8vo, 5J. 
 
 — Politics and Economics. Translated, with Notes, Analyses, and 
 
 Index, by E. walford, m.a., and an Introductory Essay and a Life by 
 DR. GILLIES. Small post 8vo, 5j. 
 
 — Metaphysics. Literally Translated, with Notes, Analysis, &c., by the 
 
 REV. JOHN H. m'mAHON, M.A. Small pOSt 8vo, 5^. 
 
 ARRIAN. Anabasis of Alexander, together with the Indica. Trans- 
 lated by E. J. CHIN NOCK, M.A., LL.D. With Introduction, Notes, Maps, 
 and Plans. Small post 8vo, 5^-. 
 
 CAESAR. Commentaries on the Gallic and Civil Wars, with the Supple- 
 mentary Books attributed to Hirtius, including the complete Alexandrian, 
 African, and Spanish Wars. Translated by w. A. m'devitte, b.a. 
 Small post 8vo, 5j. 
 
 — Gallic War. Translated by w. A. m'devitte, b.a. 2 vols., with Memoir 
 
 and Map. Crown 8vo, sewed. Books I. to IV., Books V. to VII., 
 
 CALPURNIUS SICULUS, The Eclogues of. The Latin Text, with 
 English Translation by E. j. L. SCOTT, M.A. Crown 8vo, 3^. dd. 
 
 CATULLUS, TIBULLUS, and the Vigil of Venus. Prose Translation. 
 Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 CICERO, The Orations of. Translated by prof. c. d. yonge, m.a. 
 With Index. 4 vols. Small post 8vo, 5^. each. 
 
 — On Oratory and Orators. W^ith Letters to Quintus and Brutus. Trans- 
 
 lated by the rev. j. s. watson, m.a. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 — On the Nature of the Gods. Divination, Fate, Laws, a Republic, 
 
 Consulship. Translated by prof. c. d. yonge, m.a., and FRANCIS 
 BARHAM. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 — Academics, De Finibus, and Tusculan Questions. By prof. C. d. 
 
 YONGE, M.A. Small post 8vo, 5J-. 
 
 — Offices; or. Moral Duties. Cato Major, an Essay on Old Age; Laelius, 
 
 an Essay on Friendship ; Scipio's Dream ; Paradoxes ; Letter to Quintus 
 on Magistrates. Translated by C. R. EDMONDS. With Portrait ^ y. dd, 
 
 — Old Age and Friendship. Translated, Avith Memoir and Notes, by 
 
 G. H. WELLS, M.A. Crown 8vo, sewed, \s. 
 DEMOSTHENES, The Orations of. Translated, with Notes, Arguments, 
 a Chronological Abstract, Appendices, and Index, by c. RANN Kennedy. 
 5 vols. Small post 8vo. 
 
 Vol. I. — The Olynthiacs, Philippics. 3^. dd. 
 
 Vol. IT. — On the Crown and on the Embassy. 51. 
 
 Vol. III. — Against Leptines, Midias, Androtion, and Aristocrates. 5^. 
 
 Vols. IV. and V. — Private and Miscellaneous Orations. 5^. each. 
 
 — On the Crown. Translated by c. rann Kennedy. Crown 8vo, 
 
 sewed, \s. 
 DIOGENES LAERTIUS. Translated by prok. c. d. yonge, m.a.. 
 Small p<;st Svo, 5^. . 
 
1 7 George Bell & Sons 
 
 EPICTETUS, The Discourses of. With the Encheiridion and 
 
 Fragments. Translated by GEORGE LONG, M.A. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 Fine Paper Edition, 2 vols. Pott 8vo, \os. 6d. 
 EURIPIDES. A Prose Translation, from the Text of Paley. By 
 
 E. P. COLERIDGE, B.A. 2 vols., ^S. each. 
 
 Vol. I. — Rhesus, Medea, Hippolytus, Alcestis, Heraclidse, Supplices, 
 Troades, Ion, Helena. 
 
 Vol. II. — Andromache, Electra, Bacchae, Hecuba, Hercules Furens, 
 Phoenissae, Orestes, Iphigenia in Tauris, Iphigenia in Aulis, Cyclops. 
 
 ^*^ The plays separately (except Rhesus, Helena; Electra, Iphigenia in 
 Aulis, and Cyclops). Crown 8vo, sewed, ij-. each. 
 
 — Translated from the Text ofDindorf. By T. A. BUCKLEY, B.A. 2 vols. 
 
 small post Svo, ^s. each. 
 GREEK ANTHOLOGY. Translated by george burges, m.a. Small 
 
 post Svo, 5^. 
 HERODOTUS. Translated by the rev. henry cary, m.a. Small post 
 
 Svo, 3^. 6d, 
 
 — Analysis and Summary of. By j. t. wheeler. Small post Svo, 5^. 
 HESIOD, CALLIMACHUS, and THEOGNIS. Translated by the 
 
 rev. J. BANKS, M.A. Small post Svo, 5j. 
 HOMER. The Iliad. Translated by T. A. Buckley, b.a. Small post 
 
 Svo, 5 J. 
 ' — The Odyssey, Hymns, Epigrams, and Battle of the Frogs and 
 
 Mice. Translated by T. A. BUCKLEY, B.A. Small post Svo, 5^. 
 
 — The Iliad. Books I. -IV. Translated into English Hexameter Verse> 
 
 by HENRY SMITH WRIGHT, B.A., late Scholar of Trinity College, Cam- 
 bridge. Medium Svo, S^. 
 HORACE. Translated by Smart. Revised edition. By T. A. buckley, 
 B.A. Small post Svo, 3^. 6d. 
 
 — The Odes and Carmen Saeculare. Translated into English Verse by 
 
 the late JOHN CONINGTON, M.A., Corpus Professor of Latin in the 
 University of Oxford, nth edition. Fcap. Svo. "^s. 6d, 
 
 — The Satires and Epistles. Translated into EngHsh Verse by prof. 
 
 JOHN CONINGTON, M.A. %th edition. Fcap. Svo, 3^. 6d. 
 
 — Odes and Epodes. Translated by sir Stephen e. de vere, bart. 
 
 yd edition^ enlarged. Imperial i6mo. ^s. 6d. net. 
 ISOCRATES, The Orations of. Translated by j. h. freese, m.a., late 
 
 Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge, with Introductions and Notes. 
 
 Vol. I. Small post Svo, 5^. 
 JUSTIN, CORNELIUS NEPOS, and EUTROPIUS. Translated 
 
 by the REV. J. s. WATSON, M.A. Small post Svo, 55. 
 JUVENAL, PERSIUS, SULPICIA, and LUCILIUS. Translated 
 
 by L. EVANS, M.A. Small post Svo, 55. 
 LIVY. The History of Rome. Translated by dr. spillan, c. edmonds, 
 
 and others. 4 vols, small post Svo, 5^. each. 
 
 — Books I., II., III., IV. A Revised Translation by j. h. freese, m.a., 
 
 late Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. With Memoir, and Maps. 
 4 vols., crown Svo, sewed, is. each. 
 
 — Book V. and Book VI. A Revised Translation by E. s. Weymouth, m.a., 
 
 Lond. With Memoir, and Maps. Crown Svo, sewed, is. each. 
 
 — Book IX. Translated by francis storr, b.a. With Memoir. Crown 
 
 8v«, sewed, is. 
 
Educational Catalogue, 1 5 
 
 LUCAN. The Pharsalia. Translated into Prose by H. T. rtley. Small 
 post 8vo, 5^". 
 
 — The Pharsalia. Book I. Translated by Frederick conway, m. a. 
 
 With Memoir and Introduction. Crown 8vo, sewed, \s, 
 LUCIAN'S Dialogues of the Gods, of the Sea-Gods, and of the 
 
 Dead. Translated by Howard willtams, m.a. Sm.all post 8vo, 55. 
 LUCRETIUS. Translated by the rev. J. s. watson,m.a. Small post 8vo,5j. 
 
 — Literally translated by the late H. A. J. munro, m.a. A^h edition. Demy 
 
 8vo, 6j. 
 MARTIAL'S Epigrams, complete. Literally translated into Prose, with 
 the addition of Verse Translations selected from the Works of English 
 Poets, and other sources. Small post 8vo, 71. ^d. 
 OVID, The Works of. Translated. 3 vols. Small post 8vo, ^s. each. 
 Vol. I.— Fasti, Tristia, Pontic Epistles, Ibis, and Halieuticon. 
 Vol. II. — Metamorphoses. With Frontispiece. 
 
 Vol. III. — Ileroides, Amours, Art of Love, Remedy of Love, and 
 Minor Pieces. With Front i piece. 
 
 — Fasti. Translated by H. T. riley, b.a. 3 vols Crown 8vo, sewed, \s. each. 
 
 — Tristia. Translated by H. T. riley, b.a. Crown 8vo, sewed, \s. 
 PINDAR. Translated by dawson w. turner. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 PLATO. Gorgias. Translated by the late e. m. cope, m.a., Fellow 
 
 of Trinity College. 2nd edition. 8vo, yj. 
 
 — Philebus. Translated by F. A. paley, m.a., ll.d. Small 8vo, 4^. 
 
 — Theaetetus. Translated by f. a. paley, m.a., ll.d. Small 8vo, 4J. 
 
 — The Works of. Translated, with Introduction and Notes. 6 vols. Small 
 
 post 8vo, 5^-. each. 
 
 Vol. I. — The Apology of Socrates — Crito — Phaedo — Gorgias— Prota- 
 goras — Phaedrus — Theaetetus — Eutyphron — Lysis. Translated by the 
 
 rev. H. GARY. 
 
 Vol. II. — The Republic — Timaeus — Critias. Translated by henry 
 
 DAVIS. 
 
 Vol. III. — Meno — Euthydemus — The Sophist — Statesman — Cratylus 
 — Parmenides — The Banquet. Translated by G. burges. 
 
 Vol. IV. — Philebus — Charmides — Laches — Menexenus — Hippias — Ion 
 — The Two Alcibiades — Theages — Rivals — Hipparchus — Minos — Cli- 
 topho— Epistles. Translated by G. burges. 
 
 Vol. v.— The Laws. Translated by G. burges. 
 
 Vol. VI.— The Doubtful Works. Edited by G. burges. With General 
 Index to the six volumes. 
 
 — Apology, Crito, Phaedo, and Protagoras. Translated by the rev. h. 
 
 GARY. Small post 8vo, sewed, u., cloth, ij-. 6d. 
 
 — Dialogues. A Summary and Analysis of. With Analytical Index, giving 
 
 references to the Greek text of modern editions and to the above transla- 
 tions. By A. DAY, LL.D. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 PLAUTUS, The Comedies of. Translated by H. T. riley, b.a. 2 vols. 
 Small post 8vo, 5^. each. 
 
 Vol. 1. — Trinummus — Miles Gloriosus — Bacchides — Stichus — Pseudolus 
 — Menaechmei — Aulularia — Captivi — Asinaria — Curculio. 
 
 Vol. II. — Amphitryon — Rudens — Mercator — Cistellaria — Truculentus 
 — Persa — Casina — Poenulus — Epid icus — Mostel laria— Fragments. 
 
 — Trinummus, Menaechmei, Aulularia, and Captivi. Translated by 
 
 H. T. RILEY, B.A. Sm!i.\\ post 8vo, sewed, u., cloth, is. 6d. 
 
1 4 George Bell & Sons 
 
 PLINY. The Letters of Pliny the Younger. Melmoth's Translation, 
 revised, by the REV. F. C. T. bosanquet, m.a. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 PLUTARCH. Lives. Translated by A. Stewart, m.a., late Fellow of 
 Trinity College, Cambridge, and GEORGE LONG, m.a. 4 vols, small post 
 8vo, 3^. 6d. each. 
 
 — Moials. Theosophical Essays. Translated by c. w. king, m.a., late 
 
 Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Small post 8vo, ^s. 
 
 — Morals Ethical Essays. Translated by the rev. a. r. shilleto, m.a. 
 
 Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 PROPERTIUS. Translated by rev. p. j. f. gantillon, m.A., and 
 accompanied by Poetical Versions, from various sources. Small post 8vo, 
 3^. 6d. 
 
 PRUDENTIUS, Translations from. A Selection from his Works, with 
 a Translation into English Verse, and an Introduction and Notes, by 
 FRANCIS ST. JOHN THACKERAY, M.A., F.S.A., Vicar of Mapledurham, 
 formerly Fellow of Lincoln College, Oxford, and Assistant- Master at 
 Eton. Wide post 8vo, js. 6d. 
 
 QUINTILIAN: Institutes of Oratory, or. Education of an Orator. 
 Translated by the rev. J. S. watson, m.a. 2 vols, small post 8vo, 
 ^s. each. 
 
 SALLUST, FLORUS, and VELLEIUS PATERCULUS. Trans- 
 lated by J. S. WATSON, M.A. Small post 8vo, 5J. 
 
 SENECA: On Benefits. Translated by A. Stewart, m.a., late Fellow 
 of Trinity College, Cambridge. Small post 8vo, y. 6d. 
 
 — Minor Essays and On Clemency. Translated by A. Stewart, m.a. 
 
 Small post 8vo, 5.?. 
 SOPHOCLES. Translated, with Memoir, Notes, etc., by E. P. COLERIDGE, 
 B.A. Small post 8vo, 5.^. 
 
 Or the plays separately, crown 8vo, sewed, 1.5-. each. 
 
 — The Tragedies of. The Oxford Translation, with Notes, Arguments, 
 
 and Introduction. Small post 8vo, $s. 
 
 — The Dramas of. Rendered in English Verse, Dramatic and Lyric, by 
 
 SIR GEORGE YOUNG, BART., M.A., formerly Fellow of Trinity College, 
 Cambridge. 8vo, 1 2s. 6d. 
 
 — The CEdipus Tyrannus. Translated into English Prose. By prof. b. 
 
 H. KENNEDY. Crown 8vo, in paper wrapper, is. 
 SUETONIUS. Lives of the Twelve Caesars and Lives of the 
 
 Grammarians. Thomson's revised Translation, by T. forester. Small 
 
 post 8vo, $s. 
 TACITUS, The Works of. Translated, with Notes and Index 2 vols.. 
 
 Small post 8vo, ^s. each. 
 Vol. I.— The Annals. 
 
 Vol. II. — The History, Germania, Agricola, Oratory, and Index. 
 TERENCE and PHAEDRUS. Translated by H. T. riley, b.a. Small 
 
 post 8vo, $s. 
 THEOCRITUS, BION, MOSCHUS, and TYRTAEUS. Translated 
 
 by the REV. j. banks, m.a. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 THEOCRITUS. Translated into English Verse by C. s. calvfrley, 
 
 M.A., late Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge. New edi lion, revised. 
 
 Crown 8vo, *js: 6d. 
 
Educatio7ial Catalogue. 15 
 
 THUCYDIDES. The Peloponnesian War. Translated by the rev. h. 
 
 DALE. With Portrait. 2 vols., 3^. dd. each. 
 — Analysis and Summary of. By j. T. wheeler. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 VIRGIL. Translated by A. HAMILTON BRYCE, LL.i). With Memoir and 
 
 Introduction. Small post 8vo, 3^. 6^/. 
 
 Also in 6 vols., crown 8vo, sewed, \s. each. 
 
 Georgics. 
 Bucolics, 
 i^neid I.. III. 
 
 iEneidlV.-VI. 
 
 iEneid VII.-IX. 
 
 iEneid X.-XII. 
 
 XENOPHON. The Works of. In 3 vols. Small post 8vo, 5^. each. 
 
 Vol. I. — The Anabasis, and Memorabilia. Translated by the rev. j. s. 
 WATSON, M.A. With a Geographical Commentary, by w. F. AINSWORTH, 
 
 F.S.A.. F.R.G.S.,etC. 
 
 Vol. II. — Cyropaedia and Hellenics. Translated by the rev. j. s. 
 WATSON, M.A., and the rev. h. dale. 
 
 Vol. III. — The Minor Works. Translated by the rev. j. s. 
 
 WATSON, M.A. 
 
 — Anabasis. Translated by the REV. j. s. watson, m.a. With Memoir 
 
 and Map. 3 vols. 
 
 — Hellenics. Books I. and II. Translated by the rev, h. dale, m.a. 
 
 Wiih Memoir. 
 
 SABRINAE COROLLA In Hortulis Regiae Scholae Salopiensis con- 
 texuerunt tres viri floribus legendis. ^h editioUy revised and re-arranged. 
 By the late benjamin hall Kennedy, d.d., Regius Professor of Greek 
 at the University of Cambridge. Large post 8vo, \os. 6d. 
 
 SERTUM CARTHUSIANUM Floribus trium Seculorum Contextum. 
 Cura gulielmi haig brown, Scholae Carihusianae Archididascali. 
 Demy 8vo, 5^. 
 
 TRANSLATIONS into English and Latin. By c. s. calverley, m.a., 
 late Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge, "^rd edition. Crown 8vo, 
 
 ns. 6d. 
 TRANSLATIONS from and into the Latin, Greek and English. By 
 R. c. J ebb, m.a., Regius Professor of Greek in the University of Cam- 
 bridge, H. JACKSON, M.A., LITT. D., Fellows of Trinity College, Cam- 
 bridge, and w. e. currey, m.a., formerly Fellow of Trmity College, 
 Cambridge. Crown 8 vo. 2nd edition^ revised. 8j", 
 
 GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. 
 
 BADDELEY. Auxilia Latina. A Series of Progressive Latin Exercises. 
 By M. J. B. BADDELEY, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. Part I., Accidence. 5M 
 edition. 2s. Part II. $th edition. 2s. Key to Part II. 2s. 6d. 
 
 BAIRD. Greek Verbs. A Catalogue of Verbs, Irregular and Defective; 
 their leading formations, tenses in use, and dialectic inflexions, with a 
 copious Appendix, containing Paradigms for conjugation. Rules for 
 formation of tenses, &c., &c. By j. s. BAIRD, T.C.D. New edition, re- 
 vised. 2s. 6d. 
 
 — Homeric Dialect. Its Leading Forms and Peculiarities. By j. s. baird, 
 T.C.D. New editiony revised. By the rev. w. gunion ruthkrford, 
 M.A., LL.D., Head Master at Westminster School, is. 
 
1 6 George Bell & Sons 
 
 BAKER. Latin Prose for London Students. By Arthur baker, 
 
 M.A., Classical Master, Independent College, Taunton. Fcap. 8vo, 2.s. 
 BARRY. Notes on Greek Accents. By the right rev. a. barry, 
 
 D.D. New edition^ re-written, is. 
 CHURCH. Latin Prose Lessons. By a. j. church, m.a., Professor of 
 
 Latin at University College, London, ^th edition. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 CLAPIN. Latin Primer. By the rev. a. c. clapin, m.a., Assistant 
 
 Master at Sherborne School. 4M edition. Fcap. 8vo, \s. 
 COLLINS. Latin Exercises and Grammar Papers. By t. collins, 
 
 M.A., Head Master of the latin School, Newport, Salop. *jth edition. 
 
 Fcap. 8vo, 2.S. 6d. 
 
 — Unseen Papers in Latin I'lose and Verse. With Examination Questions. 
 
 Jtk edition. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. (yd. 
 
 — Unseen Papers in Greek Prose and Verse. With Examination Ques- 
 
 tions. A,th edition. Fcap. 8vo, 3^. 
 
 — Easy Translations from Nepos, Caesar, Cicero, Livy, &c., for Retrans- 
 
 lation into Latin. With Notes. 2s. 
 
 COMPTON. Rudiments of Attic Construction and Idiom. An Intro- 
 duction to Greek Syntax for Beginners who have acquired some knowledge 
 of Latin. By the rev. w. cookworthy compton, m.a.. Head Master 
 of Dover College. Crown 8vo, 3^. 
 
 FROST. Eclogae Latinae ; or. First Latin Reading Book. With Notes 
 and Vocabulary by the late REV. P. FROST, M.A. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 — Analecta Graeca Minora. With Notes and Dictionary. New edition. 
 
 Fcap. 8vo, 2s. 
 
 — Materials for Latin Prose Composition. By the late rev. p. frost, 
 
 M.A. New edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2^-. Key. 4j-.net. 
 
 — A Latin Verse Book. New edition. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. Key. 55-. net. 
 
 — Materials for Greek Prose Composition. New edition. Fcap. 8vo, 
 
 2s. (yd. Key. 5^-. net. 
 
 — Greek Accidence. New edition, is. 
 
 — Latin Accidence, is. 
 
 HARKNESS. A Latin Grammar. By albert harkness. Post 8vo, 
 
 KEY. A Latin Grammar. By the late T. h. key, m.a., f.r.s. (tth thou- 
 sand. Post 8vo, %s. 
 
 — A Short Latin Grammar for Schools. i(yth edition. Post 8vo, 3^-. (yd. 
 HOLDEN. Foliorum Silvula. Part I. Passages for Translation into 
 
 Latin Elegiac and Heroic Verse. By H, A. holden, ll.d. nth edition. 
 Post 8vo, *js. 6d. 
 
 — Foliorum Silvula. Part II. Select Passages for Translation into Latin 
 
 Lyric and Comic Iambic Verse, "^rd edition. Post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 — Foliorum Centuriae. Select Passages for Translation into Latin and 
 
 Greek Prose, loth edition. Post 8vo, 8j. 
 
 JEBB, JACKSON, and CURREY. Extracts for Translation in 
 Greek, Latin, and English. By R. c. JEBB, litt.d., ll.d., Regius Pro- 
 fessor of Greek in the University of Cambridge ; H. Jackson, litt.d., 
 Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; and W. E. CURREY, m.a., late 
 Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 4^. (yd. 
 
 Latin Syntax, Principles of. is. 
 
 j;^^tin Versification. is_. 
 
Educational Catalogue. 17 
 
 MASON. Analytical Latin Exercises By c. p. mason, b.a. 4M 
 edition. Part I., is. 6d. Part II., 2s, 6d. 
 
 — The Analysis of Sentences Applied to Latin. Post 8vo, is. 6d, 
 NETTLESHIP. Passages for Translation into Latin Prose. Pre- 
 ceded by Essays on : — I. Political and Social Ideas. II. Range of Meta- 
 phorical Expression. III. Historical Development of Latin Prose Style 
 in Antiquity. IV. Cautions as to Orthography. By H. nettleship, 
 M.A., late Corpus Professor of Latin in the University of Oxford. Crown 
 8vo, 3^. A Key, 4?. (>d. net. 
 
 Notabilia Quaedam ; or the Principal Tenses of most of the Irregular 
 
 Greek Verbs, and Elementary Greek, Latin, and French Constructions. 
 
 New edition, is. 
 PA LEY. Greek Particles and their Combinations according to Attic 
 
 Usage. A Short Treatise. By F. a. paley, m.a., ll.d. 2s. 6d. 
 PENROSE. Latin Elegiac Verse, Easy Exercises in. By the rev. j. 
 
 PENROSE. New edition. 2s. (Key, 3^. 6^. net.) 
 PRESTON. Greek Verse Composition. By G. preston, m.a. 5/A 
 
 edition. Crown 8vo, 4^. 6d. 
 PRUEN. Latin Examination Papers. Comprising Lower, Middle, and 
 
 Upper School Papers, and a number of the Woolwich and Sandhurst 
 
 Standards. By G. G. pruen, m.a.. Senior Classical Master in the Modern 
 
 Department, Cheltenham College. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 SEAGER. Faciliora. An Elementary Latin Book on a New Principle. 
 
 By the rev. j. l. seager, m.a. 2j. 6d. 
 STEDMAN (A. M. M.). First Latin Lessons. By a. m. m. stedman, 
 
 M.A., Wadham College, Oxford. 2nd edition^ enlarged. Crown 8vo, 2s, 
 
 — Initia Latin a. Easy Lessons on Elementary Accidence. 2nd gdition. 
 
 Fcap. 8vo, IS. 
 
 — First Latin Reader. With Notes adapted to the Shorter Latin Primer 
 
 and Vocabulary. Crown 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 — Easy Latin Passages for Unseen Translation. 2nd and enlarged 
 
 edition. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 — Exempla Latina. First Exercises in Latin Accidence. With Vocabu- 
 
 lary. Crown 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 — The Latin Compound Sentence ; Rules and Exercises. Crown 8vo, 
 
 is. 6d. With Vocabulary, 2s. 
 
 — Easy Latin Exercises on the Syntax of the Shorter and Revised Latin 
 
 Primers. With Vocabulary, "^rd edition. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 — Latin Examination Papers in Miscellaneous Grammar and Idioms. 
 
 2frd edition. 2s. 6d. Key (for Tutors only), 6s. net. 
 
 — Notanda Quaedam. Miscellaneous Latin Exercises. On Common 
 
 Rules and Idioms. 2nd edition. Fcap. 8vo is. 6d. With Vocabulary, 2^. 
 
 — Latin Vocabularies for Repetition. Arranged according to Subjects. 
 
 2rd edition. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 — Steps to Greek. i8mo, is. 6d. 
 
 — Easy Greek Passages for Unseen Translation. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 — Easy Greek Exercises on Elementary Syntax. \In preparation^ 
 
 — Greek Vocabularies for Repetition. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 — Greek Testament Selections for the Use of Schools. 2ftd edition. 
 
 With Introduction, Notes, and Vocabulary. Fcap. 8vo, 2s» 6d. 
 
 — Greek Examination Papers in Miscellaneous Grammar and Idioms. 
 
 2nd edition. 2s. 6d. Key (for Tutors only), 6s. net 
 
 A3 
 
1 8 George Bell & Sons 
 
 THACKERAY. Anthologia Graeca. A Selection of Greek Poetry, 
 
 with Notes. By F. ST. JOHN Thackeray. $/h edition, i6mo, 4J. dd, 
 
 — Anthologia Latina. A Selection of Latin Poetry, from Naevius to 
 
 Boethius, with Notes. By rev. f. ST. JOHN Thackeray, dth edition. 
 l6mo, 4J. dd, 
 
 — Hints and Cautions on Attic Greek Prose Composition. Crown 
 
 8vo, 3^. 6</. 
 
 — Exercises on the Irregular and Defective Greek Verbs. \s. 6d. 
 WELLS. Tales for Latin Prose Composition. Wiih Notes and 
 
 Vocabulary. By G. H. wells, M.A., Assistant Master at Merchant 
 Taylor's School. Fcap. 8vo, 2s, 
 
 HISTORY, GEOGRAPHY, AND REFERENCE BOOKS, 
 
 ETC. 
 
 TEUFFEL'S History of Roman Literature. K^tk edition, revised by 
 DR. SCHWABE, translated by professor g. c. w. warr, m.a , King's 
 College, London. Medium 8vo. 2 vols. 30J. Vol. L (The Republican 
 Period), 15^. Vol. IL (The Imperial Period), 15^. 
 
 KEIGHTLEY'S Mythology of Ancient Greece and Italy. 4M edition, 
 revised by the late LEONH\RD SCHMITZ, PH.D., LL.D., Classical Examiner 
 to the University of London With 12 Plates. Small post 8vo, ^s, 
 
 DONALDSON'S Theatre of the Greeks. 10th edition. Small post 8vo, 
 
 DICTIONARY OF LATIN AND GREEK QUOTATIONS; in- 
 cluding Proverbs, Maxims, Mottoes, Law Terms and Phrases. With all 
 the Quantities marked, and English Translations. With Index Verborum. 
 Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 A GUIDE TO THE CHOICE OF CLASSICAL BOOKS. By j. b. 
 mayor, m.a., Professor of Moral Philosophy at King's College, late 
 Fellow and Tutor of St. John's College, Cambridge, yd edition^ with 
 
 Supplementary List. Crown 8vo, 4-$-. dd. 
 USANIAS' De " 
 
 PAUSANIAS' Description of Greece. Newly translated, with Notes 
 
 and Index, by A. R. SHILLETO, M.A. 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 5^. each. 
 STRABO'S Geography. Translated by w. falconer, m.a., and H. c. 
 
 HAMILTON. 3 vols. Small post 8vo, 5j. each. 
 AN ATLAS OF CLASSICAL GEOGRAPHY. By w. hughes and 
 
 G. LONG, M.A. Containing Ten selected Maps. Imp. 8vo, 3^. 
 AN ATLAS OF CLASSICAL GEOGRAPHY. Twenty-four Maps 
 
 by w. HUGHES and george long, m.a. With coloured outlines. 
 
 Imperial 8vo, 6^. 
 ATLAS OF CLASSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 22 large Coloured Maps. 
 
 With a complete Index. Imp. 8vo, chiefly engraved by the Messrs. 
 
 Walker. 7^. 6^. 
 
Educational Catalogue, 19 
 
 MATHEMATICS. 
 
 ARITHMETIC AND ALGEBRA, 
 
 BARRACLOUGH (T.). The Eclipse Mental Arithmetic. By titus 
 BARRACLOUGH, Board School, Halifax. Standards I., II., and III., 
 sewed, dd. ; Standards II., III., and IV., sewed, 6^. net ; Book III., 
 Part A, sewed, 4^. ; Book III., Part B, cloth, \s, 6d. 
 
 BEARD (W. S.). Graduated Exercises in Addition (Simple and Com- 
 pound). For Candidates for Commercial Certificates and Civil Service 
 appointments. By w. s. beard, f.r.g.s., Head Master of the Modem 
 School, Fareham. "^rd edition. Fcap. 4to, is. 
 
 — See PENDLEBURY. 
 
 ELSEE (C). Arithmetic. By the rkv. c. elsee, m.a., late Fellow of 
 St. John's College, Cambridge, Senior Mathematical Master at Rugby 
 School. lOfth edition. Fcap. 8vo, y. dd. 
 
 [Camb. School and College Texts. 
 
 — Algebra. By the rev. c. elsee, m.a. 8M edition. Fcap. 8vo, 4J. 
 
 [Camd. S. and C. Texts, 
 
 FILIPOWSKI (H. E.). Anti-Logarithms, A Table of. By h. k. 
 FiLiPOWSKi. "yd edition. 8vo, 15J. 
 
 GOUDIE (W. P.). See Watson. 
 
 HATHORNTHWAITE (J. T.). Elementary Algebra for Indian 
 Schools. By j. T. hathornthwaite, m.a.. Principal and Professor 
 of Mathematics at Elphinstone College, Bombay. Crown 8vo, zs. 
 
 MACMICHAEL (W. F.) and PROWDE SMITH (R.). Algebra. 
 A Progressive Course of Examples. By the rev. w. f. macmichael, 
 and R. PROWDE SMITH, M.A. 4/A edition, Fcap. 8vo, y. 6d. With 
 answers, 4?. 6d. [Camd. S. and C. Texts. 
 
 MATHEWS (G. B.). Theory of Numbers. An account of the Theories 
 of Congruencies and of Arithmetical Forms. By G. B. mathews, m.a., 
 Professor of Mathematics in the University College of North Wales. 
 Part I. Demy 8vo, 12s. 
 
 MOORE (B. T). Elementary Treatise on Mensuration. By b. t. 
 MOORE, M.A., Fellow of Pembroke College, Cambridge. New edition, 
 y. 6d, 
 
 PENDLEBURY (C). Arithmetic. With Examination Papers and 
 8,000 Examples. By charles pendlebury, m.a., f.r.a.s., Senior 
 Mathematical Master of St. Paul's, Author of ** Lenses and Systems of 
 Lenses, treated after the manner of Gauss." Zth edition. Crown 8vo. 
 Complete, with or without Answers, 4J. 6d, In Two Parts, with or 
 without Answers, 2s. 6d. each. 
 
 Key to Part II. ys. 6d. net. [Camb, Math, Ser, 
 
 — Examples in Arithmetic. Extracted from Pendlebury's Arithmetic. 
 
 With or without Answers. 6th edition. Crown 8vo, 3J., or in Two Parts, 
 IS. 6d. and 2s. \Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
 — Examination Papers in Arithmetic. Consisting of 140 papers, each 
 
 containing 7 questions ; and a collection of 357 more difficult problems 
 yd edition Crown Svo, is. dd. Kt)'^ for Tutors only, 5^. net. 
 
20 George Bell & Sons' 
 
 PENDLEBURY (C.) and TAIT (T. S.). Arithmetic for Indian 
 
 Schools. By c. pendlebury, m.a. and T. s. tait, m.a., b.sc, 
 Principal of Baroda College. Crown 8vo, 35'. \^Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
 PENDLEBURY (C.) and BEARD (W. S.). Arithmetic for the 
 Standards. By c. pendlebury, m.a., f.r.a.s., and w. s. beard, 
 F.R.G.S. Standards I., II., III., sewed, 2.d. each, cloth, 3^. each ; IV., 
 v., VI., sewed, 3^. each, cloth, 4^. each; VII., sew^ed, 6^., cloth, Zd. 
 Answers to I. and II., 4^., III. -VII., 4^. each. 
 
 — Elementary Arithmetic, yd edition. Crown 8vo, \s. 6d. 
 
 POPE (L. J.). Lessons in Elementary Algebra. By l. j. pope, b.a. 
 (Lond.), Assistant Master at the Oratory School, Birmingham. First 
 Series, up to and including Simple Equations and Problems. Crown 8vo, 
 IS. 6d. 
 
 PROWDE SMITH (R.). See Macmichael. 
 
 SHAW (S. J. D.). Arithmetic Papers. Set in the Cambridge Highei 
 Local Examination, from June, 1869, to June, 1887, inclusive, reprinted 
 by permission of the Syndicate. By s. j. d. shaw, Mathematical 
 Lecturer of Newnham College. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. ; Key, 4^-. 6d. net. 
 
 TAIT (T. S.). See Pendlebury. 
 
 WATSON JO and GOUDIE (W. P.). Arithmetic. A Progressive 
 Course of Examples. With Answers. By j. watson, m.a., Corpus 
 Christi College, Cambridge, formerly Senior Mathematical Master of the 
 Ordnance School, Carshalton. "jth edition^ revised and enlarged. By w. 
 p. GOUDIE, B.A. Lond. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d. \Camb. S. and C. Texts. 
 
 WHITWORTH (W. A.). Algebra. Choice and Chance. An Ele- 
 mentary Treatise on Permutations, Combinations, and Probability, with 
 640 Exercises and Answers. By w. A. whitworth, m.a.. Fellow of 
 St. John's College, Cambridge. ^tk edition, revised and enlarged. 
 Crown 8vo, 6^. {Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
 WRIGLEY (A.) Arithmetic. By a. wrigley, m.a., St. John's College. 
 Fcap. 8vo, 3.?. 6d, [Ca?nb. S. and C. Texts. 
 
 BOOK-KEEPING. 
 
 CRELLIN (P.). A New Manual of Book-keeping, combining the 
 Theory and Practice, with Specimens of a set of Books. By phillip 
 CRELLIN, Chartered Accountant. Crown 8vo, "^s. 6d. 
 
 — Book-keeping for Teachers and Pupils. Crown 8vo, is. 6d. Key, 
 2s. net. 
 
 FOSTER (B. W.). Double Entry Elucidated. By b. w. foster. 
 i^th edition, Fcap. 410, 3J. 6d, 
 
 MED HURST J. T.). Examination Papers in Book-keeping. Com- 
 piled by JOHN T. MEDHURST, A.K.C., F.S.S., Fellow of the Society of 
 Accountants and Auditors, and Lecturer at the City of London College. 
 yd edition. Crown 8vo, 3^. 
 
 THOMSON (A. W.). A Text-Book of the Principles and Practice 
 of Book-keeping. By professor a. w. Thomson, b.sc, Royal 
 Agricultural College, Cirencester. 2nd edition, revised. Crown 8vo, ^s. 
 
Educational Catalogue. 1 1 
 
 GEOMETRY AND EUCLID. 
 
 BESANT (W. H.). Conic Sections treated Geometrically. By w. 
 
 H. BESANT, sc.D., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. 
 ^th edition. Crown 8vo, 4^. ()d. net. Key, 5^. net. \^Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
 BRASSB (J.). The Enunciations and Figures of Euclid, prepared for 
 Students in Geometry. By the rev. j. brasse, D.D. New edition. 
 Fcap. 8vo, \s. Without the Figures, dd. 
 
 DEIGHTON (H.). Euclid. Books I.-VI., and part of Book XI., newly 
 translated from the Greek Text, with Supplementary Propositions, 
 Chapters on Modern Geometry, and numerous Exercises. By HORACE 
 DEIGHTON, M.A., Head Master of Harrison College, Barbados, yd 
 edition, 4-r. 6^., or Books I. -IV., 31. Books V. -XI., 2s. 6d. Key, 55. net. 
 
 [Camd. Math. Ser, 
 Also issued in parts : — l^ook I., \s. ; Books I. and II., \s, 6d. ; Books 
 I.-III., 2s. 6d. ; Books III. and IV., is. 6d. 
 
 DIXON (E. T.). The Foundations ot Geometry. By edward t. 
 DIXON, late Royal Artillery. Demy 8vo, 6s. 
 
 MASON (C. P.). Euclid. The First Two Books Explained to Beginners. 
 By c. p. MASON, B.A. 2nd ediiivn. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 McDowell Q.) Exercises on Euclid and in Modern Geometry, con- 
 taining Applications of the Principles and Processes of Modern Pure 
 Geometry. By the late J. mcdowell, m.a., f.r.a.s., Pembroke College, 
 Cambridge, and Trinity College, Dublin, /[th edition. 6s, 
 
 \Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
 TAYLOR (C). An Introduction to the Ancient and Modern Geo- 
 metry of Conies, with Historical Notes and Prolegomena. 15^. 
 
 — The Elementary Geometry of Conies. By c. taylor, d.d.. Master 
 of St. John's College, ^th edition^ revised. With a Chapter on the Line 
 Infinity, and a new treatment of the Hyperbola. Crown 8vo, 4^. 6d. 
 
 ICamb. Math. Ser. 
 
 WEBB (R.). The Definitions of Euclid. With Explanations and 
 Exercises, and an Appendix of Exercises on the First Book by R. webb, 
 M.A. Crown 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 WILLIS (H. G.). Geometrical Conic Sections. An Elementary 
 Treatise. By H. G. Willis, m.a., Clare College, Cambridge, Assistant 
 Master of Manchester Grammar School. Crown 8vo, 5^. \Camh. Math, Ser, 
 
 ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY, ETC. 
 
 ALDIS (W. S.). Solid Geometry, An Elementary Treatise on. By w. 
 S. ALDIS, M.A., late Professor of Mathematics in the University College, 
 Auckland, New Zealand, ^h edition^ revised. Crown 8vo, 6j-. 
 
 [Camb. Math, Ser, 
 BESANT (W. H.). Notes on Roulettes and Glissettes. By w. h. 
 BESANT, SC.D., F.R.s. 2nd edit ion ^ enlarged. Crown 8vo, 51. 
 
 [Camb. Math. Ser 
 
22 George Bell & Sons 
 
 CAYLEY (A.). Elliptic Functions, An Elementary Treatise on. By 
 ARTHUR CAYLEY, Sadlerian Professor of Pure Mathematics in the Univer- 
 sity of Cambridge, ind edition. Demy 8vo. 1 5^. 
 
 TURNBULL (W. P.). Analytical Plane Geometry, An Introduction 
 to. By v/. p. TURNBULL, M.A., sometime Fellow of Trinity College. 
 8vo, \is. 
 
 VYVYAN (T. G.). Analytical Geometry for Schools. By rev. t. 
 VYVYAN, M.A., Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, and Mathematical 
 Master of Charterhouse, ^th edition. 8vo, 4J-. 6^. \^Car,ib. S. and C. Texts. 
 
 — Analytical Geometry for Beginners. Part I. The Straight Line and 
 
 Circle. Crown 8vo, is. 6d. [Camb. Math. Ser, 
 
 WHITWORTH (W. A.). Trilinear Co-ordinates, and other methods 
 of Modern Analytical Geometry of Two Dimensions. By w. A. whit- 
 worth, M.A., late Professor of Mathematics in Queen's College, Liver- 
 pool, and Scholar of St. John's College, Cambridge. 8vo, 16^. 
 
 TRIGONOMETRY. 
 
 DYER (J. M.) and WHITCOMBE (R. H.). Elementary Trigono- 
 metry. By J. M. DYER, M.A. (Senior Mathematical Scholar at Oxford), 
 and REV. R. H. WHITCOMBE, Assistant Masters at Eton College, ind 
 edition. Crown 8vo, ^s. 6d. [Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
 PENDLEBURY (C). Elementary Trigonometry. By charles 
 PENDLEBURY, M.A., F.R.A.S., Senior Mathematical Master at St. Paul's 
 School. Crown 8vo, 45". dd. \Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
 VYVYAN (T. G.). Introduction to Plane Trigonometry. By the 
 REV. T. G. VYVYAN, M.A., formerly Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, 
 Senior Mathematical Master of Charterhouse, y^ edition., revised and 
 augmented. Crown 8vo, 3.?. 6</. {Ca??ib. Math. Ser. 
 
 WARD (G. H.). Examination Papers in Trigoncmetry. By g. h. 
 ward, M.A., Assistant Master at St. Paul's School. Crov/n 8vo, is. (>d. 
 Key, 5^. net. 
 
 MECHANICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 ALDIS (W. S.). Geometrical Optics, An Elementary Treatise on. By 
 w. S. ALDIS, M.A. ^h edition. Crown 8vo, 4^. [Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
 — An Introductory Treatise on Rigid Dynamics. Crown 8vo, 4^. 
 
 {Camb. Math. Se?-. 
 
 — Fresnel's Theory of Double Refraction, A Chapter on. ind edition^ 
 
 revised. 8vo, is. 
 BASSET (A. B.). A Treatise on Hydrodynamics, with numerous 
 Examples. By A. B. BASSET, M.A., F.R.S., Trinity College, Cambridge. 
 Demy 8vo. Vol. L, price los. 6d. ; Vol. II., lis. 6d. 
 
 — An Elementary Treatise on Hydrodynamics and Sound. Demy 
 
 8vo, js. 6d. 
 
 — A Treatise on Physical Optics. Demy 8vo, 16s. 
 
 BESANT (W. H.). Elementary Hydrostatics. By w. H. besant, 
 BCD., F.R.s. l6th edition. Crown 8vo, 4^". 6^/. Solutions, 5;-. net. 
 
 [Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
 — Hydromechanics, A Treatise on. Part I. Hydrostatics. $th edition 
 
 revised, and enlarged. Crown 8vo, ^s. [Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
Educational Catalogue. 23 
 
 BESANT (W. H.). A Treatise on Dynamics. 2nd edition. Crown 
 8vo, lOJ. dd. [^Camb. Math. Ser, 
 
 CHALLIS (PROF.). Pure and Applied Calculation. By the late 
 REV. J. CHALLIS, M.A., F.R.S., &c. Demy 8vo, 15J. 
 
 — Physics, The Mathematical Principle of. Demy 8vo, 5^. 
 
 — Lectures on Practical Astronomy. Demy 8vo, los. 
 
 EVANS (J. H.) and MAIN (P. T.). Newton's Principia, The First 
 Three Sections of, with an Appendix ; and the Ninth and Eleventh 
 Sections. By J. H. evans, m.a., St. John's College. The $th edition^ 
 edited by P. T. MAIN, M.A., Lecturer and Fellow of St. John's College. 
 Fcap. 8vo, 4J-. {Camb. S, and C. Texts. 
 
 GALLATLY (W.). Elementary Physics, Examples and Examination 
 Papers in. Statics, Dynamics, Hydrostatics, Heat, Light, Chemistry, 
 Electricity, London Matriculation, Cambridge B.A., Edinburgh, Glasgow, 
 South Kensington, Cambridge Junior and Senior Papers, and Answers. 
 By W. GALLATLY, M.A., Pembroke College, Cambridge, Assistant 
 Examiner, London University. Crown 8vo, /\s. [Camb. Math. Ser, 
 
 GARNETT (W.). Elementary Dynamics for the use of Colleges and 
 Schools. By WILLIAM GARNETT, M.A., D.C.L., Fellow of St. John's 
 College, late Principal of the Durham College of Science, Newcastle-upon- 
 Tyne, yh edition^ revised. Crown 8vo, 6s. [Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
 — Heat, An Elementary Treatise on. 6M edition, revised. Crown 8vo, 
 
 4J. 6(/. \^Camb. Math. Ser. 
 
 GOODWIN (H.). Statics. By H. goodwin, d.d., late Bishop of 
 
 Carlisle. 2nd edition. Fcap. 8vo, 3J. \^Camb. S. and C. Texts. 
 
 HOROBIN (J. C). Elementary Mechanics. Stage L II. and IIL, 
 
 \s. dd. each. By J. c. horobin, m.a., Principal of Homerton New 
 
 College, Cambridge. 
 
 — Theoretical Mechanics. Division I. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d, 
 
 *^* This book covers the ground of the Elementary Stage of Division I. 
 of Subject VI. of the " Science Directory," and is intended for the 
 examination of the Science and Art Department. 
 
 JESSOP (C. M.). The Elements of Applied Mathematics. In- 
 eluding Kinetics, Statics and Hydrostatics. By c. M. jESSOP, M.A., late 
 Fellow of Clare College, Cambridge, Lecturer in Mathematics in the 
 Durham College of Science, Newcaslle-on-Tyne. Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 [Carnb. Math. Ser, 
 
 MAIN (P. T.). Plane Astronomy, An Introduction to. By p. T. main, 
 M.A., Lecturer and Fellow of St. John's College. 6th editi n, revised. 
 Fcap. 8vo, 4J. [Camb. S. and C. Texts. 
 
 PARKINSON (R. M.). Structural Mechanics. By r. m. Parkinson, 
 ASSOC, m.i.c.e. Crown 8vo, 4?. 6d. 
 
 PENDLEBURY (C). Lenses and Systems of Lenses, Treated after 
 the Manner of Gauss. By CHARLES PENf)LEBURY, M.A., F.R.A.S., Senior 
 Mathematical Master of St. Paul's School, late Scholar of St. John's 
 College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo, ^s. 
 
 STEELE (R. E.). Natural Science Examination Papers. By 
 R. E. STEELE, M.A., F.C.S., Chief Natural Science Master, Bradford 
 Grammar School. Crown 8vo. Part I., Inorganic Chemistry, 2s, 6d, 
 Part II., Physics (Sound, Light, Heat, Magnetism, Electricity), 2s. 6<i. 
 
 [School Exam. Series, 
 
24 George Bell & Sons' 
 
 WALTON (W.). Theoretical Mechanics, Problems in. By w. wal- 
 TON, M.A , Fellow and Assistant Tutor of Trinity Hall, Mathematical 
 Lecturer at Magdalene College, yd edition^ revised. Demy 8vo, ids. 
 
 — Elementary Mechanics, Problems in. 2nd edition. Crown 8vo, 6^. 
 
 [Caj?tb. Math. Ser, 
 
 DAVIS (J. F.). Army Mathematical Papers. Being Ten Years' 
 Woolwich and Sandhurst Preliminary Papers. Edited, with Answers, by 
 J. F. DAVIS, D.LIT., M.A. Lond. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 DYER (J. M.) and PROWDE SMITH (R.). Mathematical Ex- 
 amples. A Collection of Examples in Arithmetic, Algebra, Trigono- 
 metry, Mensuration, Theory of Equations, Analytical Geometry, Statics, 
 Dynamics, with Answers, &c. For Army and Indian Civil Service 
 Candidates. By j. M. dyer, m.a., Assistant Master, Eton College 
 (Senior Mathematical Scholar at Oxford), and R. prowde smith, m.a. 
 Crown 8vo, 6s. [Camd. Math. Ser, 
 
 GOODWIN (H.). Problems and Examples, adapted to "Goodwin's 
 Elementary Course of Mathematics." By T. g. vyvyan, m.a. yd 
 edition. 8vo, 5^. ; Solutions, yd edition^ 8vo, gj. 
 
 SMALLEY (G. R.). A Compendium of Facts and Formulae in 
 Pure Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. By g. r. smalley, 
 F.R.A.S. New edition^ revised and enlarged. By j. MCDOWELL, M.A., 
 F.R.A.s. Fcap. 8vo, 2S. 
 
 WRIGLEY (A.). Collection of Examples and Problems in Arith- 
 metic, Algebra, Geometry, Logarithms, Trigonometry, Conic Sections, 
 Mechanics, &c., with Answers and Occasional Hints. By the REV. A. 
 WRIGLEY. loth edition^ 20th thousand. Demy 8vo, 3^". 6d. 
 
 A Key. By j. c. platts, m.a. and the rev. a. wrigley. 2nd edition. 
 Demy 8vo, 55. net. 
 
 MODERN LANGUAGES. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 ADAMS (E.). The Elements of the English Language. By ernest 
 
 ADAMS, PH.D. 26th edition. Revised by j. F. davis, d.lit., m.a., 
 
 (lond.). Post 8vo, 4J. 6d. 
 — The Rudiments of English Grammar and Analysis. By ernest 
 
 ADAMS, PH.D. i<^th thousand. Fcap. 8vo, is. 
 ALFORD (DEAN). The Queen's English: A Manual of Idiom and 
 
 Usage. By the late henry alford, d.d.. Dean of Canterbury, dth 
 
 edition. Small post 8vo. Sewed, u., cloth, is. 6d. 
 ASCHAM'S Scholemaster. Edited by professor;, e. b. mayor. Small 
 
 post 8vo, sewed, is. 
 BELL'S ENGLISH CLASSICS. A New Series, Edited for use in 
 
 Schools, with Introduction and Notes. Crown 8vo. 
 
 BACON'S Essays Modernized. Edited by f. j. rowe, m.a., Professor of 
 
 English Literature at Presidency College, Calcutta. [Preparing^. 
 
 BROWNING'S Strafford. Edited by e. h. hickev. With Introduction by 
 
 5 IR. GARniNER, LL.D. 2J. 6d- 
 
Educational Catalogue. 
 
 25 
 
 BELL'S ENGLISH 01. K^^\C%— continued. 
 
 BURKE'S Letters on a Regicide Peace. I. and II. Edited by h. g. keene, 
 
 M.A., CLE. 3^. ; sewed, is. 
 BYRON'S Childe Harold. Edited by h. g. keene, m.a., c.i.e., Author of "A 
 Manual of French Literature," etc. 3J. td. Also Cantos I. and II. separately ; 
 sewed, \s. gd. 
 
 — Siege of Corinth. Edited by p. hordern, late Director of Public Instruction in 
 
 Burma, is. 6d. ; sewed, is. 
 CHAUCER, SELECTIONS FROM. Edited by j. b. bilderbeck, b.a., 
 
 Professor of English Literature, Presidency College, Madras. 2s. 6d. ; sewed, 
 
 IS. gd. 
 DE QUINCEY'S Revolt of the Tartars and The English Mail-Coach. 
 
 Edited by Cecil m. barrow, m.a., Principal of Victoria College, Palghat, and 
 
 MARK HUNTER, B.A., Principal of Coimbatore College. 3^. ; sewed, is. 
 DE QUINCEY'S Opium Eater. Edited by mark hunter, b.a. [In the press. 
 GOLDSMITH'S Good-Natured Man and She Stoops to Conquer. Edited 
 
 by K. DEiGHTON. Each, 2^. cloth ; is. 6d. sewed. The two plays together, sewed, 
 
 "zs. 6d. 
 IRVING'S Sketch Book. Edited by r. g. oxenham, m.a. Sewed, is. 6d. 
 JOHNSON'S Life of Addison. Edited by f. ryland. Author of "The Students' 
 
 Handbook of Psychology," etc. 2s. 6d. 
 
 — Life of Swift. Edited by f. ryland, m.a. 2s. 
 
 — Life of Pope. Edited by f. ryland, m.a. 2s. 6d. 
 
 — Life of Milton. Edited by v. ryland, m.a. 23'. 6d. 
 
 — Life of Dryden. Edited by f. ryland, m.a. 2s. 6d. 
 
 LAMB'S Essays. Selected and Edited by k. deighton. 3J. ; sewed, 2s. 
 LONGFELLOW'S Evangeline. Edited by m. t. quinn, m.a. [In the press. 
 MACAULAY'S Lays of Ancient Rome. Edited by p. hordern. 2s. 6d. ; 
 sewed, is. gd. 
 
 — Essay on Clive. Edited by cecil barrow, m.a. 2s. ; sewed, is. 6d. 
 MASSINGER'S A New Way to Pay Old Debts. Edited by k. deighton. 
 
 35. ; sewed, 2s. 
 MILTON'S Paradise Lost. Books III. and IV. Edited by r.g. oxenham, m.a., 
 Principal of Elphinstone College, Bombay. 2s. ; sewed, is. dd.^ or separately, 
 sewed, lod. each. 
 
 — Paradise Regained. Edited by K. deighton. 2s. 6d. ; sewed, is. gd. 
 POPE, SELECTIONS FROM. Containing Essay on Criticism, Rape of the 
 
 Lock, Temple of Fame, Windsor Forest. Edited by k. deighton. 2s. 6d. ; 
 sewed, is. gd. 
 SHAKESPEARE'S Julius Caesar. Editedbyr.DUFFBARNETT, B.A.(Lond.). 2s. 
 
 — Merchant of Venice. Edited by t. duff barnett, b.a. (Lond.). 2s. 
 
 — Tempest. Edited by t. duff barnett, b.a. (Lond.). a*. 
 
 Others to/oliow. 
 
 BELL'S READING BOOKS. Post 8vo, cloth, illustrated. 
 
 Infants. 
 Infant's Primer. 3^. 
 Tot and the Cat. 6d. 
 The Old Boathouse. 
 The Cat and the Hen. 
 
 ed. 
 
 6d. 
 
 Standard I. 
 School Primer. 6d. 
 The Two Parrots. 6d. 
 The Three Monkeys. 6d. 
 The New-born Lamb. 6d, 
 The Blind Boy. 6d. 
 
 Standard II. 
 The Lost Pigs. 6d. 
 Story of a Cat. 6d. 
 Queen Bee and Busy Bee. 
 
 6J. 
 
 Gulls' Crag. 6d. 
 
 Standard III. 
 Great Deeds in English History. 
 
 IS. 
 
 Adventures of a Donkey, u. 
 Grimm's Tales, is. 
 Great Englishmen, is, 
 Andersen's Tales, is. 
 Life of Columbus, is. 
 
 Standard IV. 
 Uncle Tom's Cabin, is. 
 Great Englishwomen, is. 
 Great Scotsmen, is. 
 Edgeworth's Tales, is. 
 Gatty's Parables from Nature, is. 
 Scott's Talisman. \s. 
 
26 George Bell & Sons 
 
 BELL'S READING "QOOYi^—contifmed, 
 
 Standard V. 
 Dickens' Oliver Twist, u. 
 Dickens' Little Nell. u. 
 Masterman Ready. \s. 
 Marryat's Poor Jack, is* 
 Arabian Nights, is. 
 Gulliver's Travels. \s. 
 Lyrical Poetry for Boys and Girls. 
 
 \s. 
 Vicar of Wakefield, i^. 
 BELL'S GEOGRAPHICAL READERS. By M. j. barrington- 
 
 WARD, MA. (Worcester College, Oxford). 
 The Child's Geography. Illus- The Round World. (Standard IL) 
 
 Standards VI. and VII. 
 Lamb's Tales from Shakespeare. 
 
 \s, 
 Robinson Crusoe, \s. 
 Tales of the Coast. * \s. 
 Settlers in Canada, is, 
 Southey's Life of Nelson. \s. 
 Sir Roger de Coverley. u. 
 
 trated. Stiff paper cover, 6^. 
 
 The Map and the Compass. 
 
 (Standard I ) Illustrated. Cloth, 
 
 %d. 
 
 Illustrated. Cloth, lo^. 
 
 About England. (Standard III.) 
 
 With Illustrations and Coloured 
 
 Map. Cloth, \s. 4^. 
 
 BELL'S ANIMAL LIFE READERS. A Series of Reading Books 
 
 for the Standards, designed to inculcate the humane treatment of animals. 
 
 Edited by edith carrington and ernest bell. Illustrated by 
 
 HARRISON WEIR and others. \In preparation. 
 
 EDWARDS (F.). Examples for Analysis in Verse and Prose. Selected 
 
 and arranged by F. Edwards. New edition. Fcap. 8vo, cloth, i.f. 
 GOLDSMITH. The Deserted Village. Edited, with Notes and Life, 
 
 by C. P. MASON, B.A., F.C.P. 4M edition. Crown 8vo, is. 
 HANDBOOKS OF ENGLISH LITERATURE. Edited by j. w. 
 HALES, M.A., formerly Clark Lecturer in English Literature at Trinity 
 College, Cambridge, Professor of English Literature at King's College, 
 London. Crown 8vo, 3J. 6d. each. 
 
 The Age of Pope. By john dennis. 
 
 The Age of Dryden. By r. garnett, ll.d., c.b. 
 
 In preparation. 
 The Age of Chaucer. By professor hales. 
 The Age of Shakespeare. By professor hales. 
 The Age of Milton. By J. bass mullinger, m.a. 
 The Age of W^ordsworth. By professor c. h. herford, litt.d. 
 The Age of Johnson. By thomas seccombe. 
 The Age of Tennyson. By professor hugh walker. 
 HAZLITT ( W. ). Lectures on the Literature of the Age of Elizabeth. 
 Small post Svo, sewed, is. 
 
 — Lectures on the English Poets. Small post Svo, sewed, \s. 
 
 — Lectures on the English Comic Writers. Small post Svo, sewed, \s. 
 LAMB (C). Specimens of English Dramatic Poets of the Time of 
 
 Elizabeth. With Notes. Small post Svo, y. 6d. 
 MASON (C. P.). Grammars by c. P. mason, b.a., f.c.p., Fellow of 
 University College, London. 
 
 — First Notions of Grammar for Young Learners. Fcap. Svo. 95M 
 
 thousand. Cloth, I^. 
 
 — First Steps in English Grammar, for Junior Classes. Demy iSmo. 59/-^ 
 
 thousand, is. 
 
Educational CaJalogjie, 27 
 
 MASON (C. P.). Outlines of English Grammar, for the Use of Junior 
 Classes. 1 7M edition. ^Tth thousand. Crown 8vo, 2s. 
 
 — English Grammar; including the principles of Grammatical Analysis. 
 
 36M edition^ revised, l^'^rd thousand. Crown 8vo, green cloth, 35. 6d. 
 •^ A Shorter English Grammar, with copious and carefully graduated 
 Exercises, based upon the author's English Grammar, gth edition. ^<)th 
 thousand. Crown 8vo, brown cloth, 3^. 6d. 
 
 — Practice and Help in the Analysis of Sentences. Price 2s. Cloth. 
 
 — English Grammar Practice, consisting of the Exercises of the Shorter 
 
 English Grammar published in a separate form, "^rd edition. Crown 8vo, 
 is. 
 
 — Remarks on the Subjunctive and the so-called Potential Mood. 
 
 6d.y sewn. 
 
 — Blank Sheets Ruled and headed for Analysis, is. per dozen. 
 
 MILTON : Paradise Lost. Books L, II., and III. Edited, with Notes 
 on the Analysis and Parsing, and Explanatory Remarks, by C. P. mason, 
 B.A., F.C. P. Cro^^^l 8vo. I J. each. 
 
 — Paradise Lost. Books V.-VIII. With Notes for the Use of Schools. 
 
 By C. M. LUMBY. 2S, 6d. 
 
 PRICE (A. C). Elements of Comparative Grammar and Philology- 
 For Use in Schools. By a. c. price, m.a.. Assistant Master at Leeds 
 Grammar School. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 SHAKESPEARE. Notes on Shakespeare's Plays. With Introduction, 
 Summary, Notes (Etymological and Explanatory), Prosody, Grammatical 
 Peculiarities, etc. By T. duff barnett, b.a. Lond., late Second 
 Master in the Brighton Grammar School. Specially adapted for the Local 
 and Preliminary Examinations. Crown 8vo, is. each. 
 
 Midsummer Night's Dream.— Julius Caesar. — The Tempest. — 
 Macbeth. — Henry V.— Hamlet.— Merchant of Venice. — King 
 Richard II.— King John.— King Richard III. —King Lear.— 
 Coriolanus. — Twelfth Night. — As You Like it. — Much Ado About 
 Nothing. 
 
 **The Notes are comprehensive and concise." — Educational Times. 
 "Comprehensive, practical, and reliable." — Schoolmaster. 
 
 — Hints for Shakespeare-Study. Exemplified in an Analytical Study of 
 
 Julius Caesar. By Mary grafton moberly. 2nd edition. Crown 8vo, 
 sewed, is. 
 
 — Coleridge's Lectures and Notes on Shakespeare and other English 
 
 Poets. Edited by T. ashe, b.a. Small post 8vo, y. bd. 
 
 — Shakespeare's Dramatic Art. The History and Character of Shake- 
 
 speare's Plays. By dr. Hermann ulrici. Translated by l. dora 
 SCHMITZ. 2 vols, small post 8vo, 3J. 6d. each. 
 
 — William Shakespeare. A Literary Biography. By KARL elze, PH.D., 
 
 LL.i). Translated by L. DORA SCHMITZ. Small post 8vo, ^s. 
 
 — Hazlitt's Lectures on the Characters of Shakespeare's Plays. Small 
 
 post 8vo, is. 
 ^<f,f BELL'S ENGLISH CLASSICS. 
 SKEAT (W. W.). Questions for Examinations in English Litera- 
 
 ture. With a Preface containing brief hints on the study of English. 
 
 Arranged by the rkv. w. w. skeat, litt.d., EIrington and Bosworth 
 
28 George Bell & Sons' 
 
 Professor of Anglo-Saxon in the University of Cambridge, yd edition. 
 Crown 8vo, 2s, 6d. 
 SMITH (C. J.) Synonyms and Antonyms of the English Language. 
 Collected and Contrasted by the VEN. c. J. smith, m.a. 2nd edition^ 
 revised. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 — Synonyms Discriminated. A Dictionary of Synonymous Words in the 
 
 English Language. Illustrated with Quotations from Standard Writers. 
 By the late ven. C. j. smith, m.a. With the Author's latest Corrections 
 and Additions, edited by the rev. h. Percy smith, m.a., of Balliol 
 College, Oxford, Vicar of Great Barton, Suffolk, /^th edition. Demy 
 8vo, 14J. 
 TEN BRINK'S History of English Literature. Vol. I. Early Enghsh 
 Literature (to Wiclif). Translated into English by Horace m. Kennedy, 
 Professor of German Literature in the Brooklyn Collegiate Institute. 
 Small post Svo, 3^. 6d. 
 
 — Vol. II. (Wiclif, Chaucer, Earliest Drama, Renaissance). Translated by 
 
 w. CLARKE ROBINSON, PH.D. Small post Svo, 3^. 6d. 
 
 — Lectures on Shakespeare. Translated by julia franklin. Small 
 
 post Svo, 3^. 6d. 
 THOMSON: Spring. Edited by c. p. mason, b.a., f.c.p. With Life. 
 2nd edition. Crown Svo, is. 
 
 — Winter. Edited by c. P. mason, b.a., f.c.p. With Life. Crown Svo, is, 
 
 WEBSTER'S INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY of the English 
 Language. Including Scientific, Technical, and Biblical Words and 
 Terms, with their Significations, Pronunciations, Alternative Spellings, 
 Derivations, Synonyms, and numerous illustrative Quotations, with various 
 valuable literary Appendices, with S3 extra pages of Illustrations grouped 
 and classified, rendering the work a Complete Literary and Scientific 
 Reference-Book. New edition (1S90). Thoroughly revised and en- 
 larged under the supervision of NOAH porter, d.d., ll.d. i vol. (2,118 
 pages, 3,500 woodcuts), 4to, cloth, 31.?. 6d. ; half calf, £2 2s. ; half russia, 
 £2 5J-. ; calf, £2 Sj. ; or in 2 vols, cloth, £1 i^s. 
 
 Prospectuses^ with specimen pages ^ sent post free on application. 
 
 WEBSTER'S BRIEF INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. A 
 
 Pronouncing Dictionary of the English Language, abridged from Webster's 
 International Dictionary. With a Treatise on Pronunciation, List of 
 Prefixes and Suffixes, Rules for Spelling, a Pronouncing Vocabulary of 
 Proper Names in History, Geography, and Mythology, and Tables of 
 English and Indian Money, Weights, and Measures. With 564 pages 
 and Soo Illustrations. Demy Svo, 35'. 
 WRIGHT (T.). Dictionary of Obsolete and Provincial English. 
 Containing Words from the English Writers previous to the 19th century, 
 which are no longer in use, or are not used in the same sense, and Words 
 which are now used only in the Provincial Dialects. Compiled by thomas 
 WRIGHT, M.A., F.S.A., etc. 2 vols. 5^. each. 
 
Educational Catalogue, 29 
 
 FRENCH CLASS BOOKS. 
 
 BOWER (A. M.). The Public Examination French Reader. With 
 a Vocabulary to every extract, suitable for all Students who are preparing 
 for a French Examination. By A. M. bower, f.r.g.s., late Master in 
 University College School, etc. Cloth, 3^. 6d. 
 
 BARBIER (PAUL). A Graduated French Examination Course. 
 By PAUL BARBIER, Lecturer in the South Wales University College, etc. 
 Crown 8vo, y. 
 
 BARRERE (A.) Junior Graduated French Course. Affording Mate- 
 rials for Translation, Grammar, and Conversation. By A. BARRERE, 
 Professor R.M.A., Woolwich. \s. 6d. 
 
 — Elements of French Grammar and First Steps in Idioms. With 
 
 numerous Exercises and a Vocabulary. Being an Introduction to the 
 Precis of Comparative French Grammar. Crown 8vo, 2s. 
 
 — Precis of Comparative French Grammar and Idioms and Guide to 
 
 Examinations, ^th edition. 3^. 6d. 
 
 — Recits Militaires. From Valmy (1792) to the Siege of Paris (1870). 
 
 With English Notes and Biographical Notices. 2nd edition. Crown 8vo, 3J. 
 CLAPIN (A. C). French Grammar for Public Schools. By the 
 REV. A. c. CLAPIN, M.A., St. John's College, Cambridge, and Bachelier- 
 es-lettres of the University of France. Fcap. 8vo. i^th edition. 2s. 6d. 
 Key to the Exercises. 3^. 6d. net. 
 
 — French Primer. Elementary French Grammar and Exercises for Junior 
 
 Forms in Public and Preparatory Schools. Fcap. 8vo. lotA editioni \s. 
 
 — Primer of French Philology. With Exercises for Pubhc Schools. 
 
 *jth edition. Fcap. 8vo, \s. 
 
 — English Passages for Translation into French. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d, 
 
 Key (for Tutors only), 4-y. net. 
 DAVIS (J. F.) Army Examination Papers in French. Questions set 
 
 at the Preliminary Examinations for Sandhurst and Woolwich, from Nov., 
 
 1876, to June, 1890, with Vocabulary. By j. f. da vis, d.lit., m.a., 
 
 Lond. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 DAVIS (J. F.) and THOMAS (F.). An Elementary French 
 
 Reader. Compiled, with a Vocabulary, by j. F. davis, m.a., d.lit., 
 
 and FERDINAND THOMAS, Assistant Examiners in the University of 
 
 London. Crown 8vo, 2s. 
 DELILLE'S GRADUATED FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 The Beginner's own French Book. 
 2s. Key, 2s. 
 
 Easy French Poetry for Be- 
 ginners. 2S. 
 
 French Grammar. 3^. Key, y. 
 
 Repertoire des Prosateurs. 3^. 6d. 
 Modules de Poesie. 3^. 6d. 
 Manuel Etymologique. 2s. 6d. 
 Synoptical Table of French 
 Verba. 6d. 
 
 ESCLANGON (A.). The French Verb Newly Treated: an Easy, 
 Uniform, and Synthetic Method of its Conjugation. By A. Esclangon, 
 Examiner in the University of London. Small 4to, $s. 
 
 GASC (F. E. A.). First French Book; being a New, Pracdcal, and 
 Easy Method of Learning the Elements of the French Language. Reset 
 and thoroughly revised. ii6th thousand. Crown 8vo, u. 
 
 — Second French Book ; being a Grammar and Exercise Book, on a new 
 and practical plan, and intended as a sequel to the ** First French Book." 
 52;/i/ thousand. Fcap. 8vo, is. Gd. 
 
30 George Bell & Sons 
 
 GASC (F. E. A.). Key to First and Second French Books. 6th edition, 
 Fcap. 8vo, 3^. 6d. net. 
 
 — French Fables, for Beginners, in Prose, with an Index of all the Words 
 
 at the end of the work. 17M thousand. i2mo, li'. 6d. 
 
 — Select Fables of La Fontaine. 19M thousand. Fcap. 8vo, i^. 4^/. 
 
 — Histoires Amusantes et Instructives ; or, Selections of Complete 
 
 Stories from the best French modern authors, who have written for the 
 young. With English notes. 17M thousand. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. 
 
 — Practical Guide to Modern French Conversation, containing : — 
 
 I. The most current and useful Phrases in Everyday Talk. II. Every- 
 body's necessary Questions and Answers in Travel-Talk. 19M edition. 
 Fcap. 8vo, \s. 6d. 
 
 — French Poetry for the Young. With Notes, and preceded by a few 
 
 plain Rules of French Prosody, ^th edition, revised. Fcap. 8vo, is, 6d. 
 
 — French Prose Composition, Materials for. With copious footnotes, and 
 
 hints for idiomatic renderings. 21st thousand. Fcap. 8vo, 3^. 
 Key. 2nd edition. 6s. net. 
 
 — Prosateurs Contemporains ; or, Selections in Prose chiefly from con- 
 
 temporary French literature. With notes, nth edition. i2mo, ^s. 6d. 
 
 — Le Petit Compagnon ; a French Talk-Book for Little Children. 14th 
 
 edition. i6mo, is. 6d. 
 
 — French and English Dictionary, with upwards of Fifteen Thousand 
 
 new words, senses, &c., hitherto unpublished, ^th edition, with numerous 
 additions and corrections. In one vol. 8vo, cloth, 10s. 6d, In use at 
 Harrow, Rugby, Shrewsbury, &c. 
 
 — Pocket Dictionary of the French and English Languages ; for the every- 
 
 day purposes of Travellers and Students. Containing more than Five 
 Thousand modern and current words, senses, and idiomatic phrases 
 and renderings, not found in any other dictionary of the two languages. 
 New edition. \yd thousand. i6mo, cloth, 2J. 6^. 
 GO S SET (A.). Manual of French Prosody for the use of English 
 Students. By Arthur gosset, m.a., Fellow of New College, Oxford. 
 Crown 8vo, 3^. 
 
 "This is the very book we have been looking for. We hailed the title 
 with delight, and were not disappointed by the perusal. The reader who 
 has mastered the contents will know, what not one in a thousand of 
 Englishmen who read French knows, the rules of French poetry." — 
 Journal of Education, 
 
 LE NOUVEAU TRESOR ; designed to facilitate the Translation of 
 English into French at Sight. By M. E. s. iZth edition. Fcap. 8vo, 
 is. 6d. 
 
 STEDMAN (A. M. M.). French Examination Papers in Miscel- 
 laneous Grammar and Idioms. Compiled by A. M. m. stedman, m.a. 
 5M edition. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d, 
 A Key. By G. A. schrumpf. For Tutors only. 6s. net. 
 
 — Easy French Passages for Unseen Translation. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 — Easy French Exercises on Elementary Syntax. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 — First French Lessons. Crown 8vo, is. 
 
 — French Vocabularies for Repetition. Fcap. 8vo, is. 
 
 — Steps to French. i2mo, Sd. 
 
Educational Catalogue. 
 
 31 
 
 FRENCH ANNOTATED EDITIONS. 
 BALZAC. Ursule Mirouet. By honors de balzac. Edited, with 
 Introduction and Notes, by JAMES BOIELLE, B.-es-L., Senior French 
 Master, Dulwich College. 3^. 
 
 CLARE'tIE. Pierrille. By jules clar6tie. With 27 Illustrations. 
 Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by james boielle, b.-cs-l. 2j. dd. 
 
 DAUDET. La Belle Nivernaise. Hisloire d'un vieux bateau et de son 
 equipage. By ALPHONSE DAUDET. Edited, with Introduction and 
 Notes, by JAMES boielle, B.-es-L. With Six Illustrations. 2s. 
 
 FENELON. Aventures de Telemaque. Edited by c. j. delille. 
 
 \th edition. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 GOMBERT'S FRENCH DRAMA. Re-edited, with Notes, by f. e, a. 
 
 GASC. Sewed, 6d. each. 
 
 MOLIERE. 
 
 Le Misanthrope. 
 
 Les Fourberies de Scapin. 
 
 L'Avare. 
 
 Les Precieuses Ridicules. 
 
 Le Bourgeois Gentilhomnnie. 
 
 L'Ecole des Femmes. 
 
 Le Tartuffe. 
 
 L'Ecole des Maris. 
 
 Le Malade Imaginaire. 
 
 Le M6decin Malgrd Lui. 
 
 Les Femmes Savantes. 
 
 
 RACINE. 
 
 La Theba'lde, ou Les Freres 
 
 Britannicus. 
 
 Ennemis. 
 
 Phedre. 
 
 Andromaque. 
 
 Esther. 
 
 Les Plaideurs. 
 
 Athalie. 
 
 Iphigdnie 
 
 
 CORNEILLE. 
 
 Le Cid. 1 Cinna. 
 
 Horace. 
 
 Polyeucte, 
 
 VOLTAIRE.— Zaire. 
 GREVILLE. Le Moulin Frappier. By henry greville. Edited, 
 
 with Introduction and Notes, by james boielle, B.-es-L. 3^. 
 HUGO. Bug Jargal. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by james 
 
 boielle, B.-es-L. 3J. 
 LA FONTAINE. Select Fables. Edited by f. e. a. gasc. igth 
 
 thousand. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 LAMARTINE. Le Tailleur de Pierres de Saint- Point. Edited with 
 
 Notes by james boielle, b.-^s-l. 6tA thousand. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 SAINTINE. Picciola. Edited by dr. dubuc. i6th thousand. Fcap. 
 
 8vo, is. 6d. 
 VOLTAIRE. Charles XIL Edited by l. direy. ^th tdUwn. Fcap. 
 
 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 GERMAN CLASS BOOKS. 
 BUCHHEIM (DR. C. A.). German Prose Composition. Consist- 
 ing of Selections from Modem EngUsh Writers. With grammatical notes, 
 idiomatic renderings, and general introduction. By c. A. buchheim, ph.d. , 
 Professor of the German Language and Literature in King's College, and 
 Examiner in GerDian to the London University. 14//* edition, enlarged and 
 revised. With a list of subjects tor original cfinposition. Fcap. 8vo, 4^, 6</. 
 
32 George Bell & Sons' 
 
 A Key to the ist and 2nd parts, ^rd edition, y. net. To the 3rd and 
 4th parts. 4$". net. 
 BUCHHEIM (DR. C. A.). First Book of German Prose. Being 
 Parts I. and II. of the above. "With Vocabulary by H. R. Fcap. 8vo, \s. 6d. 
 CLAPIN (A. C). A German Grammar for Public Schools. By the 
 REV. A. c. CLAPIN, and F. HOLL-MULLER, Assistant Master at the Bruton 
 Grammar School. 6th edition. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 — A German Primer. With Exercises. 2nd edition. Fcap. 8vo, is, 
 German. The Candidate's Vade Mecum. Five Hundred Easy Sentences 
 and Idioms. By an Army Tutor. Cloth, is. For Army Prelim. Exam. 
 LANGE (P.). A Complete German Course for Use in Public Schools. 
 By F. LANGE, PH.D., Professor R.M.A. Woolwich, Examiner in German 
 to the College of Preceptors, London ; Examiner in German at the Victoria 
 University, Manchester. Crown 8vo. 
 Concise German Grammar. With special reference to Phonology, 
 Comparative Philology, English and German Equivalents and Idioms. 
 Comprising Materials for Translation, Grammar, and Conversation. 
 Elementary, 2s, ; Intermediate, 2s. ; Advanced, 3J. 6d. 
 Progressive German Examination Course. Comprising the Elements 
 of German Grammar, an Historic Sketch of the Teutonic Languages, 
 English and German Equivalents, Materials for Translation, Dictation, 
 Extempore Conversation, and Complete Vocabularies. I. Elementary 
 Course, 2s. II. Intermediate Course, 2s, III. Advanced Course. 
 Second revised edition, is. dd. 
 Elementary German Reader. A Graduated Collection of Readings in 
 Prose and Poetry. With English Notes and a Vocabulary. /\th 
 edition, is. 6d. 
 Advanced German Reader. A Graduated Collection of Readings in 
 Prose and Poetry. With English Notes by F. LANGE, PH.D., and 
 J. F. DAVIS, D.LIT. 2nd edition. 3J. 
 MORICH (R. J.). German Examination Papers in Miscellaneous 
 Grammar and Idioms. By R. J. MORICH, Manchester Grammar School. 
 2nd edition. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d, A Key, for Tutors only. 5^*. net. 
 PHILLIPS (M. E.). Handbook of German Literature. By mary 
 E. PHILLIPS, LL.A. With Introduction by dr. a. WEISS, Professor of 
 German Literature at R. M. A. Woolwich. Crown Svo. {Shortly. 
 
 STOCK (DR.). Wortfolge, or Rules and Exercises on the order of Words 
 in German Sentences. With a Vocabulary. By the late Frederick 
 STOCK, D.LIT., M.A. Fcap. 8vo, is, 6d, 
 
 KLUGE'S Etymological Dictionary of the German Language. 
 
 Translated by j. F. davis, d.lit. (Lond.). Crown 4to, i8j. 
 
 GERMAN ANNOTATED EDITIONS. 
 
 AUERBACH (B.). Auf Wache. Novelle von berthold Aderbach. 
 Der Gefrorene Kuss. Novelle von otto roquette. Edited by A. A, 
 macdonell, M.A., PH.D. 2nd edition. Crown Svo, 2s. 
 
 BENEDIX (J. R.). Doktor Wespe. Lustspiel in fiinf AufzLi>;cn von 
 
 JULIUS RODERICK BENEDIX. Edited by professor F. LANGE, PH.D. 
 
 Crown Svo, 2s. 6d. 
 
Educational Catalogtte. 33 
 
 EBERS (G.). Eine Frage. Idyll von georg ebers. Edited by f. stork 
 B.A., Chief Master of Modern Subjects in Merchant Taylors' School. 
 Crown 8vo, 2.s. 
 
 FREYTAG (G.). Die Joumalisten. Lustspiel von gustav kreytag. 
 Edited by professor f. lange, ph. d. 4//^ revised edition. Crown 8vo, 2s. (yd. 
 
 — SOLL UND HABEN. Roman von gustav freytag. Edited by 
 
 w. HANBY CRUMP, M.A. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 GERMAN BALLADS from Uhland, Goethe, and Schiller. With Intro- 
 ductions, Copious and Biographical Notices. Edited by c. L. BIELEFELD. 
 
 4//^ edition. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 GERMAN EPIC TALES IN PROSE. 1. Die Nibelungen, von 
 
 A. F. c. viLMAR. II. Walther und Hildegund, von albert richter. 
 
 Edited by karl neuhaus, ph.d., the International College, Isleworth. 
 
 Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 GOETHE. Hermann und Dorothea. With Introduction, Notes, and Argu 
 
 ments. By E. bell, m.a., and E. wolfel. 2nd edition. Fcap. 8vo, is.6d. 
 GOETHE. FAUST. Part I. German Text with Hayward's Prose 
 
 Translation and Notes. Revised, With Introduction by c. a. buchheim, 
 
 PH.D., Professor of German Language and Literature at King's College, 
 
 London. Small post 8vo, 5^-. 
 GUTZKOW (K.). Zopf und Schwert. Lustspiel von karl gutzkow. 
 
 Edited by professor f. lange, ph.d. Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 HEY'S FABELN FUR KINDER. Illustrated by o. speckter. 
 Edited, with an Introduction, Grammatical Summary, Words, and a com- 
 plete Vocabulary, by professor f. lange, ph.d. Crown 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 — The same. W^ith a Phonetic Introduction, and Phonetic Transcription of 
 
 the Text. By professor f. lange, ph.d. Crown 8vo, 2s. 
 HEYSE (P.). Hans Lange. wSchauspiel von PAUL heyse. Edited by 
 
 A. A. macdonell, M.A., PH.D., Taylorian Teacher, Oxford University. 
 
 Crown 8vo, 2s. 
 HOFFMANN (E. T. A.). Meister Martin, der Kiifner. Erzahlung 
 
 von E. t. A. HOFFMANN. Edited by F. lange, ph.d. 2nd edition. 
 
 Crown 8vo, \s. 6d. 
 MOSER (G. VON). Der Bibliothekar. Lustspiel von G. von moser. 
 
 Edited by F. lange, ph.d. 4/A edition. Crown 8vo, 2s. 
 ROQUETTE (O.). 6>^ Auerbach. 
 SCHEFFEL (V. VON). Ekkehard. Erzahlung des zehnten Jahr- 
 
 hunderts, von victor von scheffel. Abridged edition, with Intro- 
 duction and Notes by Herman hager, ph.d.. Lecturer in the German 
 
 Language and Literature in The Owens College, Victoria University, 
 
 Manchester. Crown 8vo, 35-. 
 SCHILLER'S Wallenstein. Complete Text, comprising the Weimar 
 
 Prologue, Lager, Piccolomini, and Wallenstein's Tod. Edited by dr. 
 
 buchheim. Professor of German in King's College, London. 6th edition. 
 
 Fcap. 8vo, 5^. Or the Lager and Piccolomini, 2s. 6d. Wallenstein's 
 
 Tod, 2s. 6d. 
 
 — Maid of Orleans. With English Notes by dr. wilhelm wagner. "^rd 
 
 edition. Fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. 
 
 — Maria Stuart. Edited by v. kastner, B.-es-L., Lecturer on French 
 
 Language and Literature at Victoria University, Mancliester. xrdtditiofj^ 
 yc3ip. 8vo, IS. 6df 
 
34 George Bel! & Sons 
 
 ITALIAN. 
 
 DANTE. The Inferno. A Literal Prose Translation, with the Text of the 
 Original collated with the best editions, printed on the same page, and 
 Explanatory Notes. By JOHN A. carlyle, m.d. With Portrait. 2.fid 
 edition. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 — The Purgatorio. A Literal Prose Translation, with the Text of Bianchi 
 
 printed on the same page, and Explanatory Notes. By W. s. DUGDALE. 
 Small post 8vo, 5 J. 
 
 BELUS MODERN TRANSLATIONS. 
 A Sefies of Translations from Alodern Languages^ with Memoirs^ 
 
 Introductions, etc. Crown Svo, is. each. 
 GOETHE. Egmont. Translated by anna swanwick. 
 
 — Iphigenia in Tauris. Translated by anna swanwick. 
 HAUFF. The Caravan. Translated by s. men del. 
 
 — The Inn in the Spessart. Translated by s. MENDEL. 
 LESSING. Laokoon. Translated by E. c. beasley. 
 
 — Nathan the Wise. Translated by R. dillon boylan. 
 
 — Minna von Barnhelm. Translated by ernest bell, m.a. 
 
 MOLIERE. The Misanthrope. Translated by c. heron wall. 
 
 — The Doctor in Spite of Himself. (Le Medecin malgre lui). Trans- 
 
 lated by C. HERON WALL. 
 
 — Tartuffe; or, The Impostor. Translated by c. heron wall. 
 
 — The Miser. (L'Avare). Translated by c. heron wall. 
 
 — The Shopkeeper turned Gentleman. (Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme). 
 
 Translated by C. HERON WALL. 
 RACINE. Athalie. Translated by R. bruce boswell, m.a. 
 
 — Esther. Translated by r. bruce boswell, m.a. 
 
 SCHILLER. William Tell. Translated by sir Theodore martin, 
 K.C.B., LL.D. New edition^ entirely revised. 
 
 — The Maid of Orleans. Translated by anna swanwick. 
 
 — Mary Stuart. Translated by J. mellish. 
 
 — Wallenstein's Camp and the Piccolomini. Translated by j. Churchill 
 
 and S. T. COLERIDGE. 
 
 — The Death of Wallenstein. Translated by s. T. coleridge. 
 
 ^^ For other Translations of Modern Languages, see the Catalogue of 
 Bohn's Libraries, which will be forwarded on application. 
 
 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, AND ART. 
 
 CHEMISTRY. 
 
 COOKE (S.). First Principles of Chemistry. An Introduction to 
 Modem Chemistry for Schools and Colleges. By SAMUEL cooke, m.a., 
 B. E., Assoc. Mem. Inst. C. E., Principal of the College of Science, Poona. 
 dth edition^ revised. Crown 8vo, 2.s. 6d. 
 
 — The Student's Practical Chemistry. Test Tables for Qualitative 
 
 Analysis, '^rd edition, revised and enlarged. Demy 8vo, Is. 
 
Educational Calahk^ite. 35 
 
 STOCKHARDT (J. A.). Experimental Chemistry, bounded on the 
 work of J. A. STOCKHARDT. A Handbook for the Study of Science by 
 Simple Experiments. By c. w. H EATON, F.l.c, F.C.S., Lecturer in 
 Chemistry in the Medical School of Charing Cross Hospital, Examiner in 
 Chemistry to the Royal College of Physicians, etc. Revised edition, ^s, 
 
 WILLIAMS (W. M.). The Framework of Chemistry. Part I. Typical 
 Facts and Elementary Theory. By w. M. Williams, m.a., St. John's 
 College, Oxford ; Science Master, King Henry VIH.'s School, Coventry. 
 Crown 8vo, paper boards, 9^. net. 
 
 BOTANY. 
 
 HAYWARD (W. R.). The Botanist's Pocket-Book. Containing in 
 a tabulated form, the chief characteristics of British Plants, with the 
 botanical names, soil, or situation, colour, growth, and time of flowering 
 of every plant, arranged under its own order ; with a copious Index. 
 By w. R. haywakd. 6M edition^ revised. Fcap. 8vo, cloth limp, 4$-. dd. 
 
 LONDON CATALOGUE of British Plants. Part I., containing the 
 British Phienogamia, Filices, Equisetacese, Lycopodiacese, Selaginellaceae, 
 Marsileacese, and Characeae. 9M edition. Demy 8vo, dd. ; interleaved 
 in limp cloth, \s. Generic Index only, on card, id. 
 
 MASSEE (G.). British Fungus-Flora. A Classified Text-Book of 
 Mycology. By george massee. Author of "The Plant World." With 
 numerous Illustrations. 4 vols, post 8vo, *js. 6d. each. 
 
 SOWERBY'S English Botany. Containing a Description and Life-size 
 Drawing of every British Plant. Edited and brought up to the present 
 standard of scientific knowledge, by T. BOSVvell (late syme), LL.D., 
 F.L.S., etc. 3^/ edition^ entirely revised. With Descriptions of all the 
 Species by the Editor, assisted by N. e. brown. 12 vols., with 1,937 
 coloured plates, £24. y. in cloth, ;i^26 lis. in half-morocco, and ;^30 gs. 
 in whole morocco. Also in 89 parts, 5^., except Part 89, containing 
 an Index to the whole work, Js. 6d. 
 
 ^*^f, A Supplement, to be completed in 8 or 9 parts, is now publishing. 
 Parts I., II., and III. ready, ^s. each, or bound together, making 
 Vol. Xni. of the complete work, lys. 
 
 TURNBULL (R.). Index of British Plants, according to the London 
 Catalogue (Eighth Edition), including the Synonyms used by the principal 
 authors, an Alphabetical List of English Names, etc. By Robert 
 TURNBULL. Paper cover, 2s. 6d., cloth, 3^. 
 
 GEOLOGY. 
 
 JUKES-BROWNE (A. J.). Student's Handbook of Physical Geo- 
 logy. By a. j. jukes-browne, b.a., f.g.s., of the Geological Survey of 
 England and Wales. With numerous Diagrains and Illustrations. 2nd 
 edition, much enlarged, "js. 6d. 
 
 — Student's Handbook of Historical Geology. With numerous Diagrams 
 
 and Illustrations. 6s. 
 
 "An admirably planned and well executed ' Handbook of Historical 
 Geology.' "— journal of Education. 
 
 — The Building of the British Isles. A Study in" Geographical Evolution 
 
 With Maps. 2nd edition revised. *js. bd. 
 
36 George Bell & Sons' 
 
 MEDICINE. 
 
 CARRINGTON (R. E.), and LANE (W. A.). A Manual of Dissec- 
 tions of the Human Body. By the late R. E. carrington, m.d. 
 (Lond.), F.R.C.P., Senior Assistant Ph)'sician, Guy's Hospital. 2nd 
 edition. Revised and enlarged by w. ARBUTHNOT lane, M.S., F.R.C.S., 
 Assistant Surgeon to Guy's Hospital, etc. Crown 8vo, 9^. 
 
 '* As solid a piece of work as ever was put into a book ; accurate from 
 beginning to end, and unique of its kind." — British Medical Journal. 
 
 HILTON'S Rest and Pain. Lectures on the Influence of Mechanical and 
 Physiological Rest in the Treatment of Accidents and Surgical Diseases, 
 and the Diagnostic Value of Pain. By the late John hilton, f.r.s., 
 F.R.C.S., etc. Edited by w. H. A. JACOBSON, M.A., m.ch. (Oxon.), 
 F. R. c. s. ^th edition, ^s. 
 
 HOBLYN'S Dictionary of Terms used in Medicine and the Collateral 
 Sciences. 12th edition. Revised and enlarged by j. a. p. price, b.a., 
 M.D. (Oxon.). 105. 6d. 
 
 LANE (W. A.). Manual of Operative Surgery. For Practitioners and 
 Students. By w. arbuthnot lane, m.b., M.S., f.r.c.s.. Assistant 
 Surgeon to Guy's Hospital. Crown 8vo, Zs. 6d. 
 
 SHARP (W.) Therapeutics founded on Antipraxy. By William 
 SHARP, M.D., f.r.s. Demy 8vo, 6s. 
 
 BELL'S AGRICULTURAL SERIES. 
 In crown 2>vo, Illustrated^ 160 pages, cloth, 2s. 6d. each. 
 
 CHEAL (J.). Fruit Culture. A Treatise on Planting, Growing, Storage 
 of Hardy Fruits for Market and Private Growers. By j. cheal, f.r.h.s., 
 Member of Fruit Committee, Royal Hort. Society, etc. 
 
 FREAM (DR.). Soils and their Properties. By dr. william fream, 
 B.sc. (Lond.)., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.s.s., Associate of the Surveyor's Institu- 
 tion, Consulting Botanist to the British Dairy Farmers' Association and 
 the Royal Counties Agricultural Society ; Prof, of Nat. Hist, in Downton 
 College, and formerly in the Royal Agric. Coll., Cirencester. 
 
 GRIFFITHS (DR.). Manures and their Uses. By dr. a. b. Griffiths, 
 F.R.S.E., f.c.S. , late Principal of the School of Science, Lincoln ; Membre 
 de la Societe Chimique de Paris ; Author of " A Treatise on Manures," 
 etc. , etc. In use at Downton College. 
 
 — The Diseases of Crops and their Remedies. 
 
 MALDEN (W. J.). Tillage and Implements. By w. j. malden, 
 Prof, of Agriculture in the College, Downton. 
 
 SHELDON (PROF.). The Farm and the Dairy. By professor 
 J. p. SHELDON, formerly of the Royal Agricultural College, and of the 
 Downton College of Agriculture, late Special Commissioner of the 
 Canadian Government . In use at Downton College. 
 
 Specially adapted for Agricultural Classes. Crown 8vo. Illustrated, is. each. 
 Practical Dairy Farming. By professor sheldon. Reprinted from the 
 
 author's larger work entitled "The Farm and the Dairy." 
 Practical Fruit Growing. By J. cheal, f.r.h.s. Reprinted from the 
 
 ^luthor's larger work, entitled *' Fruit Culture.' 
 
Educational Cataloj^ue. 37 
 
 TECHNOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS. 
 
 Edited by Sir H. Trtieman Wood, 
 Specially adapted for candidates in the examinations of the City Guilds 
 Institute. Illustrated and uniformly printed in small post 8vo. 
 BEAUMONT (R.). Woollen and Worsted Cloth Manufacture. By 
 ROBERTS BEAUMONT, Professor of Textile Industry, Yorkshire College, 
 Leeds ; Examiner in Cloth Weaving to the City and Guilds of London 
 Institute. 2nd edition, ^js. 6d. 
 BENEDIKT (R), and KNECHT (E.). Coal-tar Colours, The 
 Chemistry of. With special reference to their application to Dyeing, etc. 
 By DR. R. BENEDIKT, Professor of Chemistry in the University of Vienna. 
 Translated by e. knecht, ph.d. of the Technical College, Bradford. 
 2nd a?id enlarged edition^ 6s. 6d. 
 CROOKES (W.). Dyeing and Tissue-Printing. By william crookes, 
 
 F.R.S., V.P.C.S. $S. 
 
 GADD (W. L.). Soap Mauufacture. By w. Lawrence gadd, f.i.c, 
 
 F.C.S., Registered Lecturer on Soap-Making and the Technology of Oils 
 
 and Fats, also on Bleaching, Dyeing, and Calico Printing, to the City and 
 
 Guilds of London Institute. 5^. 
 HELLYER (S. S.). Plumbing: Its Principles and Practice. By 
 
 s. STEVENS HELLYER. With numerous Illustrations. 5j. 
 HORNBY (J.). Gas Manufacture. By j. hornby, f.lc, Lecturer 
 
 under the City and Guilds of London Institute. [/« the press. 
 
 HURST (G.H.). Silk-Dyeing and Finishing. By g. h. hurst, F.c.s., 
 
 Lecturer at the Manchester Technical School, Silver Medallist, City and 
 
 Guilds of London Institute. With Illustrations and numerous Coloured 
 
 Patterns, ^s. 6d. 
 JACOB I (C. T.). Printing. A Practical Treatise. By c. r. jacobi. 
 
 Manager of the Chiswick Press, Examiner in Typography to the City and 
 
 Guilds of London Institute. With numerous Illustrations. 5^. 
 MARSDEN (R.). Cotton Spinning: Its Development, Principles, 
 
 and Practice, with Appendix on Steam Boilers and Engines. By R. 
 
 marsden, Editor of the "Textile Manufacturer." 4//; edition. 6s. 6d. 
 — Cotton Weaving: Its Development, Principles, and Practice. 
 
 By R. marsden. With numerous Illustrations, los. 6d. 
 PHILLIPSON (J.). Coach Building. [Preparing. 
 
 POWELL (H.), CHANCE (H.), and HARRIS (H. G.). Glass 
 
 Manufacture. Introductory Essay, by H. powell, b.a. (Whitefriars 
 
 Glass Works) ; Sheet Glass, by henry chance, m.a. (Chance Bros., 
 
 Birmingham) : Plate Glass, by H. G. HARRIS, Assoc. Memb. Inst. 
 
 C.E. 3J. 6d. 
 ^AEHNSDORF (J. W.) Bookbinding. By j. w. zaehnsdorf. 
 
 Examiner in Bookbinding to the City and Guilds of London Institute. 
 
 With 8 Coloured Plates and numerous Diagrams. 2tid edition^ revised 
 
 and enlarged, ^s. 
 
 * ^* Complete List of Technical Books on Application, 
 
 MUSIC. 
 BANISTER (H. C). A Text Book of Music: By h. c. banister, 
 Professor of Harmony and Composition at the R. A. of Music, at the Guild- 
 hall School of Music, and at the Royal Normal Coll. and Acad, of Music 
 for the Blind. 15/// edition. Fcap. 8vo. 5^. 
 
 This Manual contains chapters on Notation, Harmony, and Counterpoint ; 
 
38 ' George Bell & Sons 
 
 BANISTER (H. C.)— continued. 
 
 Modulation, Rhythm, Canon, Fugue, Voices, and Instruments ; together 
 with exercises on Harmony, an Appendix of Examination Papers, and a 
 copious Index and Glossary of Musical Terms. 
 
 — Lectures on Musical Analysis. Embracing Sonata Form, Fugue, 
 
 etc.. Illustrated by the Works of the Classical Masters. 2nd edition^ 
 revised. Crown 8vo, ']s. 6d, 
 
 — Musical Art and Study : Papers for Musicians. Fcap. 8vo, 2s. 
 CHATER (THOMAS). Scientific Voice, Artistic Singing, and 
 
 Effective Speaking. A Treatise on the Organs of the Voice, their 
 Natural Functions, Scientific Development, Proper Training, and Artistic 
 Use. By THOMAS CHATER. With Diagrams. Wide fcap. 2s. 6d. 
 HUNT (H. G. BONAVIA). A Concise History of Music, from the 
 Commencement of the Christian era to the present time. For the use of 
 Students. By rev. h. g. bonavia hunt, Mus. Doc. Dublin ; Warden 
 of Trinity College, London ; and Lecturer on Musical History in the same 
 College. I'^th edition, revised to date (1895}. Fcap. 8vo, 3^. 6d, 
 
 ART. 
 
 BARTER (S.) Manual Instruction — Woodwork. By s. barter 
 Organizer and Instructor for the London School Board, and to the Joint 
 Committee on Manual Training of the School Board for London, the City 
 and Guilds of London Institute, and the Worshipful Company of Drapers. 
 With over 300 Illustrations. Fcap. 4to, cloth, 'js. 6d. 
 
 BELL (SIR CHARLES). The Anatomy and Philosophy of Expres- 
 sion, as connected with the Fine Arts. By sir Charles bell, k.h, 
 7M edition^ revised. 5^. 
 
 BRYAN'S Biographical and Critical Dictionary of Painters and 
 Engravers. With a List of Ciphers, Monograms, and Marks. A new 
 Edition, thoroughly Revised and Enlarged. By R. E. graves and 
 WALTER ARMSTRONG. 2 volumes. Imp. 8vo, buckram, 3/. 3^. 
 
 CHEVREUL on Colour. Containing the Principles of Plarmony and Con- 
 trast of Colours, and their Application to the Arts, '^rd edition^ with 
 Introduction. Index and several Plates. $s. — With an additional series 
 of 16 Plates in Colours, "js. 6d. 
 
 DELAMOTTE (P. H.). The Art of Sketching from Nature. By p. 
 h. DELAMOTTE, Professor of Drawing at King's College, London. Illus- 
 trated by Twenty-four Woodcuts and Twenty Coloured Plates, arranged 
 progressively, from Water-colour Drawings by f»ROUT, E. w. cooKE, R.A., 
 GTRTIN, VARLEY, DE wiNT, and the Author. New edition. Imp. 4to, 2ls. 
 
 FLAXMAN'S CLASSICAL COMPOSITIONS, reprinted in a cheap 
 form for the use of Art Students. Oblong paper covers, 2s. dd. each. 
 Homer. 2 vols. — i^schylus. — Hesiod. — Dante. 
 
 — Lectures on Sculpture, as delivered before the President and Members 
 
 of the Royal Academy. With Portrait and 53 plates, ds. 
 
 HARRIS (R.)« Geometrical Drawing. For Army and other Examina- 
 tions. With chapters on Scales and Graphic Statics. With 221 
 diagrams. By R. HARRIS, Art Master at St. Paul's School. New 
 edition^ enlarged. Crown 8vo, 3^. dd. 
 
 HEATON (MRS.). A Concise History of Painting. By the late mrs. 
 CHARLES HEATON. Neiv edition. Revised Vjy COSMO monkhouse. 5^. 
 
Educational Catalogue, 39 
 
 LELAND (C. G.). Drawing and Designing. In a series of Lessons 
 for School use and Self Instruction. By Charles g. leland, m.a., 
 F. R.L.S. Paper cover, is. ; or in cloth, \s, 6d. 
 
 — Leather Work : Stamped, Moulded, and Cut, Cuir-Bouille, Sewn, etc 
 
 With numerous Illustrations. Fcap. 4to, 5^. 
 
 — Manual of Wood Carving. By Charles g. leland, m.a., f.r.l.s. 
 
 Revised by j. j. HOLTZAPFFEL, a.m. INST.C.E. With numerous Illustra- 
 tions. Fcap. 4to, 5^. 
 
 — Metal Work. With numerous Illustrations. Fcap. 4to, 5^. 
 LEONARDO DA VINCI'S Treatise on Painting. Translated from 
 
 the Italian by j. F. RIGAUD, R.A. With a Life of Leonardo and an 
 Account of his Works, by J. w. brown. With numerous Plates, ^s. 
 
 MOODY (F. W.). Lectures and Lessons on Art. By the late F. w. 
 MOODY, Instructor in Decorative Art at South Kensington Museum. With 
 Diagrams to ilkistrate Composition and other matters. A new and cheaper 
 edition. Demy 8vo, sewed, 4^. td, 
 
 STRANGE (E. F). Alphabets : a Handbook of Lettering, compiled for 
 the use of Artists, Designers, Handicraftsmen, and Students. W^ith com- 
 plete Historical and Practical Descriptions. By edward f. strange. 
 With more than 200 Illustrations. Imperial i6mo, 85. 6^. net. 
 
 WHITE (GLEESON). Practical Designing: A Handbook on the 
 Preparation of Working Drawings, showing the Technical Methods em- 
 ployed in preparing them for the Manufacturer and the Limits imposed on 
 the Design by the Mechanism of Reproduction and the Materials employed. 
 Edited by gleeson white. Freely Illustrated. 2nd edition. Crown 
 8vo, 6^-. net. 
 
 Contents : — Bookbinding, by H. orrinsmith — Carpets, by Alexander 
 MILLAR — Drawing for Reproduction, by the Editor — Pottery, by w. p. 
 rix — Metal Work, by r. ll. rath bone — Stained Glass, by selwyn 
 image — Tiles, by owen carter — Woven Fabrics, Printed Fabrics, and 
 Floorcloths, by Arthur silver — Wall Papers, by G. c. haitA. 
 
 MENTAL, MORAL, AND SOCIAL 
 SCIENCES. 
 
 PSYCHOLOGY AND ETHICS. 
 
 ANTONINUS (M. Aurelius). The Thoughts of. Translated literally, 
 with Notes, Biographical Sketch, Introductory Essay on the Philosophy, 
 and Index, by george long, m.a. Revised edition. Small post 8vo, 
 3^-. 6d. , or new edition on Handmade paper, buckram, 6s. 
 
 BACON'S Novum Organum and Advancement of Learning. Edited, 
 with Notes, by J. devey, m.a. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 EPICTETUS. The Discourses of. With the Encheiridion and Frag- 
 ments. Translated with Notes, a Life of Epictetus, a View of his Philo- 
 sophy, and Index, by george long, m.a. Small post 8vo, 5^., or new 
 edition on Handmade paper, 2 vols., buckram, los. 6d. 
 
 KANT'S Critique of Pure Reason. Translated by j. m. d. meiklkjohn, 
 Professor of Education at St. Andrew's University. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 — Prolegomena and Metaphysical Foundations of Science. With 
 
 Life. Translated by e. belfort uax. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 LOCKE'S Philosophical Works. Ktiited by j. a. st. john. 2 vols. 
 Small po>t 8vo, 3.?. 6d. each. 
 
40 George Bell & Sons* 
 
 RYLAND (F.). The Student's Manual of Psychology and Ethics, 
 designed chiefly for the London B.A. and B.Sc. By F. ryland, m.a., 
 late Scholar of St. John's College, Cambridge. Cloth, red edges. 5/i 
 edition y revised and enlarged. With lists of books for Students, and 
 Examination Papers set at London University. Crown 8vo, 3J-. dd. 
 
 — Ethics : An Introductory Manual for the use of University Students. 
 
 With an Appendix containing List of Books recommended, and Exami- 
 nation Questions. Crovv^n 8vo, 3^. dd, 
 
 — Logic. An Introductory Manual. Crown 8vo. \^In the press, 
 SCHOPENHAUER on the Fourfold Root of the Principle of Suffi- 
 
 cient Reason, and On the Will in Nature. Translated by madame 
 HILLEBRAND. Small post Svo, 5j. 
 
 — Essays. Selected and Translated. With a Biographical Introduction 
 
 and Sketch of his Philosophy, by E. belfort bax. Small post Svo, 5^. 
 SMITH (Adam). Theory of Moral Sentiments. With Memoir of the 
 
 Author by dugald stewart. Small po-^t Svo, y. 6d. 
 SPINOZA'S Chief Works. Translated will: Introduction, by r. h. m. 
 ELWES. 2 vols. Small post Svo, 5^. each. 
 
 Vol. I. — Tractatus Theologico-Politicus — Political Treatise. 
 II. — Improvement of the Understanding — Ethics — Letters. 
 
 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 BAX (E. B.). Handbook of the History of Philosophy. By E. bel- 
 fort BAX. 2nd edition f revised. Small post Svo, 5^-. 
 
 DRAPER (J. W,). A History of the Intellectual Development of 
 Europe. By JOHN WILLIAM draper, m.d., ll.d. With Index. 2 
 vols. Small post Svo, 55. each. 
 
 FALCKENBERG(R.). History of Modern Philosophy. ByRiCHARD 
 falckenberg. Professor of Philosophy in the University of Erlangen. 
 Translated by Professor A. c. ARMSTRONG. Demy Svo, 16^-. 
 
 HEGEL'S Lectures on the Philosophy of History. Translated by 
 J. sibree, m.a. Small post Svo, 5^. 
 
 LAW AND POLITICAL ECONOMY. 
 
 KENT'S Commentary on International Law. Edited by j. T. abdy, 
 LL.D., Judge of County Courts and Law Professor at Gresham College, 
 late Regius Professor of Laws in the University of Cambridge. 2ud 
 edition, revised and brought down to a recent date. Crown Svo, lO.r. 6d. 
 
 LAWRENCE (T. J.). Essays on some Disputed Questions in 
 Modern International Law. By T. j. Lawrence, m.a., ll.m. 2nd 
 edition^ revised and enlarged. Crown Svo, ds. 
 
 — Handbook of Public International Law. 2nd edition. Fcap. Svo, 3^'. 
 
 MONTESQUIEU'S Spirit of Laws. A New Edition, revised and 
 corrected, with D'Alembert's Analysis, Additional Notes, and a Memoir, 
 by J. V. pritchard, a.m. 2 vols. Small post Svo, 3^. 6d. each. 
 
 PROTHERO (M.). Political Economy. By michael prothero, m.a. 
 Crown Svo, 4-y. (id. 
 
 RICARDO on the Principles of Political Economy and Taxation. 
 Edited by E. C. K. gonner, m.a.. Lecturer in University College, 
 Liverpool. Small post Svo, 5^ 
 
 SMITH (Adam). The Wealth of Nations. An Inquiry into the Nature 
 and Causes of. Reprinted from the Sixth Edition, with an Introduction 
 by ERNEST BELFORT BAX. 2 vols. Small post Svo, 3J^ dd. each 
 
Educational Catalogue, 41 
 
 HISTORY. 
 
 BOWES (A.). A Practical Synopsis of English History; or, A 
 
 General Summary of Dates and Events. By ARTHUR bowes. loih 
 
 edition. Revised and brought down to the present time. Demy 8vo, \s. 
 CtJXE (W.). History of the House of Austria, 1218-1792. By 
 
 ARCHDN. COXE, M.A., F.R.s. Together with a Continuation from the 
 
 Accession of Francis I. to the Revolution of 1848. 4 vols. Small post 
 
 8vo. 3^. dd, each. 
 DENTON (W.). England in the Fifteenth Century. By the late 
 
 REV. w. DENTON, M.A., Worcester College, Oxford. Demy 8vo, I2j. 
 DYER (Dr. T. H.). History of Modern Europe, from the Taking of 
 
 Constantinople to the Establishment of the German Empire, a.d. 1453- 
 
 1871. By DR. T. H. DYER. A mw edition. In 5 vols. £2 12s. 6d. 
 GIBBON'S Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. Complete and 
 
 Unabridged, with Variorum Notes. Edited by an English Churchman. 
 
 With 2 Maps. 7 vols. Small post 8vo, 3^-. 6d. each. 
 GREGOROVIUS' History of the City of Rome in the Middle Ages. 
 
 Translated by annie Hamilton. Vols. I., II., and III. Crown 8vo, 
 
 6s, each net. 
 GUIZOT'S History of the English Revolution of 1640. Translated by 
 
 WILLIAM HAZLITT. Small post 8vo, 3J. 6d. 
 
 — History of Civilization, from the Fall of the Roman Empire to the 
 
 French Revolution. Translated by WILLIAM hazlitt. 3 vols. Small 
 post 8vo, 3^. 6d. each. 
 HENDERSON (E. F.). Select Historical Documents of the Middle 
 Ages. Including the most famous Charters relating to England, the 
 Empire, the Church, etc., from the sixth to the fourteenth centuries. 
 Translated and edited, with Introductions, by ernest f. Henderson, 
 A.B., a.m., PH.D. Small post 8vo, 5^. 
 
 — A History of Germany in the Middle Ages. Post 8vo, 7^. 6d. net. 
 HOOPER (George). The Campaign of Sedan : The Downfall of the 
 
 Second Empire, August-September, 1870. By george hooper. With 
 General Map and Six Plans of Battle. Demy 8vo, 14^. 
 
 — Waterloo : The Downfall of the First Napoleon : a History of the 
 
 Campaign of 181 5. With Maps and Plans. Small post 8vo, 3^. 6d. 
 LAMARTINE'S History of the Girondists. Translated by H. T. ryde. 
 3 vols. Small post 8vo, y. 6d. each. 
 
 — History of the Restoration of Monarchy in France (a Sequel to his 
 
 History of the Girondists). 4 vols. Small post 8vo, 3J. 6d. each. 
 
 — History of the French Revolution of 1848. Small post 8vo, 3^. 6d. 
 LAPPENBERG'S History of England under the Anglo-Saxon 
 
 Kings. Translated by the late B. thorpe, f.s.a. New edition^ revised 
 by e. c. ott6. 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 3^. 6d. each. 
 
 MACHIAVELLI'S History of Florence, and of the Affairs of Italy 
 from the Earliest Times to the Death of Lorenzo the Magnificent : together 
 with the Prince, Savonarola, various Historical Tracts, and a Memoir of 
 Machiavelli. Small post 8vo, 35. 6d. 
 
 MARTINEAU (H.). History of England from 1800-15. By Harriet 
 martineau. Small post Svo, 3f. 6.7. 
 
42 George Bell & Sons 
 
 MARTINEAU (H.). History of the Thirty Years' Peace, 1815-46. 
 
 4 vols. Small post 8vo, 35-. dd. each. 
 MAURICE (C. E.). The Revolutionary Movement of 1848-9 in 
 
 Italy, Austria, Hungary, and Germany. With some Examination 
 
 of the previous Thirty-three Years. By c. EDMUND MAURICE. With an 
 
 engraved Frontispiece and other Illustrations. Demy 8vo, i6j. 
 MENZEL'S History of Germany, from the Earliest Period to 1842. 
 
 3 vols. Small post 8vo, 3^. (id. each. 
 MICHE LET'S History of the French Revolution from its earliest 
 
 indications to the flight of the King in 1791. Small post 8vo, 3J. dd. 
 MIGNET'S History of the French Revolution, from 1789 to 1814. 
 
 Small post 8vo, 35. dd. 
 PARNELL (A.). The War of the Succession in Spain during the 
 
 Reign of Queen Anne, 1702-1711. Based on Original Manuscripts 
 
 and Contemporaiy Records. By COL. THE HON. ARTHUR PARNELL, 
 
 R.E. Demy 8vo, 14^. With Map, etc. 
 RANKE (L.). History of the Latin and Teutonic Nations, 1494- 
 
 1514. Translated by P. A. ashworth. Small post 8vo, 35. M. 
 
 — History of the Popes, their Church and State, and especially of their 
 
 conflicts with Protestantism in the 1 6th and 17th centuries. Translated 
 by E. foster. 3 vols. Small post 8vo, 3.f. 6^'. each. 
 
 — History of Servia and the Servian Revolution. Translated by MRS, 
 
 KERR. Small post 8vo, 3J. dd, 
 SIX OLD ENGLISH CHRONICLES: viz., Asser's Life of Alfred 
 
 and the Chronicles of Ethelvverd, Gildas, Nennius, Geoffrey of Monmouth, 
 
 and Richard of Cirencester. Edited, with Notes and Index, by J. A. 
 
 GILES, D.c.L. Small post 8vo, 5^-. 
 STRICKLAND (Agnes). The Lives of the Queens of England ; 
 
 from the Norman Conquest to the Reign of Queen Anne. By AGNES 
 
 STRICKLAND. 6 vols. 5 J. each. 
 
 — The Lives of the Queens of England. Abridged edition for the 
 
 use of Schools and Families, Post 8vo, ds. 6d. 
 
 THIERRY'S History of the Conquest of England by the Normans; 
 its Causes, and its Consequences in England, Scotland, Ireland, and the 
 Continent. Translated from the 7th Paris edition by WILLIAM hazlitt. 
 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 3^. 6d. each. 
 
 WRIGHT (H. F.). The Intermediate History of England, with Notes, 
 
 Supplements, Glossary, and a Mnemonic System. For Army and Civil 
 
 Service Candidates. By H. F. WRIGHT, M.A., ll.m. Crown 8vo, 6^-. 
 
 For other Works of value to Students of History, see Catalogue of 
 
 Bohn's Libraries, sent post-free on application. 
 
 DIVINITY, ETC. 
 ALFORD (DEAN). Greek Testament. With a Critically revised Text, 
 a digest of Various Readings, Marginal References to verbal and idio- 
 matic usage. Prolegomena, and a Critical and Exegetical Commentary. 
 For the use of theological students and ministers. Ey the late HENRY 
 ALFORD, D.D., Dean of Canterbury. 4 vols. 8vo. ;^5 2s. Sold separately. 
 
 — The New Testament for English Readers. Containing the Authorized 
 
 Version, with additional Corrections of Readings and Renderings, Marginal 
 References, and a Critical and Explanatory Commentary. Tn 2 vols. 
 £2 14.;. 6^/. Also sold in 4 parts separately. 
 
Educational Catalogue. 43 
 
 AUGUSTINE de Civitate Dei. Books XI. and XII. By the rev. henry 
 D. GRE, B.D., F.s.A. I. Text only. 2s. II. Introduction and Translation. 3^. 
 
 — In Joannis Evangelium Tractates XXIV-XXVII. Edited by the 
 
 REV. HENRY GEE, B.D., F.S.A. I. Text only, \s.td, II. Translation 
 by the late rev. canon H. brown. \s. 6d. 
 
 BARRETT (A. C). Companion to the Greek Testament. By the late 
 A. C. BARRETT, M. A., Caius College, Cambridge, ^thediiioti. Fcap. 8vo, 5^. 
 
 BARRY (BP.). Notes on the Catechism. For the use of Schools. By 
 the RT. REV. BISHOP BARRY, D.I), loth edition. Fcap. 2S. 
 
 BLEEK. Introduction to the Old Testament. By friedrich blerk. 
 Edited by JOHANN BLEEK and adolf kamphausen. Translated from 
 the second edition of the German by G. H. venables under the super- 
 vision of the REV. E. venables, Residentiary Canon, of Lincoln. 2nd 
 edition^ with Corrections. With Index. 2 vols, small post 8vo, 5^. each. 
 
 BUTLER (BP.). Analogy of Religion. With Analytical Introduction 
 and copious Index, by the late RT. rev. dr. s teere. Fcap. 3J. 6d. 
 
 EUSEBIUS. Ecclesiastical History of Eusebius Pamphilus, Bishop 
 of Caesarea. Translated from the Greek by REV. c. F. cruse, M.A. 
 With Notes, a Life of Eusebius, and Chronological Table. Sm. post 8vo, 51. 
 
 GREGORY (DR.). Letters on the Evidences, Doctrines, and Duties 
 of the Christian Religion. By dr. olinthus Gregory, f.r.a.s. 
 Small post 8vo, 35'. 6d. 
 
 HUMPHRY (W. G.). Book of Common Prayer. An Historical and 
 Explanatory Treatise on the. By w. G. HUMPHRY, B.D., late Fellow of 
 Trinity College, Cambridge, Prebendary of St. Paul's, and Vicar of St. 
 Martin's-in-the-Fields, Westminster. 6th edition. Fcap. Svo, 2s. dd. 
 Cheap Edition, for Sunday School Teachers, is. 
 
 JOSEPHUS (FLAVIUS). The Works of. whiston's Translation. 
 Revised by REV. A. R. shilleto, m.a. With Topographical and Geo- 
 graphical Notes by COLONEL SIR c. w. wilson, k.c.b. 5 vols. 3J. 6d. each. 
 
 LUMBY (DR.). The History of the Creeds. I. Ante-Nicene. II. 
 Nicene and Constantinopolitan. III. The Apostolic Creed. IV. The 
 Quicunque, commonly called the Creed of St. Athanasius. Byj. ravvson 
 LUMBY, D.D., Norrisian Professor of Divinity, Fellow of St. Catherine's 
 College, and late Fellow of Magdalene College, Cambridge, '^rd edition^ 
 revised. Crown Svo, js. 6d. 
 
 — Compendium of English Church History, from 1688-1830. With a 
 
 Preface by j. ravvson lumby, d.d. Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 MACMICHAEL (J. P.). The New Testament in Greek. With 
 English Notes and Preface, Synopsis, and Chronological Tables. By the 
 late REV. J. F. MACMICHAEL. Fcap. Svo (730 pp.), 4J. 6d. 
 
 Also the Four Gospels, and the Acts of the Apostles, separately. 
 In paper wrappers, 6d. each. 
 
 MILLER (E ). Guide to the Textual Criticism of the New Testa- 
 ment. By REV. E miller, M.A., Oxon, Rector of Bucknell, Bicester. 
 Crown Svo, /^. 
 
 NEANDER (DR. A.). History of the Christian Religion and 
 Church. Translated by j. torrey. 10 vols, small post Svo, 3^. 6d. each. 
 
 — Life of Jesus Chiist. Translated by j. MccLiNTOCKand c. blumenthal. 
 
 Small post Svo, 3J. 6d, 
 
 — History of the Planting and Training of the Christian Church by 
 
 the Apostles. Translated by j. f.. ryi and. 2 vols. 3^. 6d. each. 
 
44 George Bell & Sons 
 
 NEANDER (DR. A.). Lectures on the History of Christian Dogmas. 
 Edited by dr. jacobi. Translated by j. e. ryland. 2 vols, small post 
 8vo, 3^. 6d. each. 
 
 — Memorials of Christian Life in the Early and Middle Ages. Trans- 
 
 lated by J. E. RYLAND. Small post 8vo, 3^*. dd. 
 PEARSON (BP.). On the Creed. Carefully printed from an Early 
 
 Edition. Edited by E. walford, m.a. Post 8vo, 5^. 
 PEROWNE (BP.). The Book of Psalms. A New Translation, with 
 
 Introductions and Notes, Critical and Explanatory. By the right rev. 
 
 J. J. STEWART PEROWNE, D.D., Bishop of Worcester. 8vo. Vol. I. 
 
 Zth edition^ revised. i%s. Vol. II. ']th edition^ revised, ids. 
 
 — The Book of Psalms. Abridged Edition for Schools. Crown 8vo. 
 
 ']th edition. \os. 6d. 
 
 SADLER (M. P.). The Church Teacher's Manual of Christian Instruc- 
 tion. Being the Church Catechism, Expanded and Explained in Question 
 and Answer. For the use of the Clergyman, Parent, and Teacher. By the 
 REV. M. F. SADLER, Prebendary of Wells, and Rector of Honiton. 43^^ 
 thousand. 2s. 6d. 
 ^% A Complete List of Prebendary Sadler's Works will be sent on 
 application. 
 
 SCRIVENER (DR.). A Plain Introduction to the Criticism of the New 
 Testament. With Forty-four Facsimiles from Ancient Manuscripts. For 
 the use of Biblical Students. By the late F. H. scrivener, m.a., d.c.l., 
 LL.D., Prebendary of Exeter, ^h edition^ thoroughly revised, by the REV. 
 E. MILLER, formerly Fellow and Tutor of New College, Oxford. 2 vols, 
 demy 8vo, 32^-. 
 
 — Novum Testamentum Grace, Textus Stephanici, 1550. Accedunt 
 
 variae lectiones editionum Bezae, Elzeviri, Lachmanni, Tischendorfii, 
 Tregellesii, curante F. H. A. scrivener, A.m., d.c.l., ll.d. Revised 
 edition, ^s. 6d. 
 
 — Novum Testamentum Graece [Editio Major] textus Stephanici, 
 
 A.D. 1556. Cum variis lectionibus editionum Bezae, Elzeviri, Lachmanni, 
 Tischendorfii, Tregellesii, Westcott-Hortii, versionis Anglicanas emendato- 
 rum curante F. H. A. SCRIVENER, A.M., D.C.L., LL.D., accedunt parallela 
 s. scripturse loca. Small post 8 vo. 2nd edition. ']s. 6d. 
 
 An Edition on writing-paper, with margin for notes. 4to, half bound, I2s. 
 
 V^HEATLEY. A Rational Illustration of the Book of Common 
 Prayer. Being the Substance of everything Liturgical in Bishop Sparrow, 
 Mr. L'Estrange, Dr. Comber, Dr. Nicholls, and all former Ritualist 
 Commentators upon the same subject. Small post 8vo, 3^-. 6d. 
 
 WHITAKER (C). Rufinus and His Times. With the Text of his 
 Commentary on the Apostles' Creed and a Translation. To which 
 is added a Condensed History of the Creeds and Councils. By the rev. 
 CHARLES WHITAKRR, B.A., Vicar of Natland, Kendal. Demy 8vo, 5^. 
 
 Or in separate Parts. — i. Latin Text, with Various Readings, 2s. 6d. 
 2. Summary of the History of the Creeds, is. 6d. 3. Charts of the 
 Heresies of the Times preceding Rufinus, and the First Four General 
 Councils, 6d. each. 
 
 — St. Augustine : De Fide et Symbol© — Sermo ad Catechumenos. St, Leo 
 
 ad Flavianum Epistola — Latin Text, with Literal Translation, Notes, and 
 History of Creedsand Councils. $s. Also separately. Literal Translation. 2s. 
 ■— Student's Help to the Prayer-Book. 'p. 
 
Educational Catalogue. 45 
 
 SUMMARY OF SERIES. 
 
 BiBLIOTHECA ClASSICA. 
 
 Public School Series. 
 
 Cambridge Greek and Latin Texts. 
 
 Cambridge Texts with Notes. 
 
 Grammar School Classics. 
 
 Primary Classics. 
 
 Bell's Classical Translations. 
 
 Cambridge Mathematical Serifs. 
 
 Cambridge School and College Text Books. 
 
 Foreign Classics. 
 
 Modern French Authors. 
 
 Modern German Authors. 
 
 Gombert's French Drama. 
 
 Bell's Modern Translations. 
 
 Bell's English Classics. 
 
 Handbooks of English Literature. 
 
 Technological Handbooks. 
 
 Bell's Agricultural Series. 
 
 Bell's Reading Books and Geographical Readers. 
 
 BIBLIOTHECA CLASSICA. 
 
 AESCHYLUS. By dr. paley. %s. 
 
 CICERO. Bye. LONG. Vols. I. and II. 8,?. each. 
 
 DEMOSTHENES. By r. whiston. 2 Vols. 8i\ each. 
 
 EURIPIDES. By DR. paley. Vols. II. and IIL 8.f. each. 
 
 HERODOTUS. By dr. blakeslhv. 2 Vols. \is. 
 
 HESIOD. By DR. PALEY. 5J. 
 
 HOMER. By DR. PALEY. 2 Vols. 145. 
 
 HORACE. By A. J. MACLEANS. 8j. 
 
 PLATO. Phaedrus. By dr. Thompson. 5.9. 
 
 SOPHOCLES. Vol. I. By f. h. blaydes. 5J. 
 
 — Vol. II. By DR. PALEY. ts. 
 
 VIRGIL. By conington and nettleship. 3 Vols. \os. 6<y. e.-'.ch. 
 
 PUBLIC SCHOOL SERIES. 
 
 ARISTOPHANES. Peace. By dr. paley. ns.td, 
 
 — Acharnians. By dr. paley. is. 6d. 
 
 — Frogs. By dr. paley. ^s. 6d. 
 
 CICERO. Letters to Atticus. Book I. By a. pretor. j^5.6d. 
 DEMOSTHENES. De Falsa Legatione. By r. shilleto. 6^. 
 —- Adv. Leptinem. By a. w. beatson. y. 6d. 
 LIVY. Books XXI. and XXII. By l. d. dowdall. 2X. each. 
 PLATO. Apology of Socrates and Crito. By dr. w. wagnrr. 3*. 6d. and 
 2^. 6d. 
 
 — Phaedo. By dr. w. wagner. $$. 6d. 
 
 — Protagoras. By w. wayte. 4^. 6d. 
 
 — Gorgias. By dr. Thompson. 6s. 
 
 — Euthyphro. By g. h. wells. 3*. 
 
 — Euthydemus. By g. h. wells. 4^. 
 
 — Republic. By g. h. wells. $s. 
 
 PLAUTUS. Aulularia. By dr. w wagner. ^s.^d, 
 
 — Trinunimus. By dr. w. wagner. ^s. td. 
 
 — Menacchmei. By dk. w.'wacnek. 4J. 6d. 
 
 — Mostellaria. By e. a. sonnenschein. 5*. 
 
46 George Bell & Sons 
 
 PUBLIC SCHOOL SKRlES—con^mtied. 
 
 SOPHOCLES. Trachiniae. By a. pretor. 4^-. 6ii. 
 
 — Oedipus Tyrannus. By b. h. kennkdy. us. 6(i. 
 TERENCE. By DR. w. WAGNER. 75.6^. 
 THEOCRITUS. By dr. palhy. ^s. 6d. 
 THUCYDIDES. Book VI. By t. w. dougan. 2^. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE GREEK AND LATIN TEXTS. 
 AESCHYLUS. By dr. paley. zs. 
 CAESAR. By G.LONG, is. td. 
 
 CICERO. De Senectute, de Amicitia, et Epistolae Selectae. By g. long. 
 xs. td. 
 
 — Orationes in Verrem. By g. long. -zs. td. 
 EURIPIDES. By DR. PALHY. 3 Vols. 2J. each. 
 HERODOTUS. By dr. blakeslhy. 2 Vols. 2^. 6^. each. 
 HOMER'S Iliad. By dr. paley. \s. dd. 
 
 HORACE. By A. J. macleane. xs. td. 
 
 JUVENAL AND PERSIUS. By a. J. macleane. xs.td. 
 
 LUCRETIUS. By H. A. J. MUNRO. is. 
 
 SaLLUST. By G.LONG. 1^.6^. 
 
 SOPHOCLES. By DR. PALEY. -is. td. 
 
 TERENCE. By DR. vv. WAGNER. 2^. 
 
 THUCYDIDES. By dr. Donaldson. 2 Vols. aj. each. 
 
 VIRGIL. By PROF. CONINGTON. 2^. 
 
 XENOPHON. By J. F. MACMiCHAEL. xs.td. 
 
 NOVUM TESTAMENTUM GRAECE. By dr. scrivener. 4^.6^. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE TEXTS WITH NOTES. 
 
 AESCHYLUS. By dr. paley. 6 Vols. i.r. 6rf. each. 
 
 EURIPIDES. By DR. paley. 13 Vols. (Ion, 25.) u. 6^. each. 
 
 HOMER'S Iliad. By dr. paley. xs. 
 
 SOPHOCLES. By dr. paley. 5 Vols. xs. td. each. 
 
 XENOPHON. Hellenica. By rev. l. d. dowdall. Books Land II. 2 j. each, 
 
 — Anabasis. By j. f. macmichael. 6 Vols. xs. r,d. each. 
 
 CICERO. De Senectute, de Amicitia, et Epistolae Selectae. By g. lono. 
 
 3 Vols. xs. td. each. 
 OVID. Selections. By a. j. macleane. xs.td. 
 -- Fasti. By dr. paley. 3 Vols. 2J. each. 
 TERENCE. By DR. w. WAGNER. 4 Vols. m. 6^^. each. 
 VIRGIL. By PROF. CONINGTON. 12 Vols. ij. 6^. each. 
 
 GRAMMAR SCHOOL CLASSICS. 
 
 CAESAR, De Bello Gallico. By g. long. 4^., or in 3 parts, xs. td. each. 
 CATULLUS, TIBULLUS, and PROPERTIUS. By a. h . wratislaw, 
 
 and f. n. sutton. 2J. td. 
 CORNELIUS NEPOS. By j. f. macmichael. 2s. 
 
 CICERO. De Senectute, De Amicitia, and Select Epistles. Bvg. long. 3J. 
 HOMER. Iliad. By dr. paley. Books I.-Xll. 45. 6^., or in 2 Parts, 2S. td. each. 
 HORACE. By a. j macleane. 3^. td , or in 2 Parts, 2s. each. 
 JUVENaL. By hkrman prior, y. td. 
 MARTIAL. By or. paley and w. h. stone. 45. td. 
 OVID. Fasti. By dr. paley. ^s. td., or in 3 Parts, is. td. each. 
 SaLLUST. Catilina and Jugurtha. By g. long and j. g. frazer. 3J. td., 
 
 or in a Parts, 2:>.each. 
 TACITUS. Germania and Agricola. By p. frost. 2s. td. 
 VIRGIL, conington's edition abridged. 2 Vols. 4*. td. each, or in 9 Parts, 
 
 xs. td. each. 
 
 — Bucolics and Georgics. conington's edition abridged. 3.S. 
 XENOPHON. By j. f. macmichael. 3J. td., or in 4 Parts, xs. td. each. 
 
 — Cyropaedia. By G. m. gorham. 3^. td., or in a Parts, xs. td. each. 
 
 — Memorabilia. By percival frost. 3^. 
 
 PRIMARY CLASSICS. 
 
 EASY SELECTIONS F^ROM CAESAR. By a. m. m. stedman. xs. 
 EASY SELECTIONS FROM LIVY. By a. m. m. stedman. xs.td. 
 EASY SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS. By a. g. liddbll. xs.td. 
 
Educational Catalogue. 47 
 
 BELL'S CLASSICAL TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 AESCHYLUS. By Walter headlam. 6 Vols. \In the press. 
 
 /^KISTOPHANES. Acharnians. By w. h. covington. i^-, 
 CAESAR'S Gallic War. By w, a. mcdevitte. a Vols. u. each. 
 CICERO. Friendship and Old Age. By G. h. wells. \s. 
 DEMOSTHENES. On the Crown. By c. rann Kennedy, ij. 
 EURIPIDES. 14 Vols. Ty E. r. COLERIDGE, u. each. 
 HORACE. The Odes and Satires. By a. Hamilton brycb, ll.d. 
 
 \In tJu press. 
 LIVY. Books I. -IV. By j. h. frbesk. xs. each. 
 
 — Book V. and VI, By E. s. wkymouth. \s. each. 
 
 — Book IX. By F. storr. \s. 
 
 LUCAN : The Pharsalia. Book I. By f. conway. xs, 
 OVID. Fasti. 3 Vols. By H. t. riley. i^. each. 
 
 — Tristia. By h. t. riley. i^. 
 
 SOPHOCLES. 7 Vols. By e. p. colbridgb. ij. each 
 VIRGIL. 6 Vols. By A. Hamilton bryce. if. each. 
 XENOPHON. Anabasis. 3 Vols. By j. s. watson. i.y. each. 
 
 — Hellenics. Books I. and II. By h. dale. xs. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE MATHEMATICAL SERIES. 
 
 ARITHMETIC. By c. pendlebury. 4J. 6</., or in 2 Parts, a,?, ed. each. 
 
 Key to Part II. is. td. net. 
 EXAMPLES IN ARITHMETIC. By c. pendlebury. 3^.. or in 2 Parts, 
 
 IX. dd. and ax. 
 ARITHMETIC FOR INDIAN SCHOOLS. By pendlebury and tait. 3^. 
 ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA. By j. t. hathornthwaite. is. 
 CHOICE AND CHANCE. By w. a. whitworth. ts. 
 EUCLID. By H. deighton. 4J. dd., or Books l.-IV., 3^. : Books V.-XI., aj. td. ; 
 
 or Book I., If. ; Books I. and II., xs. td. ; Books l.-III., aj. td. ; Books III. 
 
 and iV., xs. dd. Key. 55. net. 
 EXERCISES ON EUCLID, &c. By j. mcdowelu ts. 
 ELEMfc.NTARY MENSURATION. By b. t. moore. 
 ELEMENTARY TRIGONOMETRY. By c pendlebury. 4^.6^. 
 ELEMENTARY TRIGONOMETRY. By dyer and whitcombe. 4^.60'. 
 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. By t. g. vyvyan. -is. f>d. 
 ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY FOR BEGINNERS Parti. By t. g. 
 
 VYVYAN. 3 J. td. 
 
 ELEMENTARY GEOMETRY OF CONICS. By dr. taylor. 4^.6./ 
 GEOMETRICAL CONIC SECTIONS. By dr. w. h. besant. 4*. 'bd. 
 
 Key, 5*. net. 
 GEOMETRICAL CONIC SECTIONS. By h. o. willts. w. 
 SOLID GEQMETRV. By w. s. aldis. ts. 
 GEOMETRICAL OPTICS. By w. s. aldis. 4^. 
 ROULETTES AND GLISSETTES. By dr. w. h. iksant. w. 
 ELEMENTARY HYDROSTATICS. By dr. w. h. besant. A^s.td. 
 
 Suluiiuiis. 5f net 
 HYDROMECHANICS. Parti. Hydrostatics. By br. w. h. besant. « 
 DYNAMICS. By dr. w. h. bksant. xos. td. 
 RIGID DVNANiICS. By w. s. aldis. ^s. 
 ELEMENTARY DYNAMICS Bv dr. w. gaknett. ts. 
 ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON' HEAT. By dk. w. garnktt. as td 
 ELEMENTS OP APPLIED MATHEMATICS. By c. m jessmp ' es ' 
 pkOdLEMS IN ELEMENTARY MECHANICS. By w wa. ton ts 
 EXAMPLES IN ELEMENTAkY PHYSlCS. By w gailailv Is 
 MATHEMATICAL EXAMPLES. By dvek and prowde smith, 'ts 
 
 CAMBRIDGE SCHOOL AND COLLEGE TEXT BOOKS. 
 
 ARITHMETIC. By c. klsek. 3^.6^/. 
 
 By a. wrigley. y. td. 
 EXAMPLES IN ARITHMETIC. By watson and goudib. aj. 6./ 
 ALGEBRA Bv c. elsee. 45. 
 EXAMPLES IN ALGEBRA. By macmicharl and prowde smith. 3*. 6*^. 
 
 and 4J. td. 
 PLANE ASTRONOMY. By p. t. main. 4/. 
 
48 George Bell df Sons Educational Catalogue. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE SCHOOL T'S.yiT^—continvrd. 
 
 STATICS. By bishop goodwin. 3^. 
 
 NEWTON'S Principia. By evans and main. 45. 
 
 ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. By t. g. vyvyan. ^s, ^d. 
 
 COMPANION TO THE GREEK TESTAMENT. By a. c. barrett. 5.V. 
 
 TREATISE ON THE BOOK OF COMMON PRAYER. By w. o. 
 
 HUMPHRY. IS. 6d. 
 
 TEXT BOOK OF MUSIC. By h. c. banister, ss. 
 
 CONCISE HISTORY OF MUSIC. By dr. h. g. bonavia hunt. 3^.6^. 
 
 FOREIGN CLASSICS. 
 
 FENELON'S Tel^maque. By c. j. delille. 2s. 6d. 
 
 LA FONTAINE'S Select Fables. By f. e. a. gasc. is. td. 
 
 LAMARTINE'S Le Tailleur de Pierres de Saint-Point. By j. boYelle. 
 
 rs. td. 
 SAINTINE'S Picciola. By dr. dubec. xs. dd. 
 VOLTAIRE'S Charles XII. By l. direy. is.fid. 
 GERMAN BALLADS. By c. l. Bielefeld, is. td. 
 
 GOETHE'S Hermann und Dorothea. By e. bell and e. wolfel. i^. td. 
 SCHILLER'S Wallenstein By dr. buchheim. 5^., or in 2 Parts, 2j. (>d. each. 
 
 — Maid of Orleans. By dr. w. wagner. ts. 6d. 
 
 — Maria Stuart. By v. kastner, \s. 6d. 
 
 MODERN FRENCH AUTHORS. 
 
 BALZAC'S Ursule Mirouet. By j. boxelle. 3J. 
 CLARETIE'S Pierrille. By j. boielle. zs. 6d. 
 DAUDET'S La Belle Nivernaise. By j. boielle. 2^. 
 GREVILLE'S Le Moulin Frappier. By /. boielle. 35. 
 HUGO'S Bug Jargal. By j. boiellk. 3^. 
 
 MODERN GERMAN AUTHORS. 
 
 HEY'S Fabeln fiir Kinder. By prof, lange. is. 6d. 
 
 with Phonetic Transcription of Text, &c. zs. 
 
 FREYTAG'S Soil und Haben. Byw.H. crump, as. 6d. 
 
 BENEDIX'S Doktor Wespe. By prof, lange. 25. 6d. 
 
 HOFFMANN'S Meister Martin. By prof, lange. is. ed. 
 
 HEYSE'S Hans Lange. By a. a. macdonell. 2s. 
 
 AUERBACH'S Auf Wache, and Roquette's Der Gefrorene Kuss. By 
 
 a. a. macdonell. 2S. 
 
 MOSER'S Der Bibliothekar. By prof, lange. -zs. 
 EBERS' Eine Frage. By f. storr. 2s. 
 FREYTAG'S Die Journalisten. By prof, lange. 2s. 6d. 
 GUTZKOW'S Zopf und Schwert. By prof, lange. 2s. 6d. 
 GERMAN EPIC TALES. By dr. karl neuhaus. 2s. 6d. 
 SCHEFFEL'S Ekkehard. By dr. h. hager. 35. 
 
 The following Series are given in full in the body of the Catalogue. 
 
 GOMBERT'S French Drama. Seepage 31. 
 
 BELL'S Modern Translations. See page 34. 
 
 BELL'S English Classics. See PJ>. 24, 25. 
 
 HANDBOOKS OF ENGLISH LITERATURE. See page id. 
 
 TECHNOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS See page zi^ 
 
 BELL'S Agricultural Series. See page 36. 
 
 BELL'S Reading Books and Geographical Readers. See pp. 25, 26. 
 
 .UlfTYF.BSITTj 
 
 CHISWICK press:— C. wdiq;TINOTAM«llD CQ.» TOOK^OURT, chancery LAN] 
 
 Wl?|-kS\A^ 
 
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 
 
 WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN 
 THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY 
 WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH 
 DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY 
 OVERDUE. 
 
 MAR 10 1936 
 
 MAR 2 me 4 4 
 
 ihW 
 
 rMrr"n LO 
 
 ^^ 
 
 jm I !i \m 
 
 -f"-:r 
 
 '^^SC 
 
 8luV6'V^'^ |5 
 
 :d_l 
 
 Ii24^ 
 
 SEP 
 
 IN 
 
 A»E 8' 6 4 . 
 
 REC'D LD 
 
 STACKS 
 
 19 196' 
 
 $£Pllld6ni' 
 
 ^^U5'S4 -/?. M 
 
 jftna. ! 19S6 ''' ^ fi 
 
 VN 2 1 19S 
 
 REC'b 
 
 SEP 1 3 'S7 -9 AW 
 
 LO 
 
 SEP 2 9 1967 
 
 ^Nl9'66-5PM 
 
 DFC ?7 
 
 LD 21-100m-8,'34 
 
Fta^octus 
 
 Uz-^ 
 
 ' -'•-..-, ^' 
 
 ^ 
 
 6 V